Xstore 150 UserGuide

Oracle Retail Xstore Point-of-Service Software
User Guide
Release 15.0
E69455-01
December 2015
OracleRetailXstorePointofServiceSoftwareUserGuide,Release15.0
E6945501
Copyright2015,Oracleand/oritsaffiliates.Allrightsreserved.
PrimaryAuthor:TracyGunston
Thissoftwareandrelateddocumentationareprovidedunderalicenseagreement
containingrestrictionsonuseanddisclosureandareprotectedbyintellectualproperty
laws.Exceptasexpresslypermittedinyourlicenseagreementorallowedbylaw,you
maynotuse,copy,reproduce,translate,broadcast,modify,license,transmit,
distribute,exhibit,perform,publish,ordisplayanypart,inanyform,orbyany
means.Reverseengineering,disassembly,ordecompilationofthissoftware,unless
requiredbylawforinteroperability,isprohibited.
Theinformationcontainedhereinissubjecttochangewithoutnoticeandisnot
warrantedtobeerrorfree.Ifyoufindanyerrors,pleasereportthemtousinwriting.
IfthissoftwareorrelateddocumentationisdeliveredtotheU.S.Governmentor
anyonelicensingitonbehalfoftheU.S.Government,thenthefollowingnoticeis
applicable:
U.S.GOVERNMENTENDUSERS:Oracleprograms,includinganyoperatingsystem,
integratedsoftware,anyprogramsinstalledonthehardware,and/ordocumentation,
deliveredtoU.S.Governmentendusersarecommercialcomputersoftwarepursuant
totheapplicableFederalAcquisitionRegulationandagencyspecificsupplemental
regulations.Assuch,use,duplication,disclosure,modification,andadaptationofthe
programs,includinganyoperatingsystem,integratedsoftware,anyprograms
installedonthehardware,and/ordocumentation,shallbesubjecttolicensetermsand
licenserestrictionsapplicabletotheprograms.NootherrightsaregrantedtotheU.S.
Government.
Thissoftwareorhardwareisdevelopedforgeneraluseinavarietyofinformation
managementapplications.Itisnotdevelopedorintendedforuseinanyinherently
dangerousapplications,includingapplicationsthatmaycreateariskofpersonal
injury.Ifyouusethissoftwareorhardwareindangerousapplications,thenyoushall
beresponsibletotakeallappropriatefailsafe,backup,redundancy,andother
measurestoensureitssafeuse.OracleCorporationanditsaffiliatesdisclaimany
liabilityforanydamagescausedbyuseofthissoftwareorhardwareindangerous
applications.
OracleandJavaareregisteredtrademarksofOracleand/oritsaffiliates.Othernames
maybetrademarksoftheirrespectiveowners.
IntelandIntelXeonaretrademarksorregisteredtrademarksofIntelCorporation.All
SPARCtrademarksareusedunderlicenseandaretrademarksorregistered
trademarksofSPARCInternational,Inc.AMD,Opteron,theAMDlogo,andtheAMD
OpteronlogoaretrademarksorregisteredtrademarksofAdvancedMicroDevices.
UNIXisaregisteredtrademarkofTheOpenGroup.
Thissoftwareorhardwareanddocumentationmayprovideaccesstoorinformation
oncontent,products,andservicesfromthirdparties.OracleCorporationandits
affiliatesarenotresponsibleforandexpresslydisclaimallwarrantiesofanykindwith
respecttothirdpartycontent,products,andservicesunlessotherwisesetforthinan
applicableagreementbetweenyouandOracle.OracleCorporationanditsaffiliates
willnotberesponsibleforanyloss,costs,ordamagesincurredduetoyouraccesstoor
useofthirdpartycontent,products,orservices,exceptassetforthinanapplicable
agreementbetweenyouandOracle.
ii

OracleRetailVARApplications
Thefollowingrestrictionsandprovisionsonlyapplytotheprogramsreferredtoin
thissectionandlicensedtoyou.Youacknowledgethattheprogramsmaycontain
thirdpartysoftware(VARapplications)licensedtoOracle.Dependinguponyour
productanditsversionnumber,theVARapplicationsmayinclude:
(i)theMicroStrategyComponentsdevelopedandlicensedbyMicroStrategyServices
Corporation(MicroStrategy)ofMcLean,VirginiatoOracleandimbeddedinthe
MicroStrategyforOracleRetailDataWarehouseandMicroStrategyforOracleRetail
Planning&Optimizationapplications.
(ii)theWavelinkcomponentdevelopedandlicensedbyWavelinkCorporation
(Wavelink)ofKirkland,Washington,toOracleandimbeddedinOracleRetailMobile
StoreInventoryManagement.
(iii)thesoftwarecomponentknownasAccessVialicensedbyAccessViaofSeattle,
Washington,andimbeddedinOracleRetailSignsandOracleRetailLabelsandTags.
(iv)thesoftwarecomponentknownasAdobeFlexlicensedbyAdobeSystems
IncorporatedofSanJose,California,andimbeddedinOracleRetailPromotion
Planning&Optimizationapplication.
YouacknowledgeandconfirmthatOraclegrantsyouuseofonlytheobjectcodeofthe
VARApplications.OraclewillnotdeliversourcecodetotheVARApplicationstoyou.
Notwithstandinganyothertermorconditionoftheagreementandthisordering
document,youshallnotcauseorpermitalterationofanyVARApplications.For
purposesofthissection,alterationreferstoallalterations,translations,upgrades,
enhancements,customizationsormodificationsofalloranyportionoftheVAR
Applicationsincludingallreconfigurations,reassemblyorreverseassembly,re
engineeringorreverseengineeringandrecompilationsorreversecompilationsofthe
VARApplicationsoranyderivativesoftheVARApplications.Youacknowledgethat
itshallbeabreachoftheagreementtoutilizetherelationship,and/orconfidential
informationoftheVARApplicationsforpurposesofcompetitivediscovery.
TheVARApplicationscontaintradesecretsofOracleandOracleslicensorsand
Customershallnotattempt,cause,orpermitthealteration,decompilation,reverse
engineering,disassemblyorotherreductionoftheVARApplicationstoahuman
perceivableform.Oraclereservestherighttoreplace,withfunctionalequivalent
software,anyoftheVARApplicationsinfuturereleasesoftheapplicableprogram.
iii
Preface
OracleRetailXstoreispointofsale(POS)software.Thisguidedescribestheactivities
supportedbyOracleRetailXstore.
Audience
Thisguideisforstaffwhoimplement,support,oruseXstore.
Documentation Accessibility
ForinformationaboutOraclescommitmenttoaccessibility,visittheOracle
AccessibilityProgramwebsiteat
http://www.oracle.com/us/corporate/accessibility/index.html.
Access to Oracle Support

CustomersthathavepurchasedsupporthaveaccesstoelectronicsupportatMy
OracleSupport.Forinformation,visit
http://www.oracle.com/pls/topic/lookup?ctx=acc&id=infoorvisit
http://www.oracle.com/pls/topic/lookup?ctx=acc&id=trsifyouarehearingimpaired.
Related Documents
Formoreinformation,seethefollowingdocumentsintheOracleRetailXstorePoint
ofServiceReleaseNotes.
Customer Support
TocontactOracleCustomerSupport,accessMyOracleSupportatthefollowingURL:
https://support.oracle.com
WhencontactingCustomerSupport,pleaseprovidethefollowing:
Productversionandprogram/modulename
Functionalandtechnicaldescriptionoftheproblem(includebusinessimpact)
Detailedstepbystepinstructionstorecreate
Exacterrormessagereceived
Screenshotsofeachstepyoutake
Review Patch Documentation

Whenyouinstalltheapplicationforthefirsttime,youinstalleitherabaserelease(for
example,15.0)oralaterpatchrelease(forexample,15.0.1).Ifyouareinstallingthe
basereleaseandadditionalpatchreleases,readthedocumentationforallreleasesthat
haveoccurredsincethebasereleasebeforeyoubegininstallation.Documentationfor
patchreleasescancontaincriticalinformationrelatedtothebaserelease,aswellas
informationaboutcodechangessincethebaserelease.
Improved Process for Oracle Retail Documentation Corrections

TomorequicklyaddresscriticalcorrectionstoOracleRetaildocumentationcontent,
OracleRetaildocumentationmayberepublishedwheneveracriticalcorrectionis
needed.Forcriticalcorrections,therepublicationofanOracleRetaildocumentmayat
timesnotbeattachedtoanumberedsoftwarerelease;instead,theOracleRetail
documentwillsimplybereplacedontheOracleTechnologyNetworkWebsite,or,in
thecaseofDataModels,totheapplicableMyOracleSupportDocumentation
containerwheretheyreside.
Thisprocesswillpreventdelaysinmakingcriticalcorrectionsavailabletocustomers.
Forthecustomer,itmeansthatbeforeyoubegininstallation,youmustverifythatyou
havethemostrecentversionoftheOracleRetaildocumentationset.OracleRetail
documentationisavailableontheOracleTechnologyNetworkatthefollowingURL:
http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/documentation/oracle-retail100266.html
AnupdatedversionoftheapplicableOracleRetaildocumentisindicatedbyOracle
partnumber,aswellasprintdate(monthandyear).Anupdatedversionusesthe
samepartnumber,withahighernumberedsuffix.Forexample,partnumberE123456
02isanupdatedversionofadocumentwithpartnumberE12345601.
Ifamorerecentversionofadocumentisavailable,thatversionsupersedesall
previousversions.
Oracle Retail Documentation on the Oracle Technology Network

OracleRetailproductdocumentationisalsoavailableonthefollowingwebsite:
http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/documentation/oracleretail100266.html
(DataModeldocumentsarenotavailablethroughOracleTechnologyNetwork.You
canobtainthemthroughMyOracleSupport.)
Conventions
Thefollowingtextconventionsareusedinthisdocument:
Convention
Meaning
boldface
Boldfacetypeindicatesgraphicaluserinterfaceelementsassociated
withanaction,emphasis,ortermsdefinedintextortheglossary.
italic
Italictypeindicatesbooktitles,orplaceholdervariablesforwhich
yousupplyparticularvalues.
monospace
Monospacetypeindicatescommandswithinaparagraph,URLs,
codeinexamples,textthatappearsonthescreen,ortextthatyou
enter.
Contents
1
Documentation and Screen Conventions......................................... 1

Overview ...........................................................................................................................1
DocumentationConventions.........................................................................................1
TextConventions.......................................................................................................1
InformationConventions .........................................................................................2
BasicNavigation ..............................................................................................................2
TouchScreenNavigation .........................................................................................2
SaleScreenTouchScreenNavigation .............................................................3
CustomerMaintenanceTouchScreenNavigation........................................4
VirtualKeyboard .......................................................................................................6
ActiveKeyboardKeys ..............................................................................................7
RegisterScreenConventionsOverview......................................................................8
DualScreen.................................................................................................................8
ScreenLayoutOverview ..........................................................................................9
MenuButtons .............................................................................................................9
FunctionKeys...........................................................................................................10
MessageWindow ....................................................................................................10
InfoTab .....................................................................................................................11
TasksTab ..................................................................................................................11
GoalsTab ..................................................................................................................13
MessagesTab ...........................................................................................................13
KeypadTab(TouchScreen)...................................................................................15
FocusBar...................................................................................................................15
CustomerLoyaltyBanner ......................................................................................16
ViewPort ..................................................................................................................17
MessageBar..............................................................................................................18
StatusBar ..................................................................................................................19
PromptsandForms........................................................................................................21
ResponseRequiredPrompt ...................................................................................21
SelectionRequiredPrompt ....................................................................................21
EntryRequiredPrompt ..........................................................................................22
SearchForm..............................................................................................................22
DataEntryForm ......................................................................................................24
SystemInformationPrompts.................................................................................24
ErrorScreen ..............................................................................................................25
Basic Transaction Entry................................................................... 27

Overview .........................................................................................................................27
LoggingIntoOracleRetailXstorePointofService ...............................................28
EnteringPreSaleInformation ....................................................................................28
AssociatingFlightInformation..............................................................................29
SearchforFlightInformation.................................................................................31
SelectingCommissionedAssociates .....................................................................32
AssociatingaCustomerwiththeSale ..................................................................34
EnteringItemsintotheSaleScreen ...........................................................................38
OtherPrompts.........................................................................................................39
PurchasingWishListItem(s).......................................................................................41
AddingItemCoupons ..................................................................................................45
RedeemingaRainCheck .............................................................................................45
TenderingtheTransaction...........................................................................................48
CompletingtheTransaction...................................................................................49
EmailReceiptOptions ..................................................................................................51
ReprintingReceiptsandDocuments .........................................................................54
ReprintingtheLastReceipt....................................................................................54
ReprintingaDocument(RebateOffer) ................................................................54
PrintingaRebateReceipt .......................................................................................55
ReissuingaGiftReceipt..........................................................................................55
PrintingaGiftReceipt.............................................................................................55
GiftReceiptsFromaSale .............................................................................56
MultipleGiftItemsGroupingItemsforGiftReceipts..............................57
GiftReceiptsAftertheSale ..........................................................................60
Return Transactions......................................................................... 61
Overview .........................................................................................................................61
WithOriginalReceiptorCreditCard........................................................................61
EnteringReturnswithoutOriginalReceipt .............................................................69
ReturningNonMerchandiseItemsWithoutaReceipt .....................................74
EnteringReturnswithoutOriginalReceipt,UsingCustomerPurchaseHistory76
TaxesForReturnItems .................................................................................................77
Processing Tenders ......................................................................... 79

Overview .........................................................................................................................79
SelectingTenders...........................................................................................................79
SaleTenders....................................................................................................................80
Cash ...........................................................................................................................81
LargeCashTransactions;GreaterThan$10,000..........................................83
Check(Personal) ......................................................................................................84
CreditCard ...............................................................................................................87
DebitCard.................................................................................................................91
PayPal........................................................................................................................91
PayPalCheckIn................................................................................................95
GiftCertificate ..........................................................................................................97
TravelersCheck ......................................................................................................98
ForeignCurrency.....................................................................................................99
ForeignCurrencyasChange ........................................................................101
RedeemStoreCredit ............................................................................................104
CouponTender ......................................................................................................105
RedeemMerchandiseCreditCard......................................................................106
HouseAccount.......................................................................................................107
GiftCard .................................................................................................................109
RoomCharge ................................................................................................................110
ReturnTenders(Refunds)..........................................................................................111
Cash .........................................................................................................................112
MailCheckRefundHomeOfficeCheck..........................................................114
CreditCard .............................................................................................................115
DebitCard...............................................................................................................118
RefundPayPal........................................................................................................118
IssueStoreCredit...................................................................................................120
Issue/ReloadMerchandiseCreditCard .............................................................121
Issue/ReloadGiftCard..........................................................................................122
RefundRoomCharge............................................................................................122
RefundHouseAccount.........................................................................................123
SplitTenders.................................................................................................................124
ChangingTenders .......................................................................................................125
CurrencyRounding .....................................................................................................128
Customer Maintenance .................................................................. 131

Overview .......................................................................................................................131
SearchingforaCustomerRecord .............................................................................131
AddingaNewCustomerRecord ..............................................................................135
ViewingaCustomerRecord......................................................................................140
CustomerInformationTabsOverview ............................................................141
ContactInformationTab ...............................................................................141
Groups&PersonalTab .................................................................................142
PurchaseHistoryTab.....................................................................................144
CustomerAccountTab..................................................................................147
TasksTab .........................................................................................................151
Loyalty&AwardsTab ..................................................................................152
CommentsTab................................................................................................154
AddressesTab.................................................................................................155
HouseAccountTab........................................................................................155
WishListTab ..................................................................................................157
EditCustomer ...............................................................................................................161
AdditionalCustomerOptions...................................................................................163
Adding/MaintainingMultipleCustomerAddresses ...........................................174
Searching for Items ........................................................................ 179

SearchingforItemsUsingItemLookup .................................................................179
RelatedItemsTab ..................................................................................................185
StyleGridTab ........................................................................................................186
PriceInformationTab ...........................................................................................186
SalesHistoryTab ...................................................................................................187
LocatingItems:InventoryLookup ...........................................................................188
PrintingaRainCheck .................................................................................................190
SearchingforItemsUsingtheItemMatrix ............................................................191
Discounts and Awards ................................................................... 193

Overview .......................................................................................................................193
AddingaDiscount/AwardtoanItemorTransaction ..........................................193
ItemLevelDiscounts.............................................................................................195
TransactionLevelDiscounts................................................................................198
GroupDiscounts....................................................................................................199
AwardDiscounts ...................................................................................................200
DealPricingDiscounts..........................................................................................203
Modifying a Sale Transaction ........................................................ 205

Overview .......................................................................................................................205
AddingNonMerchandiseItemstotheSale..........................................................206
ModifyingCustomerInformation ...........................................................................207
ModifyingLineItemsinaSale.................................................................................208
ChangingtheItemQuantity ................................................................................209
ChangingtheItemPrice .......................................................................................211
VoidinganItem .....................................................................................................212
ChangingtheCommissionedAssociate.............................................................215
Adding/EditingaLineItemComment ..............................................................218
ChangingItemTaxes ............................................................................................219
ChangingTransactionTaxes .....................................................................................226
Suspending/ResumingaTransaction......................................................................234
SuspendingaTransaction ....................................................................................235
ResumingaTransaction .......................................................................................235
CancellingaSale..........................................................................................................237
Send Sale Transactions ................................................................. 239

Overview .......................................................................................................................239
AddingSendSaleItemstoaSale.............................................................................239
EditingaSendSale......................................................................................................245
10 Layaway Transactions ................................................................... 247

Overview .......................................................................................................................247
LayawayTransactionProcessing ..............................................................................248
LayawaySetup .............................................................................................................250
LayawayPayment ........................................................................................................255
LayawayPickup ...........................................................................................................258
AdditionalOptionsforLayawayAccounts ............................................................263
EditingItemsonaLayawayAccount.................................................................263
AddCoupon....................................................................................................264
AddDiscount..................................................................................................264
ChangeItem ....................................................................................................265
AddandViewLayawayComments ...........................................................265
AddItemsToAnExistingLayaway ...........................................................267
GiftReceiptsforLayawayItems ..................................................................268
CancelaLayawayAccount..........................................................................268
AutomaticPrompting:AccountsRequiringAttention....................................271
ViewLayawayPaymentHistory ........................................................................272
ViewLayawayPaymentSchedule......................................................................273
ViewLayawayActivityHistory..........................................................................274
SearchingforDetailedLayawayAccountInformation ...................................275
11 Special Order Transactions ........................................................... 277

Overview .......................................................................................................................277
SettingUpaNewSpecialOrder...............................................................................277
ShippingaSpecialOrderItemtotheStore........................................................279
ShippingSpecialOrderItemstotheCustomer ................................................283
SpecialOrderSetup/MaintenanceOptions .......................................................285
ViewingSpecialOrderHistory.................................................................................286
AddingaWarrantytoaSpecialOrderItem ...........................................................287
ChangingtheItemExpectedDate ............................................................................288
PickingUpaSpecialOrder........................................................................................289
SpecialOrderPickupOptions .............................................................................292
EditingSpecialOrderPickupItems....................................................................292
CancelingaSpecialOrder..........................................................................................292
12 Work Order Transactions............................................................... 297

Overview .......................................................................................................................297
CreatingaNewWorkOrder......................................................................................298
WorkOrderItemIntheCurrentSaleTransaction ......................................302
WorkOrderItemUsingOriginalTransactionReceipt ...............................303
WorkOrderItemNoReceipt;ManualItemEntry ......................................305
WorkOrderItemCustomerHistory .............................................................306
WorkOrderItemItemNotonFile ................................................................307
WorkOrderCategories...............................................................................................308
ModifyingaWorkOrder ...........................................................................................316
PickingUpaCompletedWorkOrder .....................................................................328
13 Warranty and Service Plan Transactions ..................................... 331

Overview .......................................................................................................................331
SellingaWarranty/ServicePlan ...............................................................................332
AddingaWarranty/ServicePlanAfteraPurchase ...............................................336
AddingaWarranty/ServicePlantoanItem......................................................337
ChangingtheWarranty/ServicePlanCustomer....................................................345
14 Order Transactions via Order Broker ........................................... 347

Overview .......................................................................................................................347
MessageBarAlerts ................................................................................................347
AvailableOptionsforOrders ..............................................................................348
OrderStatus...........................................................................................................349
OrderBrokerOrderProcessing.................................................................................350
SearchingforOrderBrokerOrders.....................................................................350
SettingUpaNewOrder .......................................................................................351
ForCustomerDelivery ..................................................................................352
ForPickupOtherStore ..................................................................................355
ForPickupThisStore..................................................................................................359
EditingOrderItemsatSetup ...............................................................................361
CancellinganOrder ....................................................................................................362
PickingUpanOrder ...................................................................................................364
15 Pre-Sale Accounts .......................................................................... 367

Overview .......................................................................................................................367
PreSaleAccountTransactions..................................................................................367
CreatingaNewPreSaleAccount.............................................................................369
SearchingforaPreSaleAccount..............................................................................371
PickingUpPreSaleItems .........................................................................................372
CancellingaPreSaleAccount ..................................................................................374
16 Hold Account Transactions ........................................................... 379

Overview .......................................................................................................................379
HoldAccountTransactions........................................................................................379
CreatingaNewHoldAccount ..................................................................................381
SearchingforaHoldAccount ...................................................................................383
PickingUpHoldItems ...............................................................................................384
CancellingaHoldAccount ........................................................................................386
17 Gift Registry .................................................................................... 389

Overview .......................................................................................................................389
SellingGiftRegistryitems ........................................................................................389
AssigntheGiftRegistry........................................................................................389
Returning/CancellingGiftRegistryitems..............................................................392
18 Task Management........................................................................... 393

Overview .......................................................................................................................393
ViewingandMaintainingYourTasks ....................................................................394
AccessingtheMyTasksScreen ...........................................................................394
ViewingTaskInformation ...................................................................................395
ViewingNotes ................................................................................................396
FilteringTasks.................................................................................................396
SortingColumns.............................................................................................397
ViewingCustomerInformation ...................................................................397
AddingaTask ........................................................................................................397
AddingNotes .........................................................................................................399
EditingaTask.........................................................................................................400
UpdatingTaskProgress .......................................................................................401
ViewingYourBlackBook[CustomerEngagementOnly] ..................................401
ViewingaCustomerRecord ................................................................................402
19 Miscellaneous Transactions.......................................................... 403

Overview .......................................................................................................................403
ClockingInandClockingOut ..................................................................................404
ClockingIn .............................................................................................................404
ClockingOut ..........................................................................................................405
ClockingInandOutfromMealBreaks..............................................................406
BalanceInquiry ............................................................................................................408
ChangingYourPassword...........................................................................................410
ToChangeYourPasswordwithChallengeQuestions....................................413
ViewingYourTimecard .............................................................................................414
AddingaCommenttoYourTimecardRecord .................................................415
Viewing/PrintingYourWorkSchedule ..................................................................416
PrintingYourSchedule.........................................................................................418
ViewingOtherEmployeesSchedules ....................................................................418
HouseAccountPayment ............................................................................................419
ReceivingaHouseAccountPayment.................................................................419
ReversingaHouseAccountPayment ................................................................421
PostVoid .......................................................................................................................423
PerformingaPostVoidfromtheRegister.........................................................423
NoSale ...........................................................................................................................426
Lock/UnlockaRegister...............................................................................................427
LockingaRegister .................................................................................................427
UnlockingaRegister .............................................................................................428
20 Flash Sales ...................................................................................... 429

Overview .......................................................................................................................429
OnscreenNavigationforFlashSalesReport .........................................................430
FlashSalesSummaryReport.....................................................................................431
RunningtheFlashSalesSummaryReport ........................................................431
FlashSalesSummary(Data)Sample ...........................................................432
FlashSalesSummary(Graph)Sample ........................................................433
21 Register Open and Close ............................................................... 435

Overview .......................................................................................................................435
RegisterOpen(CashierActivities)...........................................................................435
RegisterClose ...............................................................................................................440
EditingTenderGroupCounts .............................................................................446
22 Store Open/Close............................................................................ 447

Overview .......................................................................................................................447
StoreClose ....................................................................................................................447
StoreOpen ....................................................................................................................449
23 Manage Till Options........................................................................ 451

Overview .......................................................................................................................451
ManageTillOptionsLogin .......................................................................................451
PaidInPaidOut ..........................................................................................................452
PaidOutTransaction ............................................................................................452
PaidInTransaction................................................................................................453
TenderExchange..........................................................................................................455
ChangeFloat .................................................................................................................459
CashPickup ..................................................................................................................462
CashTransfer(FromStoreBankToTill)................................................................463
MidDayDeposit .........................................................................................................465
TillAudit .......................................................................................................................466
TillAccountabilityModeFunctions........................................................................468
AttachingaTilltoaRegisterTillAccountabilityMode................................469
RemovingaTillfromaRegisterTillAccountabilityMode ..........................471
PerformingaCloseCountTillAccountabilityMode ....................................471
ForeignCurrencyMaintenance.................................................................................474
1
Documentation and Screen Conventions
Overview
ThischapterdescribestheOracleRetailXstorePointofServicescreenand
documentationconventionsandprovidesbriefdescriptionsandexamplesofthe
methodsusedtoinitiateOracleRetailXstorePointofServicefeatures.
RefertotheDocumentationConventionssectionbelowforadescriptionofthe
documentationconventionsusedinthisUserGuide.
RefertotheBasicNavigationsectionfortouchscreenandkeyfunctions.
RefertotheRegisterScreenConventionsOverviewsectionforadescriptionofthe
OracleRetailXstorePointofServiceapplicationfeatures.
Documentation Conventions
ThefollowingexplainstheconventionsusedthroughouttheOracleRetailXstorePointof
ServiceUserGuidetodenotetaskrelatedinformation,highlightinformationforspecial
emphasis,ortobringyourattentiontoanimportantpoint.
Text Conventions
Note: Duetotheflexibilityofthesystem,menuoptionsinthisguide
arenotidentifiedbyafunctionkeynumber[F2,F3,etc.].Instead,the
nameonthebuttonisusedthroughouttheproceduresandprocesses.
Table 1-1: Documentation Conventions in the User Guide

When you see...
Then...
Selectxxxxx
Thisreferstoamenubuttonorlistoptiondisplayedonthe
OracleRetailXstorePointofServiceapplicationscreen.The
boldedtextisthebuttonormenuoptiontext.Sinceall
menutextisconfigurable,thetextyouseeonyourscreen
maybedifferentthanthetextusedintheprocedure.
Press[xxx]
Thisreferstoakeyonthekeyboard.Thetextinsidethe
bracketsisthenameofthekey.
Documentation and Screen Conventions 1
Basic Navigation
Table 1-1: Documentation Conventions in the User Guide
When you see...
Then...
Blue,underlinedtext
Thisindicatesthetaggedtextisalinktoanotherareaofthe
userdocument.Clickonthelinktojumptorelated
information.Thisfeatureisusedwhenviewingthe
documentonline.Forprinteddocuments,apagenumber
hasalsobeenprovided.
Information Conventions
Note: Thisinformationisprovidedtoimproveyourunderstanding,
simplifyatask,orpointoutspecialcircumstances.
Thisinformationisimportantfortheusertobeawareof.
Forexample,informationthatcanhelppreventthelossofdata.
Important:
Thisinformationisrelatedtothetaskathand,butnotrequired
toperformthetask.Forexample,thisinformationmayincludebest
practicesorpracticalinformationthatcanhelptheuserinthe
performanceofthetask.
Tip:
Basic Navigation
Thefollowingsectionsexplainhowtonavigatewithatouchscreenorkeyboard.
Touch-Screen Navigation
Xstoreusesmultitouchgesturenavigationthroughouttoallowforfulltouchscreen
transactions.
Touchscreennavigationisconfigurablebyyour
corporateoffice;allfeaturesmaynotbeactivatedonyoursystem.
Important:
2 Oracle Retail Xstore Point of Service User Guide
Basic Navigation
Sale Screen Touch-Screen Navigation

TheSalescreencontainsthefollowingtouchcomponents.
Figure 1-1: Sales Screen Touch-Screen Navigation
Touch-Screen Component #
Description
1.
TapCustomer
LoyaltyBanner
Ifnocustomerisattached,Xstoreinvokestheadd
customerprocess.
Ifacustomerhasbeenassignedtothetransaction,Xstore
opensthecustomermaintenancescreen.
2.
SwipeCustomer
LoyaltyBanner
Fromlefttoright,promptstoremovethe
assignedcustomer.
3.
TapBarCode
Graphic
Invokesthefinditemfeature.XstoreBaseissettoopenthe
itemmatrix.
4.
TapItemID
Displaysiteminformation(seeLocatingItems:Inventory
Lookup).
5.
Tapitemquantity
Invokesthechangequantityprocess.Thisdisplaysthe
numerickeypad.
6.
SwipeItem
Fromlefttoright,
promptstovoidthe
item.
Basic Navigation
Description
7.
TapUnitPrice
Invokesthechangepriceprocess.Thisdisplaysthenumeric
keypad.
8.
TapAssociateArea
Invokesthechangecommissionedassociateprocess(with
anitemselected).
9.
TapAmountDue
InvokesAddTenders.
Customer Maintenance Touch-Screen Navigation

ThefollowingtouchscreencomponentsareavailableintheCustomerMaintenance
screen:
Contact Information Tab
Figure 1-2: Customer Maintenance Touch-Screen Navigation
Description
1.
TapHeader
TaptheCustomerHeadertoreturntothepreviousscreen
whileinatransaction.
2.
SwipeForm
Swipefromlefttorightintheformareatoopenediting
mode.
Basic Navigation
Purchase History Tab Navigation
Figure 1-3: Purchase History Tab Touch-Screen Navigation

Description
1.
SwipeTransaction
DetailHeader
SwipefromrighttoleftintheTransactionDetailHeader
tocollapsethehistorydisplay.
2.
SwipeTransaction
DetailHeader
SwipefromlefttorightintheTransactionDetailHeader
toopenthehistorydisplay.
3.
TapTransaction
Header
TaponeTransactionHeadertocollapsetheselected
transaction.
4.
TapTransaction
Header
TapacollapsedTransactionHeadertoopentheselected
transaction.
5.
TapaspecificitemandtheINFOtabtodisplaytheitem
detail.
TapItem
Basic Navigation
Virtual Keyboard
Figure 1-4: Virtual Keyboard
Thefollowingtabledescribeshowtousethevirtualkeyboard:f
Table 1-2: Virtual Keyboard Navigation
Function
Navigation
Launchvirtual
keyboard
Optionsinclude:
Swipeupfromthekeyboard
thekeyboard.
Tapthe
iconregiontolaunch
icontolaunchthekeyboard.
Tapatextfield.Whenyouselectsomethingotherthana
textfield(ormakesanactiontochangethepage)the
keyboardhides.
Switchvirtual
keyboardlayouts
Yourstoremayhavemultiplekeyboards.Withinthecurrent
Keyboardarea,swipelefttoswitchtothenextlayout,swipe
rightforthepreviouslayout.
Dataentry
Tapkeyboardkeystoenterinformationintoafield.
Closevirtual
keyboard
Optionstoclosethevirtualkeyboardinclude:
Swipedownanywhereonthekeyboard.
Swipedowndirectlyonthe
Tapthe
icon.
icon.
Tapanywhereoutsideofthekeyboard.
Basic Navigation
Table 1-2: Virtual Keyboard Navigation (continued)

Function
Navigation
Switchto
Xenvironment
TaptheXenvironmentbutton
toopenXenvironment.
ToreturntoXstore,selectthe
StartPOSbutton.
Active Keyboard Keys

UsethefollowingguidelinestonavigatethroughtheOracleRetailXstorePointof
Servicesystem:
Table 1-3: Active Keyboard Keys
Key
Description
arrows
Usetheupanddownarrowkeystobrowsethroughlist
boxes.
Enter
Press[Enter]toselectOkatanypromptthatincludesOk
(Enter)asanoption.Also,press[Enter]inactivelistboxes
toselectthehighlightedoption.
Esc
Press[Esc]toexitanypromptthathasBackorCancelasan
option.Youcanalsopress[Esc]toexitthecurrentmenu
andreturntothepreviousmenu.Ineithercase,ifchanges
weremadethatwerenotsaved,youmustverifythatyou
wanttoexitwithoutsavingyourchanges.
Functionkeys
OneachOracleRetailXstorePointofServicewindow,the
[F1]through[F12]functionkeyscorrespondtothemenu
options.Pressthefunctionkeythatcorrespondstothe
optiontochooseit.
Home/End
Usethesekeystojumptothetop(Home)orbottom(End)
ofthecurrentpageofareportthatyouareviewing.
Plus(+)/Minus()
Usethesetwokeystoincrease(+)ordecrease()theon
screenmagnificationlevelofareportthatyouareviewing.
ShiftTab
Press[Shift][Tab]tomovetothepreviouslistboxonan
OracleRetailXstorePointofServicewindow.Whenthefirst
listboxisreached,press[Shift][Tab]toactivatethelastlist
boxonthewindow.
Tab
Press[Tab]tomovefromthefirstlistboxtothenextlistbox
onthewindow.Whenthelastlistboxisreached,press
[Tab]toactivatethefirstlistboxonthewindow.
Spacebar
Pressthespacebartoselectitemsinmultipleselectlists.
Register Screen Conventions Overview

Table 1-3: Active Keyboard Keys
Key
Description
CtrlTab
Press[Ctrl][Tab]toaccesstheInformation,Task,Message,
andSalesGoalstabsandmoveonetabforwardonthe
RegisterLoginscreenandtheBackOfficeLoginscreen.
CtrlShiftTab
Press[Ctrl][Shift][Tab]toaccesstheInformation,Task,
Message,andSalesGoalstabsandmoveonetabbackward
ontheRegisterLoginscreenandtheBackOfficescreen.

TheOracleRetailXstorePointofServicesystemincludesavarietyofelementsthat
compriseitsuserinterface.Thoseelementshavebeengroupedintothefollowing
categories,andeachoftheindividualelementsinthemaredescribedinthischapter.
DualScreen
ScreenLayoutOverview
ActiveKeyboardKeys
MenuButtons
FocusBar
ViewPort
StatusBar
MessageWindow
InfoTab
TasksTab
GoalsTab
MessagesTab
PromptsandForms
ResponseRequiredPrompt
SelectionRequiredPrompt
EntryRequiredPrompt
SearchForm
DataEntryForm
SystemInformationPrompts
ErrorScreen
Dual Screen
Yourstoremaybeequippedwithadualscreenwhichcontainsacustomerfacing
display.Thecustomerfacingdisplayiscontrolledbythecorporateoffice.Itmaycontain:
Videos
SuggestedItems
CustomerMessages
Screen Layout Overview

ThelayoutanddesignforallscreensusedfortheRegisterfunctionsisverysimilartothe
exampleshownbelow.Thenamesofthesevensectionsidentifiedinthefigurebeloware
usedthroughoutthismanual.
Figure 1-5: Sale Screen Layout

Component #
Refer To
1.
MessageWindow
MessageWindow
2.
FocusBar
FocusBar
3.
CustomerLoyaltyBanner
CustomerLoyaltyBanner
4.
ViewPort
ViewPort
5.
MenuButtons
MenuButtons
6.
MessageBar
MessageBar
7.
StatusBar
StatusBar
Menu Buttons
Menubuttonswiththefollowingiconsdenoteadditionalfunctions:
Thisiconindicatestherearemoresubmenuchoicesassociatedwith
thisoption.Selectinganoptiondisplayingthisiconopensanother
menuwithadditionaloptions.

Thisiconindicatesthisfunctionisnotavailabletotheusercurrently
signedontoOracleRetailXstorePointofService,withoutmanager
override.Thisfunctionisbasedonsecuritylevels.
Theellipsis(...)afterthewordMoreindicatesthatthereare
additionalmenuoptionsavailableatthisscreen.SelectingtheMore...
optiondisplaysanothersetofmenubuttons.
Function Keys
Note: Touchscreenusersdonotusefunctionkeys.Youcantapthe
buttonsbutyouarenotusingaregularkeyboard.
TheOracleRetailXstorePointofServicemenubuttonsshowthekeyboardfunctionsthat
appearoneachOracleRetailXstorePointofServicewindow.
Eachmenubuttonhasafunctionkey[F1]>[F12]assignedtoit.BecauseeachOracle
RetailXstorePointofServicemenuisconfigurable,thebuttonfunctionsonyoursystem
mayappearinadifferentorderorhavedifferenttextthanexamplesshowninthis
manual.
Somemenubuttonsmaynotbeavailabletoeveryassociate.Securityconfiguration
determineswhichoptionsareavailabletoanindividualassociate.Securitymaybe
configuredforeachassociate,byemployeegroup,orbyregistergroup.
arenotidentifiedbyafunctionkeynumber(F2,F3,etc.).Insteadthe
proceduresandprocessesthatfollowusethenameofthebutton.
Figure 1-6: Menu Buttons
Message Window
Thetabcolorsvarydependingonwhichscreenyouareusing.
Yourhomeofficemayhaveconfiguredadditional
messagetabscustomizedforyourstore.Thismanualdescribesthe
featuresstandardinXstorebase.
Important:
Theinformationmessageareaislocatedintheupperleftsectionofvariousscreens.The
followingmessagetabsareavailableinbase:
InfoTab
TasksTab
GoalsTab
MessagesTab
PromptsandForms
Youhavethefollowing
optionstoaccessthetabs:
Useamousefor
navigation.
Touchthetabsifyou
haveatouchscreen.
Pressthe
keys
onthekeyboardto
moveonetabforward,
andpress
the
keysonthekeyboard
tomoveonetabbackward.
Info Tab
TheInfotabmaydisplayproductspecific
informationforanitementryscenario,
customer/itemdetailinformationfora
layawaytransaction,orinstructionsfor
recordingarepairoralterationselection.
Tasks Tab
TheTaskstabdisplaysopenandinprogresstaskswithstartdate/timepriortothe
currentbusinessdateandenddate/timeequaltothecurrentbusinessdateorinthe
future.Tasksshownhereareviewonly.
ToviewandmaintaintaskassignedtoyouseeViewingandMaintainingYourTasks.
Toviewtasksforaspecificcustomer,seeTasksTab.
Figure 1-7: Tasks TabT
Note: Inpreviousversions,TasksandAppointmentswereseparate
tabs.TheyarenowcombinedintheTasktab.
ThenumericvalueshownontheTaskstabindicateshowmanytasksthere
are.
Informationdisplayedincludes:
Table 1-4: Task Tab Information
Column
Information Displayed
Activity
Thetype,status,anddescriptionassociatedwiththetask.
Associate
Theassignedassociate,appointmentstartdate/time,and
enddate/time.
Goals Tab
TheGoalstabdisplaysinformationfromthecorporateofficeaboutthegoalssetforyour
storeforaspecifieddaterange.Youarenotrequiredtologintoviewstoregoals.These
goalsarevisibletoallemployees.
Figure 1-8: Store Goals Tab
Thegoalsarelistedinthefollowingorder:
1) Completedgoals
2) Activegoals
3) Futuregoals
Thegoalsarealsodisplayedincolorbasedontheirstatus:
*
GreenGoalscompletedandmet.
RedGoalscompletedbutnotmet.
BlackActive/currentandfuturegoals.
Note: FuturegoalsdisplayN/Ainthe%ToDatecolumnuntilthey
becomeactive.
Eachgoalhasaneffectivedateandanenddate.ThestoregoalisshownintheGoal
columnandthecurrentamountachievedtowardthegoalisshowninthe%ToDate
column.
SalesGoaltodateprogressiscalculatedusingnetsales.Progresstowardstoregoalscan
alsobefoundintheStoreGoalsreportandontheDashboard.
Messages Tab
Youarenotrequiredtologintoviewmessages.Thesemessagesarevisibletoall
employees.TheinformationshownontheMessagestabmaybefromthecorporate
office,orfromyourstoremanagement.
Messagesrequirenoaction,andmaybestorespecific(onlydisplayedinyourstore,not
corporatewide)orregisterspecific(onlydisplayedonadesignatedregister).
Note: ThenumericvalueshownontheMessagestabindicateshow
manymessagesthereare.

Thesemessagesaretimebased,andnolongerdisplayoncetheexpirationdatehas
passed.
Figure 1-9: Messages Tab
Messagesusethefollowingiconstoindicatepriority:
Table 1-5: Messages priority level/icon
Priority Level
Icon
High
Medium
None
Low
Note: IfthemessagecontainsaURLlink,selectthe
opentheURL.
linkiconto
Keypad Tab (Touch-Screen)

Whenusingatouchscreen,thekeypadoptiondisplaysanumerickeyboardforentering
numbers.Thekeypadautomaticallydisplayswhenyouareinafieldrequiringa
numericvaluesuchastheTenderfield.
Figure 1-10: Keypad Tab
Tip: TouchScreenusers,whenyoutaponanumericfield(suchas
quantity),thekeypadautomaticallydisplays.
Focus Bar
Thefocusbarprovidesasingleentryfield,thatis,adataentryforminwhichonlyone
entryforaspecifiedpieceofdatamaybecapturedandthenstoredinthedatabase.
Thetextareaabovetheentryfieldshowsthetitleofthefocusbar(
Themessageareadisplaysinstructionsforthecurrentoperation(
).
).
Figure 1-11: Focus Bar (Scan Item or Enter UPC Example)
Thefocusbarchangescolortoindicatethespecificfunctionyouareperforming.The
baseversionofXstoreusesthefollowingcolorconventions:
Bluesaletransaction
Orangelogin
Yellowclockin
Redreturnmerchandise
Brownsendsale
Greenbackofficelogin
Purplelayaway,order,andspecialordertransactions
Tip: Touchscreenuserscanclickonthebarcodeofthescanitem
focusbartoopentheItemMatrix.SeeSearchingforItemsUsingthe
ItemMatrix.
Theimageonthefocusbarprovidesavisualclueforthetypeofdataacceptedforthe
functionyouareperforming.Forexample,thetwoLoginpromptsbelowaccept
differenttypesofinputforthesameinformation:EmployeeID.
TheusermusttypeanEmployeeIDnumber
orscananEmployeeIDcardatthisfocusbar
prompt.
Thispromptacceptsafingerprintscanfroma
biometricdeviceforEmployeeIDand
passwordinadditiontokeyedorscanned
entry.
Customer Loyalty Banner

Whenacustomerisattachedtoatransactionandyourstorehasaloyaltyprogram,a
CustomerLoyaltyBannerdisplays.
Figure 1-12: Customer Loyalty Banner

Table 1-6: Loyalty Banner Display
If
then Xstore
acustomerisnot
signedupforloyalty
rewards,
promptsifthecustomerwouldliketosignupforrewards.
Table 1-6: Loyalty Banner Display

If
then Xstore
acustomerissignedup
forrewards,
displaystherewardinformationalongwithaloyaltybadge
(Figure 112showsaplatinumbanner).Loyaltybadgesvary
dependingonyourstoresconfigurationsandpolicies.
yourstoredoesnot
haverewards,
displaysyourstorebanner.
View Port
TheViewPortareaofthescreenpresentsallrelevantinformationaboutthecurrent
functiontotheregisteroperator.Forexample,inasaletransaction,theViewPort
displaysthesaletransactioninformationforitems,taxes,discounts,tendersoranyother
detaileddataaboutthecurrentsalestransaction.
Figure 1-13: View Port

Table 1-7: View Port Icons and Indicators
Icon
Description
Gift
WarrantyDeclined
AttachedItem
MarkDownorAirsideStoreSpecialPriceCode
RainCheck
WishList

Table 1-7: View Port Icons and Indicators
Icon
Description
AirsideStoreTaxExempt(E)
Tip: NotetheItemscountinthelowerleftsectionoftheViewPort.
Thiscountrepresentsthenumberofitemsthecustomerphysically
takesoutofthestore.Inthisexample,thecustomerhaspurchaseda
totalof3items,butoneoftheitemswillbeshippeddirectlytothe
recipientviaaSendSaleprocess.Inthisscenario,theitemcountis2
sincethecustomerwillbetaking2itemsoutofthestoreandthethird
itemwillbeprocessedforshippingbythestore.
Message Bar
Themessagebarislocatedabovethestatusbarandindicatesifthereareanyneworders.
Theyellowportionsfadeinandoutwhenmessagesareavailable.
Note: Toviewthemessagebarinformationhere,youmusthavea
touchscreenoramouse.Thisadditionalinformationisviewonly.
Figure 1-14: Message Bar
Selectthemessagetoviewinformation.
*
TotalNewOrdersThetotalnumberof
neworders.
ShipOrdersThenumberoforders
waitingtobeshippedfromthisstore.
CustomerPickUpOrdersThenumberof
orderstobepickedupinthisstore.
ItemsAwaitingPickThenumberof
itemsthatmustbesetasidefortheorders.
AverageOrderAgeTheaverageageof
theordersawaitingfulfillment,indays
andhours,orminutes.
OldestOrderAgeTheageoftheoldest
orderawaitingfulfillment,indaysandhours,orminutes.
UnfulfillableOrdersThenumberofordersthatcannotbefilled.
SeetheOracleRetailXstorePointofServiceManagersGuideformoreinformationabout
processingordersintheBackOffice.
Status Bar
TheStatusBarisascreencomponentthatdisplaysseveralsectionscontainingstore
relatedinformation.ItisalwaysvisiblefromeveryRegisterscreenandBackOffice
screen.
UrgencylevelsStoplightlikecolorindicatorsconveyurgencyfortheonline,store,and
registersections:
*
Red=HighUrgency
Yellow=MediumUrgency
Green=LowUrgency(Informationalconditions)
Tip:
Onatouchscreen:
Taponline/offlinetoviewthedatabaseindicator.
Tapthestoretoopenthestore.Toclosethestore,usetheBackOffice.
SwipethestoreareatoopentheDashboard.
Taptheregisterareatoopentheregister.ToclosetheregisterusetheBack
office.
TaptheF1helptoopenthehelpfeature.
Figure 1-15: Status Bar

Table 1-8: Status Bar Components
Component #
Description
1.
Keyboardicon
Fortouchscreenmonitorsthisiconopensthekeyboardsee
VirtualKeyboard.
2.
AreaLocator
Thisfieldindicateswhereyouarewithinthesystem(i.e.
Sale,Return,etc.).
3.
SignedInUserIdentifier
Thisfieldidentifiestheuserthatiscurrentlysignedinto
Xstore.

Table 1-8: Status Bar Components
Component #
Description
4.
GreenindicatestheDatasourcesareonline.
DatabaseStatusIndicator
YellowindicatesatleastoneWANDatasourceisoffline.The
systemisusingthelocalDatasource.
RedindicatesatleastoneLANDatasourceisoffline.The
systemisusingtheofflineprocesssetupforyourstore.
Touchscreenuserstapthe
indicatortoviewtheDatasource
Status.
5.
StoreIdentifier
Thisfieldidentifiesyourstorenameandstorenumber.
Greenindicatesthestoreisopen.Yelloworredindicatesthe
storeisclosed.
6.
RegisterIdentifier
Thisfieldidentifiestheregisternumber.Greenindicatesthe
registerisopenandRedindicatestheregisterisclosed.
7.
Date
Thisfielddisplaysthecurrentregisterdate.
8.
Time
Thisfielddisplaysthecurrentregistertime.Ifusingatouch
screen,swipethisfieldtoclockin/clockout.
9.
?F1
Thisiconisavailablefromallscreens.Clickingortouching
thisiconopensthehelpfeature.
Note: The[F1]keyisaconfigurablekey.Itisnot
automaticallyassignedtotheHelpoption.Ifthehelp
optionisenabledandavailableforthefunction,
pressingthe[F1]keydisplaysacontextsensitive
HTMLpage.
Prompts and Forms
Prompts and Forms

Duringvarioussystemoperations,youmaybepromptedtoconfirmaprocedure,select
fromalistofoptions,acknowledgeasystemaction,enter/selectinformation,etc.Oracle
RetailXstorePointofServiceprovidesseveraldifferenttypesofpromptsandformsto
helpyoucompleteatask.
Response Required Prompt

Duringatransactionprocess,youmayberequiredtoconfirmanaction.Forexample,in
Figure 116below,youwouldpress[Y](Yes)toconfirmthatyouwanttocancelthe
transaction,orpress[N](No)toremovethepromptandreturntothetransaction.
Figure 1-16: Response Required Prompt
Selection Required Prompt

Duringatransactionprocess,youmayberequiredtoselectfromalistofoptions.For
example,inFigure 117below,youwouldusetheupanddownarrowkeystoselecta
nonmerchandiseitemfromthelist,orpressthenumberonthekeyboardassociated
withtheoptionyouwanttoselect.Tosaveyourselection,press[Enter]tochooseOk.To
exitwithoutmakingaselection,press[Esc].
Figure 1-17: Selection Required Prompt
Prompts and Forms
Entry Required Prompt

Duringatransactionprocess,youmayberequiredtoenteravaluebeforecontinuing.
Forexample,inFigure 118below,youmustenteryouremployeeIDandpassword.
AfterenteringyouremployeeIDnumberandpassword,youwouldselectProcessto
continue.Toreturntothepreviousscreen,press[Esc](Back).
Figure 1-18: Entry Required Prompt
Note: TheFingerprintscanisalsosupportedattheSecurityprompt.
Search Form
Inasearchformyouenterparameters,orcriteria,toinitiateadatabasesearch.Oracle
RetailXstorePointofServicedisplaysasearchformautomaticallywhenyouneedto
retrievespecificinformation.
Toinitiateasearch,youneedtoenteronlythefirstfewlettersornumbersinthe
appropriatesearchcriteriafields.Themoreparametersyouenter,thenarrowerthe
scopeofthesearchbecomes.Thatresultsinadecreasednumberofrecordsbeingfound.
Whenoneoftheparametersisnotmatched,thesystemusestheremainingparameters
toconductabroadersearch.Ifthesystemcannotfindanymatches,Xstoredisplaysa
messageindicatingthatnoinformationwasfound.
Prompts and Forms
BecauseeachOracleRetailXstorePointofServicesearchformisconfigurable,thesearch
parametersonyoursystemmayappearinadifferentorderorhavedifferenttextthan
thesearchformsshowninthisguide.
Figure 1-19: Search Form (Customer Search)

Anarrowontherightsideofafieldindicatesadrop
downlistofoptionsisavailable.
Aredtriangleintheupperleftcornerofafieldindicates
thatinformationmustbeentered.
Whenapplicable,usetheChange
CountrymenuoptionontheCustomer
Searchscreentomodifythedropdown
Stateoptionsandfurtherrefineyour
search.Inthisexample,thesearchisfor
NancySmithandthecountryhasbeen
changedtoCanadasothatthedropdown
optionscontainCanadianProvinces(New
Brunswick).
Tip:
Prompts and Forms
Data Entry Form

Inadataentryformyouenterspecificinformationabouttheinitiatedactivity.For
example,inFigure 120belowyoumustenterspecificinformationaboutthetaxexempt
customerforthetransaction.
Figure 1-20: Data Entry Form (Tax Exempt Form)

Anarrowontherightsideofafieldindicatesadrop
downlistofoptionsisavailable.
Aredtriangleintheupperleftcornerofafield
indicatesthatinformationmustbeentered.
Agrayedoutfieldindicatesthefieldisnoneditable.
EntertheinformationasrequiredandselectSaveChangestocontinueorpress[Esc]
(Back)toreturntothepreviousscreenwithoutsavingthedata.IfyouselectSave
Changesbeforecompletingalltherequiredfields,thenOracleRetailXstorePointof
Servicedisplaysamessageexplainingtheerror,asshowninFigure 121below.
System Information Prompts

ThroughoutOracleRetailXstorePointofService,thesystemdisplayspromptsand
messagestoindicatethatthesystemisprocessingarequestortransaction,ortoprovide
additionalinformationaboutaprocessorerror.Forexample,Figure 121below
providesadditionalinformationaboutarequiredfieldonthetaxexemptformbeforethe
taxexempttransactionprocesscancontinue.
Figure 1-21: Error Message
Prompts and Forms
Error Screen
Ifahelpdeskerroroccursduringprocessing,OracleRetailXstorePointofServicealerts
youthatanerrorhasoccurredandthatyoushouldcallthehelpdesk.
Figure 1-22: Help Desk Error Occurred
Note: ThephonenumbershowninFigure 122isonlyasamplehelp

desknumber.Callthephonenumberdisplayedonyourscreen.
Ifyoureceivethismessage,dooneofthefollowing:
Press[Enter]toacknowledgethemessageandcontinue.
Callthehelpdeskphonenumberdisplayedonthescreenandfollowthe
instructionsgiventoyoubythehelpdesk.
Ifavailable,selecttheOpenSupportTicketoption.OracleRetailXstorePointof
Servicepromptsyouforyourname,adescriptionofwhatyouweredoing,andthe
moduleyouwereusing.Entertherequestedinformation,thenselecttheProcess
option.
Figure 1-23: Error Report Form
Anemailisautomaticallysenttothehelpdesk,describingthedate,time,location,
andsystemwheretheproblemoccurred,aswellastheenteredinformationand
additionalsystemlogfiles.
2
Basic Transaction Entry
Overview
Abasictransactionconsistsoftheexchangeofstoremerchandiseforacustomerstender.
NotransactionscanbeenteredintoOracleRetailXstorePointofServiceuntilyoulogin
attheRegisterLoginscreen.Thispreventsunauthorizedpersonnelfromaccessingthe
register.Logginginalsoallowsthesystemtorecordeachassociatessales,calculate
commissions,andcomparesalestoemployeegoals.
Note: Ensurethatthestore/registerisopen,thecashdrawer/tillhas
beencounted,theassociateisclockedin(ifrequired),andthetillis
attachedtotheregister(ifrequired)beforebeginningatransaction.
Dependinguponyoursystemsconfiguration,youmayberequiredtoclockinbefore
loggingin.Formoreinformationabouttheclockinprocedure,refertoClockingInand
ClockingOut.
Yourstoremayhaveadualscreenwhichdisplaysitemsthatthe
customermaybeinterestedinpurchasing.Dependingonyourstores
policy,youmaywanttodiscussthesewiththecustomerduringcheck
out.
Tip:
Basic Transaction Entry 27
Logging In to Oracle Retail Xstore Point of Service
Logging In to Oracle Retail Xstore Point of Service

UsethefollowingstepstologintoOracleRetailXstorePointofService:
1.
AttheRegisterLoginscreen,scanorkeyyouremployeeIDnumberandpress
[Enter]tocontinue.
Figure 2-1: Register Login ID Prompt
Note: Ifyoursystemissetuptousea
BiometricFingerprintdevice,an
EmployeeIDLoginpromptdisplays.Use
thedevicetoscanyourfingerprintrather
thanenteringyouruserIDand
password.
Note:Keyedentryandcardscanarealsosupportedhere.
2.
Thesystempromptsforyourpassword.Typeyourpasswordandpress[Enter]to
continue.Forsecuritypurposes,yourpassworddisplaysasarowofasterisks.
Figure 2-2: Employee Login Password Prompt
Note: Youmaybepromptedtoclockinandselectaworkcode.
Entering Pre-Sale Information

Dependingonyourstoreconfiguration,presalescreensthatdisplayafterloginmay
include:
AssociatingFlightInformation
SelectingCommissionedAssociates
AssociatingaCustomerwiththeSale
Associating Flight Information

AirsidestoresscanormanuallyenterboardingpassinformationintoXstoreto
determinethetaxofthetransactionbasedonflightdestination.
1.
ScantheboardingpassbarcodeorentertheFlightNumberandselectProcess.
Tip:
TheFlightNumbercanincludespacesbutnotspecialcharacters.
IftheFlightNumberisunknownorthescandoesnotwork,searchfor
theflight.SeeSearchforFlightInformation.
Figure 2-3: Flight Information Prompt
2.
Iftheinformationisvalid,confirmationthattheflightinformationwasaddedtothe
transactiondisplays.SelectOk.
Figure 2-4: Flight Information Added Prompt

3.
Iftheinformationisinvalid,thefollowingpromptdisplays:
Figure 2-5: Invalid Flight Information
SelectBacktoreturntotheflightinformationprompt.
SelectSearchtofindflightinformation(seeSearchforFlightInformation).
SelectOverridetoaddtheflightinformation.
Dependingonyourstorepolicy,managers
mayneedtoentertheirEmployeeIDand
Password.AttheAddFlightinformation
prompt,enterthefollowingfieldsandthen
selectProcess:
*
Flight#TheInternationalAirTransport
Association(IATA)flightnumber.
OriginalAirportCodeThreedigitcode
ofthepassengersoriginatedairport(for
example:CLE).
DestinationAirportCodeThreedigit
codeofthepassengersdestinationairport
(forexample:LGA).
DestinationAirportNameFullnameofthepassengersdestination
airport(forexample:LaGuardia).
Note: Youcanalsoscantheboardingpassbarcodetopopulatethe
fields.
Confirmationthattheflightinformationwasaddedtothetransactiondisplays.
SelectOk(seeFigure 24).
Search for Flight Information

1.
SelecttheSearchbutton.
2.
Enteroneormoreofthesearchcriteriaandthenselect
Process.Criteriaincludes:
Flight#InternationalAirTransportAssociation
(IATA)flightnumber.
DestinationAirportNameFullnameofthe
passengersdestinationairport.
DestinationAirportCodeThreedigitcodeofthe
passengersdestinationairport(forexample:LGA).
Note: Ifthesearchisinvalid,theFlightsearchpromptdisplays(see
step3).
3.
SelecttheflightfromthesearchresultsdisplaylistandthenselectProcess.Ifthe
Flightresultisnotcorrect,selectBacktosearchagain.
Figure 2-6: Flight Search Results

4.
Confirmationthattheflightinformationwasaddedtothe
transactiondisplays.SelectOk.
Selecting Commissioned Associates

Ifyourstoretrackstheassociatessalesforcommissionsandsalesgoals,youmaybe
promptedtoselectacommissionedassociate(orassociates)tobelinkedtotheitemsina
saletransaction.
OracleRetailXstorePointofServiceawardscommissionsonaperitembasis,either
automaticallybasedontheassociate(s)selectedatthestartofaretailtransaction,orby
promptingforthecommissionedassociate(orassociates)eachtimeanitemisaddedto
thetransaction.
Note: Ifyoursystemisnotsetupforautomaticcommissioned
associateprompting,youalsohavetheoptiontolinkanassociate(or
associates)toindividualitemsinasaletransaction.SeeChangingthe
CommissionedAssociateformoreinformationaboutassociatinga
commissionedassociatewithaspecificiteminatransaction.
1.
Ifprompted,addacommissionedassociatetothesaletransactionthroughoneof
twomethods:
Selectthesaleassociate(s)forthistransactionfromthelistandpress[Enter].
Note: TheclockiconintheIncolumnindicatestheAssociatehas
clockedin(seeClockingInandClockingOut).
Figure 2-7: List of Commissioned Associates
Procedure:
Touchscreenusers,taptheassociatesnameandthentapOK.
Tip:
a.
Usetheupanddownarrowkeystohighlightanassociatesname.
b. Pressthe[Spacebar]toselecteachassociatesname.
*
Afterselectinganame,youmaymoveupordownthelistofnamesusing
theUpandDownarrowkeys,thenpress[Spacebar]toselectoneormore
additionalassociates.
Ifyoumakeamistake,pressthe[Spacebar]againtodeselectthecurrently
highlightedname.
<OR>
SelecttheSelectByAssociateIDoptiontoentertheassociatesIDandpress
[Enter].
Figure 2-8: Commissioned Associate Prompt
2.
Thesystemaddstheassociate(s)tothesaletransactionanddisplaystheassociates
namesontheviewport.
Figure 2-9: Associate Name in View Port

Ifyoursystempromptsforthecommissionedassociateforeachitem,theassociates
namedisplaysbelowthelineitemintheViewPort.
Figure 2-10: Items with the Commissioned Associates Name in the View Port
Youalsohavetheoptiontolinkanassociate(orassociates)toindividualitemsina
saletransaction.SeeChangingtheCommissionedAssociateformoreinformation
aboutassociatingacommissionedassociatewithaspecificiteminatransaction.
Note: Yourstorepolicydeterminestheminimumandmaximum
numberofcommissionedassociatesassignedtoatransaction.
Associating a Customer with the Sale

Dependinguponyoursystemsconfiguration,youmaybepromptedforcustomer
informationsothatacustomermaybeassignedtothetransaction.
Note: Ifacustomerisnotrequiredforthistransaction,selecttheSkip
optiontocontinuewiththesaleprocess.
1.
EnteryoursearchcriteriaandthenselectProcess.
Ifthecustomerhasaloyaltycard,youmay
swipeit.Youmayalsomanuallyenterthe
customersnumberorname,loyaltynumber,
houseaccountnumber,orenterother
customerinformationintheCustomerSearch
formandselectProcesstocontinue.
Enterasmuchinformationas
possibleintheCustomerSearchformto
limitthenumberofcustomerrecordsthat
arereturned.Themaximumnumberof
returnedrecordsisconfigurable.Ifyour
searchresultsexceedthatnumber,you
mayseeamessageindicatingthereare
toomanyresults.
Tip:
Ifthenameyouwantisnotlisted,select
theBackoptiontoreturntotheCustomer
Lookupform.Enterthecustomersfull
nameormakeadditionalentriesinthe
othersearchablefields.SelectProcesstosearchagain.
Whenapplicable,usetheChangeCountrymenuoptiononthe
CustomerSearchscreentomodifythedropdownStateoptionsand
furtherrefineyoursearch.Inthisexample,thesearchisforNancy
SmithandthecountryhasbeenchangedtoCanadasothatthedrop
downoptionscontainCanadianProvinces(NewBrunswick).

2.
Dependingontheconfigurationofyoursystem,ifonlyonematchingcustomeris
found,thesystemmaydisplaythecustomerrecordinCustomerMaintenance.
Verifythattheinformationiscorrect,andselecttheAssignCustomerToTran
optiontoassociatethecustomersinformationtothesaleinprogressandreturnto
theSaleScreen.Iftheinformationneedstobecorrected,seeCustomerMaintenance.
Ifalistofmatchingcustomerrecordsisfound,selectacustomerfromthelistand
chooseoneoftheseoptions:
Select&ContinueAssignstheselectednametothesaletransaction.
Select&ViewOpenstheselectedcustomerrecordforviewing,editing,or
printing.SeeViewingaCustomerRecord.Onceyouaredoneviewingorediting
therecord,selectAssignCustomerToTranoptiontoassociatethecustomers
informationtothesale.
NewDisplaysaformforaddinganewcustomerrecordtothecustomer
database.SeeAddingaNewCustomerRecord.
Ifthenameyouwantisnotlisted,selecttheBackoptiontoreturntotheCustomer
Searchformandenterthecustomersfullnameormakeadditionalentriesinother
searchablefields.SelectProcesstosearchagain.
Figure 2-11: Customer Search Multiple Results
TheassociatedcustomersnameisdisplayedontheCustomerLoyaltyBannerofthe
RegisterScreen.SeeCustomerLoyaltyBanner.
3.
Ifthecustomeryouselectedhasataxexemption(s)
onfile,thesystemdisplaysapromptaskingifthe
customerwantstoapplyoneofthemtothe
transaction.Basedonthecustomersdecisionabout
theexemption,selectYesorNo.
IfyouselectYes,thesystemdisplaysalistofthe
customersexemptionsthatmaybeapplied.
Selectanexemptionfromthelistandchoose
Select&Continue(toproceedtothenext
prompt)orchooseSelect&View(ifyouneed
toseethedetailsoftheexemption).
IfyouselectNo,thesystemgoestothenext
prompt.
4.
Ifyourstorehasaloyaltyprogramthereareseveralpossiblescenariosthatmay
occurafterassigningacustomertothesale:
Table 2-1: Loyalty Card Pre-Sale Scenarios

Condition
Action
Thecustomerassigned
tothetransactionisnot
enrolledinaloyalty
program.
Thesystempromptsyoutoaskthe
customeraboutenrollment.
Toenrollthecustomerinaloyalty
program:
Ifyourstoredoesnotprovidea
physicalcard,selectProcess.
<OR>
Ifyourstoregivesthecustomera
physicalcard,swipetheloyaltycard,or
entertheloyaltynumberfoundonthecard
andselectProcessIfthecustomerdecides
nottoenrollnow,selectNotNow.
Ifthecustomerindicatesnointentiontoenrollatanytime,select
Never.
Thecustomerassigned
tothetransactionhas
morethanoneloyalty
card.
Selectfromthelist.Thislistmaynot
showthecardsexpirationdate
dependingonyourstore
configuration.
Thecustomersloyalty
cardhasexpired(your
storemaybe
configuredtodisplaya
prompttorenewthe
card).
Press[Y]foryestorenewthecard.A
confirmationpromptdisplayswiththe
newexpirationdate(configuredbyyour
corporateoffice).
Press[N]forno,amessageprintsonthe
receiptindicatingthattheloyaltycardhas
expired.Thecardexpirationinformation
alsodisplaysontheCustomer
MaintenanceActivityStreamContact
InformationTab
Entering Items into the Sale Screen
Note: Ifthecustomerdeclinestheloyaltyprogramandthendecides
toenrollduringthesaletransaction,youcanenrollthecustomer
throughtheCustomerMaintenancescreen,seeToEnrolltheCustomer
inaLoyaltyprogram.
Ifthecustomerdeclinestheloyaltyprogramandthendecidesto
purchaseaLoyaltycardduringthetransaction,voidthelineitem
(VoidinganItem)orcancelthesale(CancellingaSale).
Ifyouhavecompletedthesaleandthecustomerdecidesnottoenroll
intheloyaltyprogram,youwillneedtopostvoidthesale(PostVoid)
todisassociatethecustomer.

UsetheoptionsontheRegisterSalemenutoenteritems,adddiscounts,andtoaddnon
merchandiseitemssuchasgiftcertificatesales.RefertoAddingaDiscount/Awardtoan
ItemorTransaction,EmailReceiptOptions,ModifyingLineItemsinaSale,andGift
Registryformoreinformationabouttheseactivities.Youmayalsobeabletoenter
specialorder,layaway,workorder,order,sendsale,presaleandonholdtransactions.
Note: TolookupanitemseeSearchingforItems.
1.
Atthescanitemprompt,scanorenteranitemIDorUPCandpress[Enter]to
process.Repeatasneededperitem.
Figure 2-12: Scan Item Prompt
Note: Whenscanningitems,youdonotneedtopress[Enter].
Other Prompts
AstyleisanentryintheItemdatabasethathaspropertiessuchas
size,color,andwidth.Multipleregularitemsmaybeassociatedwitha
styleID.IfyouenteraStyleID,thesystempromptsforadditional
informationsuchassize,color,width,etc.
WhenaKitisaddedtoasale,thecomponentitemsare
automaticallyshowninrowsbelowtheparentKitline.Each
componentitemintheKitshowsthequantityincludedintheKit,
alongwiththecomponentsdescription.Thecomponentitemsthat
makeupaKitcannotbechangedusingthechangeitemfunctionin
OracleRetailXstorePointofService,onlytheparentKitcanbe
changedusingthechangeitemfunction.
IfnotallkitcomponentscanbeshownontheViewPortdueto
limitedspace,thelastcomponentrowdisplaysanellipsis(...)to
indicatethereareadditionalitemsinthekit.However,thereceipt
showsallitemsthatarepartofthekit.
Whenanitemwithanassociatedattacheditemisaddedtoasale,
youmaybepromptedwhetherornotthisadditionalitemshould
beaddedtothesale.
Ifprompted,chooseYestoaddtheitemorchooseNoifthe
customerdoesnotwanttheadditionalitem.
Ifyouarenotpromptedperyourstorepolicy,theitemisadded
tothesaleautomatically.
AttacheditemsareshownwiththeLink
icon.
Note: Ifmultipleattacheditemsareavailable,youmaybe
promptedwithalistshowingtheitems.Ifprompted,select
theitemstobeaddedandpress[Enter]toaddthemtothetransaction.
Dependingontheconfigurationofyoursystem,youmaybe
promptedforanoriginatinginventorylocation.Ifprompted,select
theinventorylocationfromwhichtheitemoriginated,orleavethe
inventorylocationblanktoleavethelocationpending.Selectthe
Processoption.
2.
Thesystemautomaticallylooksupthepriceanddisplaystheiteminformationon
theViewPort.FormoreinformationseeSaleScreenTouchScreenNavigationand
ScreenLayoutOverview.
Note: ForAirsidestores,Xstorecalculatesthepricebasedonthe
departurezoneandcustomersdestinationzonefromtheboarding
pass.SeeViewPortIconsandIndicators.
Figure 2-13: Sale Screen
Note: IfyouentermoreitemsthancanfitontheViewPort,Oracle
RetailXstorePointofServicedisplaysascrollbarontherightsideof
theViewPort.Pressthe[PageUp]and[PageDown]keystoscroll
throughthelisteditems.
Purchasing Wish List Item(s)

WishlistitemsarepurchasedthroughthewishlisttaboftheCustomerMaintenance
screen.
1.
Openthetypeoftransactionscreenneededwiththecustomerassignedtothesale
(seeAssociatingaCustomerwiththeSale):
SaleTransaction(EnteringPreSaleInformation)
ExtendedTransactions:
*
OrderBrokerOrder(OrderTransactionsviaOrderBroker)
SendSale(SendSaleTransactions)
Layaway(LayawayTransactions)
SpecialOrder(SpecialOrderTransactions)
PreSale(PreSaleAccounts)
OnHold(HoldAccountTransactions)
Note: YoucannotpurchasewishlistitemswhencreatingaWork
Order.
2.
FromtheSalescreen,selectCustomerOptionsandthenViewCustomer.
<OR>
FromanExtendedTransactionscreen,ViewCustomer.
Tip: TouchscreenuserstaptheCustomerLoyaltyBannerwithina
transactiontoviewthecustomerrecord.SeeCustomerMaintenance
TouchScreenNavigation.
3.
SelecttheWishListtab.

4.
SelectthePurchaseItem(s)button.
Figure 2-14: Wish List Tab - Purchase Item
5.
Selecttheitem(s)topurchaseandthenpress
[Enter]orifpurchasingeverythingonthelist,
chooseSelectAllandthenpress[Enter].
6.
TheWishListConfirmationPromptdisplays:
Figure 2-15: Wish List Confirmation Prompt
SelectBacktoreturntotheWishListscreen.Theitem(s)arenotaddedtothe
saletransactionorremovedfromthewishlist.
SelectYestoadditem(s)tothesaletransactionandremovetheitem(s)fromthe
wishlist.
SelectNotoadditem(s)tothesaletransactionbutnotremovetheitem(s)from
thewishlist.
Note: Ifthetransactionispostvoidedorreturned,thewishlistitem
isnotreinstatedtothewishlist.

TheSalescreendisplayswiththeselecteditem(s)intheViewPort.Theitem
appearsintheViewPortwithaWishList
icon.
Figure 2-16: Sale Screen - Wish List Item
7.
Ifthecustomerwishestopurchasegreaterquantityofawishlistitem,followthe
ChangingtheItemQuantityinstructions.
Note: Ifyouattempttoaddthesame
itemthroughtheWishListoptions,a
promptdisplaysindicatingtheitemis
alreadyinthetransaction.Select
ContinuetoreturntotheSalescreenand
followtheChangingtheItemQuantity
instructions.
8.
Toaddawarrantytoawishlistitem,seeAddingaWarranty/ServicePlantoan
Item.
9.
Addanyadditionalitemsneededandcompletethetransaction.
Adding Item Coupons
Adding Item Coupons

Toaddacoupontoasale,enteravalidcouponidintheScanItemorUPCpromptand
press[Enter].Thistabwillbeactiveduringtheentiretransactionevenifthereareno
couponsscanned.Thecountintheupperrightcorneristhenumberofcouponsentered/
scannedintothetransaction.
Note: Ifthecouponwasappliedtothesale,agreencheckmark
displaysintheappliedcolumn.
TovoidtheitemtowhichthecouponisassociatedseeVoidinganItem.
Figure 2-17: Coupon Tab
Redeeming a Rain Check

RainCheckisanoptionalfeaturethatallowscustomerstopurchaseoutofstockitems
forthesamepriceatalaterdate.
Onceacustomerusesaraincheck,itcannotbeused
again.RainchecksareonlyredeemablethroughtheSalescreen(not
extendedtransactions).
Important:
Dependingonyourstoreconfigurationmaynotbeabletoredeemrain
checksissuedfromotherstores.

Toredeemaraincheck:
1.
FromtheSalescreen,selecttheRegisterOptionsmenubutton.
2.
SelecttheRedeemRainCheckmenubutton.
Figure 2-18: Redeem Rain Check Menu Option
3.
ScanthebarcodeortypetheraincheckID(beginswithRC)intheRedeemRain
Checkfieldandpress[Enter].
Note: Iftheraincheckhasexpiredamessagedisplaysindicatingit
hasexpiredandcannotberedeemed.
4.
TheRedeemRainCheckpromptdisplays.SelectYestoredeemtheraincheck.Select
NotoreturntotheSalescreen.
Figure 2-19: Redeem Rain Check Confirmation Prompt
TheitemappearsintheViewPortwithaRainCheck
icon.
Figure 2-20: Rain Check Item View Port
5.
Customerscanpurchaseadditionalquantitiesfortheraincheckitem.SeeChanging
theItemQuantity.Thequantitylimitforaraincheckisconfigurable.Ifyouenter
morethanthelimitavalidationmessagedisplays.
Figure 2-21: Validation Prompt
6.
AddanyadditionalitemstothepurchaseandthencompletetheSale.SeeEntering
ItemsintotheSaleScreenandSaleTenders.
Important:
Ifyoucancelthetransaction,theraincheckisstillvalid.
Duringabasicsaleyoucanalsoperformthefollowingactivitiesbeforetenderingthe
sale:
Tendering the Transaction

*
Ifyousellnonmerchandiseitemssuchasgiftcardsorservicessuchasgift
wrapping,refertoAddingNonMerchandiseItemstotheSaleformore
information.
Ifyoudonotknowtheitemnumberandcannotscantheitem,usetheItem
Lookupoptiontofindtheitemnumber.RefertoSearchingforItemsUsing
ItemLookupformoreinformation.
Iftheitemisnotfoundinthecurrentinventoryatthisstore,usethe
InventoryLookupoptiontolocatetheitematanotherlocation.Referto
LocatingItems:InventoryLookupformoreinformation.
Toaddadiscount,refertoAddingaDiscount/AwardtoanItemor
Transactionformoreinformation.
Tochangethetax(bothitemandtransaction),refertoChangingItemTaxes
formoreinformation.
Ifyoursystemisconfiguredtosupportawardsandthecustomers
accumulatedrewardscanbeappliedtothistransaction,selecttheAdd
Discountmenuoption.RefertoAddingaDiscount/AwardtoanItemor
Transactionformoreinformation.
Youcanalsousethefollowingoptionstomodifyalineiteminthesale:
7.
Tochangeitemquantities,refertoChangingtheItemQuantityformore
information.
Tooverrideaprice,refertoChangingtheItemPriceformoreinformation.
Tovoidanitem,refertoVoidinganItemformoreinformation.
Tochangethecommissionedsaleassociateforthesale,refertoChanging
theCommissionedAssociateformoreinformation.
Toaddacommentforanitem,refertoAdding/EditingaLineItem
Comment.
Afteryouhaveenteredalloftheitemsforthetransaction,andcompletedallofthe
processingyouwishtoperformattheSalescreen,press[Enter]attheitemprompt
orselectAddTenders.
Ifyouareusingatouchscreen,taptheamountdueareaandgo
tostep3.
Tip:
8.
ContinuewithTenderingtheTransaction.

Thetenderingprocessrequiresthatyouselectorentertwobasicitemsofinformation:
Formofpayment(alsocalledtendertypecash,check,creditcard,etc.)
Amountpaidwiththattendertype
Dependingupontheformofpaymentandyourstorespolicies,youmayhavetoenteror
selectadditionalinformation;forexample:
Creditcardaccountnumber,CIDnumber,andexpirationdate
Additionaltendertypesifthefirsttendertypedidnotpaythetotaldue
AdditionalformsofcustomerID(driverslicensenumber,birthdate,creditcard
number,orotherID)
Customername
Customeraddress
Securityapprovalforlargesalesorrefunds
RefertoProcessingTendersforadditionalinformationaboutspecifictenders.
Completing the Transaction

1.
Whenyouarereadytocompletethetransaction,youcanpress[Enter]attheitem
prompt,orselecttheAddTendersoptiontodisplayalistoftendertypes.Youcan
alsoswipeacreditcardinaMSRorinasignaturecapturedevice.
2.
ACharitableDonationpromptmaydisplayaskingifthecustomerwouldliketo
makeacharitabledonation.Selecttheappropriateanswer.
Figure 2-22: Round Up For Donation Prompt
3.
Atthetenderlist,usetheupanddownarrowkeystoselectthetendertypeand
press[Enter]tocontinue,orselectthenumberassociatedwiththetenderoption.
Figure 2-23: List of Tender Types
Note: Youmayreturntotheprevioussalescreenbypressingthe
[Esc]key,unlessyouhaveaddedalltendersandthesystemis
promptingyoutoconfirmthatthesaleiscomplete.Inthatcase,you
mustvoidthetendersbeforeyoucanreturntotheRegisterSalescreen.
RefertoVoidingtheTenderforproceduralinformation.
4.
Atthetenderamountprompt,entertheamountofthetenderandpress[Enter]to
continue.Dependinguponthetendertypeyouselected,thetenderamountprompt
maydefaulttothetotalamountdueforthesaletransaction.
Figure 2-24: Tender Cash Amount Prompt
SplitTenders:Youmayenterapartialamountifthepurchaseis
paidwithmorethanonetendertype.Afterselectingatendertype,
enteringtheamountandpressing[Enter],thesystemautomatically
promptsfortheremainingbalancedueandyoumayselectanyofthe
validtendertypes.
Tip:
<OR>
SelectoneoftheQuickCashbuttons.
Figure 2-25: Quick Cash Buttons
5.
Apromptmaydisplayaskingifthesaleiscomplete.
Note: Yoursystemmayprintreceiptswithoutpromptingyouto
confirmthatthesaleiscomplete.Inthatcase,thesystemprints
receiptsassoonasthetotalofalltendersselectedequalsorexceedsthe
amountdue.
Ifprompted,press[Y]forYestocompletethetransaction.Press[N]forNotoreturn
totheSaleTenderscreen.
Email Receipt Options
6.
Thesystemprintsreceiptsasrequired.
Important: Ifyourstoreissuesemailreceipts,additional/different
promptsdisplay.RefertoEmailReceiptOptionsformoreinformation
aboutsendingemailreceipts.
Note: SeePrintingaGiftReceiptfor
informationaboutprintingGift
Receipts.
TheAirsidestorereceiptprintsthe
Flightnumber,Destination,Zone,and
taxexemption(ifapplicable).

Ifyourstoreissuesemailreceipts,youmaybepromptedformoreinformationafterthe
saleistendered.Anyreceiptsthathavebeensetupforemaildeliveryaregeneratedas
PDFdocumentsandsenttothecustomersemailaddressasanemailattachment.This
emailreceiptprocessassumesthecustomerhasanactiveemailaddressandhasgiven
permissiontoreceiveemailfromthestore.

1.
Aftertenderingthesale,youarepromptedtoselectareceiptmethod,unlessthe
customerhasbeensetuptoautomaticallyreceiveemailreceipts,inwhichcasego
directlytothenextstep.
Figure 2-26: Sale Complete Prompt - Email Receipts Enabled
Note: Thechoiceyoumakehereappliestoallreceipts.Forexample,if
youchoosetoemailreceipts,thenallreceiptssuchasGiftand
Customerreceiptsaresentinanemail.Youcannotprintonebutemail
theother.
However,anyreceipttypesthatarenotsupportedfordistributionin
anemail,peryourstorepolicy,automaticallyprintonthereceipt
printer.
2.
Toprintthereceipt(s),selectPrintOnly.Allreceiptsareprintedonthereceipt
printerandthetransactioniscomplete.
Toemailthereceipt(s)tothecustomer,selectEmailandcontinuewithstep2
below.
Ifyouchosetoemailthereceipt(s),youarepromptedforthecustomersemail
address:
Ifnocustomerisassociatedwiththesale,enterthecustomersemailaddress.
Ifacustomerwithanemailaddressonfileisassociatedwiththesale,verifythe
customersemailaddressiscorrectasshownontheprompt.Youcanchangethe
addressifneeded.
3.
Selectareceiptoption:
Figure 2-27: Email Address Form
Toemailthereceipt(s)tothisemailaddress,selectOkEmailOnlyandthe
transactioniscomplete.
Tobothprintthereceiptsandsendanemailcopytothisemailaddress,select
OkPrint&Emailandthetransactioniscomplete.
Ifyoudecidenottosendanemailreceipt,selectCancelEmailtoreturntothe
SaleCompleteprompt(Figure 226)whereyoucanchoosetoprintthereceipts.
Note: Thecustomermayhaveindicatedthattheywishtohaveemail
receiptsastheirdefault(seeContactInformationTab).Ifthisisthe
case,youwillnotbepromptedforthecustomersemailaddress.
Emailaddressesarevalidatedforproperformat.Iftheemailaddress
doesnothaveproperformatting,awarningmessagedisplays.Press
[Enter]toacknowledgethemessageandreturntotheEmailAddress
promptwhereyoucancorrecttheerror.
Ifyoumakeanychangestoacustomersemailaddressonfile,you
maybepromptedwhetherornotthecustomersprofileshouldbe
updatedwiththisnewemailaddress:
SelectNotosendthereceipttothenewaddress,butkeeptheoldaddress
onfile.
SelectYestosendthereceipttothenewaddressandtoalsoupdatethe
customersprofilewiththenewemailaddress.
Iftherearemultiplereceiptsonthetransaction,theyaresentasmultiplePDFs
inoneemail.
Reprinting Receipts and Documents

Thereprintoptionsprovideawaytorecoverwhenthereisaprintererrorortheprinter
jams.Itallowsyoutoreprintareceiptorarebateofferforthecustomer.
Figure 2-28: Login Screen - Receipt Reprint Options Menu Button
Reprinting the Last Receipt

1.
AttheRegisterLoginscreen,selectReceiptReprintOptionstoreprintthereceipts
fromthelasttransactionrungonthisregister.
OracleRetailXstorePointofServicedisplaystheReceiptReprintOptionsmenu.
Figure 2-29: Receipt Reprint Options Menu.
2.
SelecttheReprintLastReceiptoption.
3.
Thesystempromptstoconfirmthatyouwanttoreprintthereceipts.Press[Y]to
reprintthereceiptsfromthemostrecenttransaction.Thereceiptsareclearlylabeled
asreprints.
Reprinting a Document (Rebate Offer)

1.
SelecttheReprintDocumentoption(Figure 229)toreprintarebateofferfora
customer.
Thesystempromptsforsearchinformationtolocatetheapplicablerebate.
Figure 2-30: Reprint Document Lookup Form
2.
EntertheinformationasrequiredtolocatethecorrectrebateofferandselectProcess
tocontinue.
Thesystemdisplaysalistofrebatedocumentsmatchingyoursearchcriteria.
3.
Selectadocumentfromthelistandpress[Enter].Thesystemprintstherebateoffer
onthereportprinter.
Note: IfthesourceforadocumentisnotinaPDFfileformat,itmay
alsobeprintedonareceiptprinter.
Printing a Rebate Receipt

Rebatereceiptsmaybeofferedtocustomerssotheycanretaintheoriginalreceiptfora
purchase,andusethisRebateAuthorizationreceipttomailinasproofofpurchase.
1.
SelecttheRebateReceiptoption(Figure 229)toprintarebatereceiptfora
customer.
2.
Thesystempromptsfortransactioninformation.Scanorenterthetransaction
barcodeinformation.
3.
TherebatereceiptisprintedonthereceiptprintedandisclearlylabeledasaRebate
Authorizationreceipt.Thisreceiptisnotvalidformerchandisereturnandmayhave
otherrestrictions.
Reissuing a Gift Receipt

SeeGiftReceiptsAftertheSaleformoreinformation.
Printing a Gift Receipt

Giftreceiptscanbeissuedattheendofasaletransactionforacompletedsale
transactionandalsofromtheElectronicJournalforeligibleitemsinatransaction.
Eligibleitemsincluderegularsaleitems,specialorderpickupitems,andlayawaypickup
items.
Youmayselectitemsforagiftreceiptbeforeatenderisselectedorbetweentenders.
Oncethesaleisfinalized,thegiftreceiptoptionisnolongeravailable.
GiftreceiptsmayalsobeprintedwhenthetransactioniscompletebyusingtheIssue
GiftReceiptsmenuoptionattheElectronicJournal.Theymayalsobereprintedfrom
theRegisterLoginscreenbyusingtheReceiptReprintOptions.
Gift ReceiptsFrom a Sale

Usethefollowingstepstodesignatewhichitemsrequireagiftreceiptduringthesale
transaction.Youmayselectitemsforagiftreceiptbeforeatenderisselected.
Note: BecauseeachOracleRetailXstorePointofServicemenuis
configurable,thelocationoftheGiftReceiptoptiononyoursystem
maybedifferentthantheoptionlocationshownhere.
1.
Duringthesaletransaction,selecttheGiftReceiptoptionfromtheRegisterSale
menu.
Figure 2-31: Sale Menu - Gift Receipt Button
2.
OracleRetailXstorePointofServicedisplaysalistoftheitemseligibleforagift
receipt.
Figure 2-32: List of Items Eligible for a Gift Receipt
3.
Usetheupanddownarrowkeystoselectanitem.Pressthe[Spacebar]tomarkit
foragiftreceipt,orselecttheSelectAlloptiontoprintgiftreceiptsforalllisted
items.Youmayselectasmanyindividualitemsasnecessary.Press[Enter]to
continue.
4.
Itemsthathavebeenselected
foragiftreceiptareidentified
bytheGift
iconnexttothe
itemontheViewPort.
5.
Continueprocessingthesaletransactionasnormal.Aftertendering,giftreceiptsare
printedforthedesignateditems.
Note: Ifyouselect2ormoreitemsforgiftreceipts,youmaybe
promptedwhetheryouwanttoprintasinglegiftreceiptforallthe
items(No)oraseparategiftreceiptforeachitem(Yes).
Ifsupportedbyyourstorepolicy,youmaybepromptedwhetheror
nottogroupthegiftitemsonagiftreceipt.
Figure 2-33: Gift Receipt Example
Multiple Gift Items - Grouping Items for Gift Receipts

Aftertenderingthesale,iftherearemultipleitemsthathavebeenlabeledasrequiringa
giftreceipt,youmaybepromptedwhetherornottheitemsshouldbegroupedon

separategiftreceipts.Forexample,2itemsononereceipt,and3itemsonanother
receipt.
Figure 2-34: Multiple Gift Items - Group Receipts Prompt
Togrouptheitems,selectYes,andcontinuewithToGroupGiftItems.
Ifyoudonotwanttogrouptheitems,selectNoandcontinuewithToContinue
WithoutGroupingGiftItems.
To Group Gift Items

AfterselectingYesattheMultipleGiftReceiptsprompt(Figure 234),thesystem
displaysthelistofitemsthatwerelabeledasrequiringgiftreceipts.Pressthe[Spacebar]
tohighlightandselectthegiftitemsforthefirstgiftreceipt,thenselectoneofthe
followingoptions:
Figure 2-35: Items for Gift Receipts
Finish and Print option

SelectFinishandPrinttoprintagiftreceiptwiththegroupeditemsyouselected.
Ifthereareatleast2ormoregiftitemsstillavailableaftersettingupthe
grouping,youarepromptedwhetherornotyouwanttoprintaseparategift
receiptforeachremaininggiftitem:
Whenprompted,selectYestoprintaseparategiftreceiptforeach
remaininggiftitem.
<OR>
SelectNotoprinttheremaininggiftitemsonasinglegiftreceipt.
Ifonly1giftitemisstillavailableaftersettingupthegrouping,thesystem
automaticallyprintsthatgiftitemonaseparategiftreceipt.
Add Grouping option

SelectAddGroupingtocreatemultiplegroupedgiftreceipts,beginningwiththe
firstgroupofgiftitemsyouselected.
Thesystemthendisplaysthegiftitemlistagainshowingonlytheitemsthatare
stillavailableforgrouping.Selectthegiftitemstobeprintedonthenextgift
receipt.
YoucancontinuegroupingtheitemsusingtheAddGroupingoptionaslongas
thereareatleasttworemainingitemsinthelist.
Whenonlyoneitemremainsinthelist,theAddGroupingoptionisnolonger
availableandagiftreceiptfortheremaininggiftitemiscreated.
Iftherearetwoormoregiftitemsstillavailableaftersettingupthegroupings,
youarepromptedwhetherornotyouwanttoprintaseparategiftreceiptfor
eachremaininggiftitem:
*
Whenprompted,selectYestoprintaseparategiftreceiptforeach
remaininggiftitem.
<OR>
SelectNotoprinttheremaininggiftitemsonasinglegiftreceipt.
To Continue Without Grouping Gift Items

1. AfterselectingNoattheMultipleGiftReceiptsprompt(Figure 234),thesystem
promptswhetherornotyouwanttoprintaseparategiftreceiptforeachgiftitem.
Figure 2-36: Multiple Gift Receipts - Print Separate Receipts Prompt
2.
Selectonethefollowingoptions:
SelectYestoprintonegiftreceiptpergiftitem.
SelectNotoprintasinglegiftreceiptwithallgiftitems.
Gift ReceiptsAfter the Sale

Ifyouhavecompletedtenderingasale,youcanfindtheoriginalsaletransaction
informationinthedatabaseandprintgiftreceiptsoncethetransactionhasbeenlocated.
1.
AttheRegisterLoginscreen,selecttheReceiptReprintOptionsoption(Figure 228)
toprintgiftreceiptsforacompletedtransaction.
2.
AttheReceiptReprintOptionsmenu,selectReissueGiftReceipttoreissueonlythe
GiftReceiptsorselectReprintLastReceipttoprintboththetransactionsalereceipt
andtheGiftReceipts.
Figure 2-37: Receipt Reprint Options Menu
3.
Thesystempromptsfortheoriginaltransactionbarcodeinformation.Scanthe
barcodeontheoriginalreceiptorenterthebarcodeinformation.
Figure 2-38: Transaction Lookup Prompt
OracleRetailXstorePointofServiceretrievestheiteminformationfromtheoriginal
transactionanddisplaysalistoftheitemseligibleforagiftreceipt.
Figure 2-39: List of Items Eligible for a Gift Receipt
4.
Usetheupanddownarrowkeystoselectanitem.Pressthe[Spacebar]tomarkitfor
agiftreceipt,orselecttheSelectAlloptiontoprintgiftreceiptsforalllisteditems.
Press[Enter]tocontinue.
Note: RefertoMultipleGiftItemsGroupingItemsforGiftReceipts
formoreinformationaboutgroupingitemsongiftreceipts.
5.
OracleRetailXstorePointofServiceprintsgiftreceiptsforthedesignateditems.
3
Return Transactions
Overview
Returnsallowyoutocreatetransactionsforreturnedmerchandiseandtoassociatethe
reasontheitemwasreturnedwiththetransaction.OracleRetailXstorePointofService
allowsyoutocreatereturntransactionsbothwithandwithouttheoriginalreceipt.
Dependingonyourstorepolicy,youmaynotbeabletoreturnmerchandisepurchased
inanothercountry.Ifyourstorerestrictscrossborderreturns,amessagedisplays
indicatingthatcrossbordersreturnscannotbeprocessed.
With Original Receipt or Credit Card

Verified Returns (With Original Receipt or Credit Card)
Ifthecustomerhastheoriginalreceiptorcreditcard,thesystemverifiesthatthereceipt
thataccompaniesthereturn,ortheoriginalcreditcardusedinthesale,isfoundeither
onthelocalsystemorthehomeofficesystem.Whentheoriginaltransactionisfound,
thesystemdisplaystheoriginalsaleinformationintheViewPort.Areturnusingthe
customersoriginalsalereceiptorcreditcardtolocatethetransactioninformationstored
inthedatabaseisaverifiedreturn.
IfyouscanthetransactionbarcodeattheSalescreen:
1.
2.
AttheRegisterSalescreen,scanthebarcodeonthecustomersoriginalreceipt.The
systemrecognizesthatthisisasalereceiptbarcoderatherthananitemidentifier.If
theoriginaltransactionisfoundinthedatabase,thesystemimmediatelytransitions
toreturnmodeandtheoriginaltransactioninformationisshownontheViewPort.
RefertoWhathappensiftheoriginaltransactionisnotfoundorismissingdatafor
thereturnprocessiftheoriginaltransactioncannotbefound.
*
Ifacustomerrecordwasassociatedwiththeoriginalsaletransaction,the
customersrecordisautomaticallyassociatedwiththereturn.
Ifacustomerrecordwasnotassociatedwiththeoriginalsaletransaction,
youmaybepromptedtoassociateacustomerrecordwiththereturn
transactionbeforecontinuing.
Skiptostep6.
IfyouselecttheReturnItemmenuoption:
Return Transactions 61

1.
AttheRegisterSalescreen,selecttheReturnItemoptionfromtheRegisterSale
menu.Performthefollowingstepstocreateaverifiedreturn.
Figure 3-1: Register Sale Screen
2.
informationifacustomerhasnotbeenassociatedwiththecurrenttransaction.Enter
thecustomersinformationandselecttheProcessoption.Whenthecustomer
informationisfoundoradded,thecustomerrecordisassociatedwiththis
transaction.
Figure 3-2: Customer Search Form
Note: FormoreinformationabouttheChangeCountryoptiononthe
CustomerSearchform,seeSearchForm.
3.
Thesystemdisplaysapromptaskingifthecustomerhastheoriginalreceipt,
originalcreditcard,giftreceiptorserialnumberfortheitem.Press[Y]forYes.
Figure 3-3: Return Original Receipt Prompt
Note: Dependingonyourpaymentsystem,theoriginalcreditcard
maynotbeanoption.
4.
Thesystemdisplaysapromptaskingfortheoriginaltransactioninformationforthe
returnitem.Scanthetransactionbarcodeonthereceipt,swipethecreditcard,or

manuallyentertherequiredreceiptinformationandselecttheProcessoptionto
continue.
Note: Dependingonyourpaymentsystem,thecreditcardsearch
fieldmaynotbeavailable.
Figure 3-4: Original Transaction Return Information
Note: Whathappensiftheoriginaltransactionisnotfoundoris
missingdata
Ifyourstoreacceptscrosschannelreturns
(forexample,itemspurchasedonyour
websiteandreturnedinyourstore),a
fieldontheOriginalTransactionReturn
Informationformdisplayswhereyoucan
entertheWebOrderIDinorderto
performaverifiedreturn.
Thecustomermustpresentashipping
documenttoprocessthereturn.Ifthe
customerdoesnothavetheshipping
documentforthewebpurchase,orthe
shippingdocumentcannotbeverified,
youmustperformablindorunverified
return.
Freight,handling,orotherdelivery
changesarenotreturnable.
Ifthecustomerusedacreditcardintheoriginalpurchasetransactionand,
youcanswipeorenterthecreditcardnumber(iffieldisavailable)andenter
theItemIDtolocatetheoriginaltransaction.Yourpaymentsystemmayonly
allowswipingofthecardandnotmanualentry.
5.
OracleRetailXstorePointofServicesearchesthedatabasefortheoriginal
transactioninformation.
Ifyouswipedorenteredthecustomerscreditcard
number,enterorscantheitemID.Ifmorethanone
transactionisfound,selectthetransactionfromthe
AvailableTransactionslistwhenprompted.
OracleRetailXstorePointofServicedisplaystheoriginal
iteminformationintheViewPort(Figure 35).
Ifyouenteredthereceiptinformation,OracleRetailXstorePointofService
displaystheoriginaliteminformationintheViewPort.
Iftheoriginalreceiptisnotfoundinthedatabase,thisprompt
displays.
SelectNotoenter/scanthereceiptinformationagain.
SelectYestoprocessthereturnasanunverifiedreturn.See
EnteringReturnswithoutOriginalReceiptforprocessinginformation
Ifyouwanttosearchfortheoriginaltransactionusingthecustomers
creditcard,gotostep1.
Iftheoriginalreceiptisfoundinthedatabase,butismissingany
datarequiredtoprocessthereturn,amessagedisplays
indicatingthetransactionmustbeprocessedasanunverifiedreturn.
SeeEnteringReturnswithoutOriginalReceiptforprocessinginformation.

6.
Withtheoriginaltransactioninformationdisplayed,selectthereturnitemfromthe
listandthenselecteithertheReturnAllortheReturnSelectedItem(s)option.You
canalsoscanortypetheitemIDforthereturnitem.
Figure 3-5: Original Transaction Information

Dependinguponyoursystemsconfigurationandthenumberofitemsin
thetransaction,youmaybepromptedfortheitemquantitytobereturned.If
prompted,enterthequantityandpress[Enter]tocontinue.
IfthereturnitemisaKitcomposedof
multipleitems,allitemsthatmakeupthekit
mustbereturned.Youmaybepromptedwitha
listshowingallitemsthatmakeuptheKit.
Ifprompted,chooseNoifallcomponentitems
arenotavailable.Thecurrentreturnitementryis
cancelledandthesystemgoesbacktothereturn
itemprompt.
ChooseYestocontinuewiththereturnprocessto
returnallcomponentitemsfromtheKit.
7.
OracleRetailXstorePointofServicepromptsforareasonforthereturn.Usetheup
anddownarrowkeystoselectareasonforthereturnandthenpress[Enter].
Figure 3-6: List of Return Reasons
8.
Dependinguponthereturnreasonyouchose,youmaybepromptedforadditional
informationasshowninFigure 37below.Entertherequiredinformationandpress
[Enter]tocontinue.
Figure 3-7: Return Comment Form

9.
Dependinguponyourstorepolicy,youmaybepromptedwithadditional
informationaboutthereturntransaction.Ifprompted,press[Enter]toacknowledge
themessage.
Note: Dependinguponyourreturnpolicy,certainitemsmaybe
returnedataproratedvaluefromtheiroriginalpurchaseprice.Ifso,
theamountrefundedfortheseprorateditemsisdeterminedbythe
numberofdaysbetweentheoriginaldateofpurchaseandthedateof
return.
Forexample,somestorereturnpoliciesofferafullrefundiftheitemis
returnedwithin30days.After30days,areducedrefund(declining
overtimefollowingthepurchasedate)iscalculatedautomatically.
10. OracleRetailXstorePointofServicereturnstotheRegisterReturnscreen.Notethat
thereturnitemquantityhasbeendecrementedbythequantityreturned.Inthe
examplebelow,theoriginalpurchasequantitywas1and1itemwasreturned;11=
0.
Figure 3-8: Register Return Screen
11. Whenallofthereturnitemsareselected,performoneofthefollowingfunctionsto
completetheprocess:
SelectAddTendersorpress[Enter]totendertherefund.RefertoReturn
Tenders(Refunds)formoreinformationabouttenderingrefundtransactions.
SelectExitReturntoreturntotheRegisterSalescreentocontinuesellingitems.
SelectNewReturnifthecustomerwouldliketoreturnadditionalitemsthatdo
notappearonthisoriginalreceipt.
Whenthetransactioniscomplete,thesystemprintsreceipts.
Entering Returns without Original Receipt

Blind Returns & Unverified Returns
Ablindreturnisareturnwithoutareceipt.Anunverifiedreturnisareturnwherethe
customerhasasalereceipt,butitcannotbefoundinthedatabase.Thesetworeturn
proceduresareessentiallythesame.
Ifthecustomerdoesnothavetheoriginalreceiptforthereturnitem,orthecustomers
receiptcannotbeverified,performthefollowingproceduretocompletethereturn
transaction.
Note: Ifyourstoreissetuptousecustomerpurchasehistoryto
determinereturnitempricing,seeEnteringReturnswithoutOriginal
Receipt,UsingCustomerPurchaseHistory.
1.
menu.Usethefollowingstepstoperformablind(orunverified)return.
Figure 3-9: Register Sale Screen Menu

2.
informationifacustomerhasnotbeenassociatedwiththecurrenttransaction.Enter
thecustomersinformationandselecttheProcessoption.
3.
Apromptdisplaysaskingifthecustomerhastheoriginalreceiptoragiftreceiptfor
theitem.Press[N]forNo.
Figure 3-11: Return Original Receipt Prompt
Note: Dependingonyourpaymentsystem,originalcreditcardmay
notbelistedasanoption.
4.
Scantheitemsbarcode,orentertheitemIDmanuallyandthenpress[Enter].
5.
Ifpromptedforthequantity,entertheitemquantityandthenpress[Enter].
6.
Ifpromptedthattheitemwasnotfoundinthe
customerspurchasehistory,selectYestocontinue
withtheblindreturn.
Gotostep7below.
Iftheitemisfoundinthecustomerspurchasehistory,
selectatransactionfromthelistandpress[Enter]to
createaverifiedreturn.Continuewithstep6.
<OR>
Press[Esc]andcontinuewiththeblindreturn.
Gotostep7below.
7.
Usetheupanddownarrowkeystoselectareasonfor
thereturnandthenpress[Enter].
Figure 3-12: List of Return Reasons

8.
Dependinguponthereturnreasonyouchose,youmaybepromptedforadditional
informationasshowninFigure313below.Enterthetextofyourcommentand
press[Enter]tocontinue.
Figure 3-13: Return Comment Form
9.
Dependinguponyoursystemsconfiguration:
Youmaybepromptedwithadditionalinformationaboutthereturntransaction.
Press[Enter]toacknowledgethemessage.
Thepricehistorywindowmaydisplayalistof
previouspromotionalprices.Usetheupand
downarrowkeystoselectthecorrectpriceforthe
returnitemandpress[Enter]tocontinue.
Apromptmayappearstatingthatarestockingfee
hasbeenaddedbasedontheitemreturned.This
amountisdeductedfromtheamountofthe
refund.Press[Enter]tocontinue.
Thelowestpricefortheitemmaydisplay.To
overridetheprice,selectPriceOverride.Amanager
willneedtoenteranEmployeeIDandPasswordto
override.
10. OracleRetailXstorePointofServicereturnstotheRegisterReturnscreen.Whenall
returnitemshavebeenentered,performoneofthefollowingfunctionstocomplete
theprocess:
Figure 3-14: Return Items Displayed in View Port
Tenders(Refunds).
Note: Yourstoremayhaveablindreturnthreshold.Iftheamountof
thereturnexceedsthisthreshold,aBlindReturnThresholdAmount
securitypromptdisplays.AmanagerwillneedtoenteranEmployee
IDandPasswordtooverride.
Ifyourstoredoesnotallowoverrides,youwillbeunabletocomplete
thereturn.
SelectReturnItemifthecustomerwouldliketoreturnadditionalitems(for
example,itemsthatappearonanoriginalreceipt).
SelectChangeItemtomodifyanitem.Youmaychangequantity,changeprice,
changetax,voidline,modifydiscount(iftheitemwasdiscounted),orchange
thecommissionedassociate.RefertoModifyingLineItemsinaSaleformore
informationabouttheseoptions.
SelectAddDiscountifthereturnitemisonsaleatthetimeitisreturned.Then
selectatypeofdiscountfromalist,andselectthespecificitemthatis
discounted.Thediscountyouapplymaybeapercentagediscountoradollar
amountdiscount.Thisultimatelyreducestheamountduetothecustomerwhen
thereturnistendered.
SelectReturnNonMerchtoreturnanonmerchandiseitem.
SelectItemLookuptofindtheItemIDforthereturnitem.RefertoSearchingfor
ItemsUsingItemLookupformoreinformationaboutlookingupitem
information.
Returning Non-Merchandise Items Without a Receipt

1.
menu.Thesystempromptsyoutospecifywhetherornotthecustomerhasareceipt
orserialnumberforthereturnitem.
2.
RespondtothepromptbyselectingNo.Afterconfirmingthatthecustomerdoesnot
havetheoriginalreceipt,selecttheReturnNonMerchandiseoptionfromthe
RegisterReturnscreen.
Figure 3-15: Register Return Screen
3.
Selectthecategoryofnonmerchandiseitemtobereturnedfromthelistandpress
[Enter]tocontinue.
Figure 3-16: List of Non-Merchandise Categories
4.
Theoptionstoreturnagiftcardoragiftcertificatemayrequireasecuritylogin,
dependingonstorepolicy.Toperformthosetwooptions,youmusthavethe
requiredsecuritylevel.EnteryourloginIDandpasswordwhenprompted,and
selectProcess.
Figure 3-17: Security Verification Prompt
Note: IfyoursystemissetuptouseaBiometricFingerprintdevice,
usethedevicetoscanyourfingerprintratherthanenteringyouruser
IDandpassword.However,keyedentryandcardscanarealso
supportedhere.
5.
Entertheappropriateinformationwhenprompted.ForexamplethevoucherIDfor
aGiftCertificate,theGiftCardnumberforagiftcard,ortheitemprice.Theprompts
vary,dependingontheitemselected.
6.
Youmaybepromptedtoselectareasonforreturningthenonmerchandiseitem.If
so,selectareasonfromthelistandpress[Enter]orselectOk.
Entering Returns without Original Receipt, Using Customer Purchase History

7.
Whenallreturnitemshavebeenselected,chooseoneofthefollowingfunctionsto
completetheprocess:
Tenders(Refunds)
SelectReturnItemifthecustomerwouldliketoreturnadditionalitems(for
example,itemsthatappearonanoriginalreceipt).
SelectReturnNonMerchifthecustomerwouldliketoreturnadditionalnon
merchandiseitems(forexample,nonmerchandiseitemsthatappearonan
originalreceipt).
SelectChangeItemtomodifyanitem:changequantity,changeprice,change
tax,voidline,modifydiscount(ifitemwasdiscounted),orchangethe
commissionedassociate.RefertoModifyingLineItemsinaSaleformore
informationabouttheseoptions.
SelectAddDiscountifthenonmerchandisereturnitemisonsaleatthetimeit
isreturned.Youmustselectatypeofdiscountfromalist,andthenselectthe
specificitemthattobediscounted.Thediscountyouapplymaybeapercentage
discountoradollaramountdiscount.Thisultimatelyreducestheamountdueto
thecustomerwhenthereturnistendered.
Entering Returns without Original Receipt, Using Customer

Purchase History
Ifacustomerdoesnothavetheoriginalreceipt,orthereceiptcannotbeverified,the
returnitempricemaybedeterminedfromthecustomerspurchasehistory,when
available.
Ifthereturnitem(s)canbefoundinthecustomerspurchasehistoryrecord,the
transactionisprocessedlikeaverifiedreturnasdescribedinWithOriginalReceipt
orCreditCard.
Iftheitem(s)cannotbefoundinthecustomerspurchasehistoryrecord,the
transactionisprocessedlikeablindreturnasdescribedinEnteringReturnswithout
OriginalReceipt.
Performthefollowingstepstodeterminereturnitempricingusingcustomerpurchase
history.
1.
menu.
2.
Ifacustomerhasnotbeenassociatedwiththecurrenttransaction,enterthe
customersinformationwhenpromptedandselecttheProcessoption.
3.
Whenpromptedifthecustomerhastheoriginalreceiptoragiftreceiptfortheitem,
press[N]forNo.
Taxes For Return Items
4.
Attheitemprompt,scanorenterthereturnitemID:
ITEMFOUND
Iftheitemisfoundinthecustomerspurchase
history,thesystemliststhecustomers
previoustransaction(s)thatincludethereturn
item.
ThisAvailableTransactionlistshowsthe
followinginformationforeachtransaction:
*
DateTheoriginaltransaction
businessdate.
TransTheoriginaltransactionID
number.
QtyAvailTheitemquantity
availableforreturnfromtheoriginal
transaction.
TransTotalTheoriginaltransaction
totalamount.
Tousethecustomerspurchasehistoryrecordforreturnpricing,selecta
transactionfromthelistandpress[Enter].Gotostep6tocompletethereturn.
TouseBlindReturnprocessingratherthanselectingtheitemfromthe
customerspurchasehistoryrecord,selecttheContinueBlindReturnmenu
optionandgotostep5tocompletethereturn.
ITEMNOTFOUND
Iftheitemisnotfoundinthecustomerspurchase
history,theItemNotinPurchaseHistoryprompt
displays.
*
SelectYestocontinuewithablindreturn.Go
tostep5.
(Thisoptionmaybecontrolledbysecurity
permissions.Ifso,youmaybepromptedfora
manageroverridetocontinue).
SelectNotocancelthereturnfromcustomers
purchasehistoryprocess.Thesystemreturns
totheScanorEntertheReturnItemprompt
inreturnmode.
Taxes For Return Items

Taxesforreturnitemsaredeterminedbytheoriginalstorenumberenteredinthe
originalReceiptInformationform.
Note: Ifanoriginalstorenumberisnotentered(becausethecustomer
doesnothavetheoriginalreceipt),thereturnstorestaxrateisused.
YoucanchangethetaxonthereturnitemusingtheChangeItemoptiononthemenu.
RefertoChangingItemTaxesformoreinformationaboutchangingtaxes.
4
Processing Tenders
Overview
Tenderingisthelaststepthatoccursjustbeforecompletingasale.Youmustselecta
formofpaymentorrefund,anditmayinvolvecheckorcreditcardauthorizations,ifany
ofthesetendertypesareselected.
Foralltendertypes,youmustselectorentertwobasicitemsofinformation:
1) Formofpayment(alsocalledtendertype;i.e.,cash,check,creditcard,etc.)
2) Amountpaidforeachselectedtendertype
Dependingupontheformofpaymentandyoursystemsrequirements,youmayhaveto
enterorselectadditionalinformation,forexample:
*
Creditcardaccountnumber,CIDnumber,andexpirationdate
Additionaltendertypesifthefirsttendertypedidnotpaythetotaldue
AdditionalformsofcustomerID(driverslicensenumber,birthdate,credit
cardnumber,hotelguestsroomnumber,orotherID)
Customername
Customeraddress
Securityapprovalforlargesalesorrefunds
Selecting Tenders
Theexchangeoftenderformerchandiseisthefinalstepinatransaction.Manytypesof
tendercanbeexchangedformerchandise.
1.
Whenyouarereadytocompletethetransaction,selecttheAddTendersoption,or
press[Enter]tolistthetendersthatareavailableforthetypeoftransactionyouare
processing.Youcanalsoswipeacreditcardatthesalescreen.
*
Ifyouswipedacreditcard,refertoCreditCard.
IfyouselectedtheAddTendersoption,OracleRetailXstorePointofService
displaysalistoftendertypesasshowninFigure 41andFigure 42below.
Processing Tenders 79
Sale Tenders
*
IfyourstoreusesPayPal,seePayPalandFigure 423.
Figure 4-1: Sale Tender List
Figure 4-2: Refund Tender List
Usetheupanddownarrowkeystoselectatenderandpress[Enter].
Note: Yourtenderlistsmaybedifferentfromtheexamplesshown
here.
Sale Tenders
Totenderasale,refertothesectionfortheappropriatetendertypeasindicatedbelow:
Tender Type
Refer To
Cash
Cash
Check
Check(Personal)
Credit/DebitCard
CreditCard,andDebitCard
PayPal
PayPal
GiftCertificate
GiftCertificate
TravelersCheck
TravelersCheck
ForeignCurrency
ForeignCurrency
RedeemStoreCredit
RedeemStoreCredit
Coupon
CouponTender
RedeemMerchandiseCreditCard
RedeemMerchandiseCreditCard
HouseAccount
HouseAccount
GiftCard
GiftCard
RoomCharge
RoomCharge
Sale Tenders
Cash
Cashisonetypeoftenderthatcanbeexchangedformerchandise.
1.
Whenallitemshavebeenenteredorscanned,usetheupanddownarrowkeysto
selecttheCashoptionandthenpress[Enter].SeeFigure41andFigure42.
Note: Dependingupontheconfigurationofyoursystem,theCash
AmountDuepromptmaydefaulttothetotalamountowedforthe
transaction.
2.
Entertheamount
ofcashpresented
bythecustomer
andthenpress
[Enter].
Enterdollar
amounts.
<OR>
Chooseone
oftheQuickCash
options.
Sale Tenders
3.
Apromptmaydisplayaskingifthesaleiscomplete.
Ifprompted,press[Y]forYestocompletethetransaction.Press[N]forNotoreturnto
theSaleTenderscreentoretenderwithanothertendertype.SeeSplitTendersformore
information.
Note: Yoursystemmaybeconfiguredtoprintreceiptswithout
promptingyoutoconfirmthatthesaleiscomplete.Inthatcase,the
systemprintsreceiptsassoonasthetotalofalltendersselectedequals
orexceedstheamountdue.
4.
promptsdisplay.RefertoChapter 2,EmailReceiptOptionsformore
informationaboutsendingemailreceipts.
5.
Whenyoucompletethesale,OracleRetailXstorePointof
Serviceopensthecashdrawer.Youcanacceptmoneyfrom
thecustomer,placeitinthecashdrawerandreturnthe
changedueamount,ifthetotalofalltendersexceedsthe
amountdue.
Ifconfigured,apromptdisplaysremindingyoutoclose
thecashdrawer.Afterthecashdrawerhasbeenclosed,the
salereceiptisprintedandthesystemisreadyforthenext
transaction.
Thereceiptindicatesthatthepurchasewaspaidwithcash,
showstheamounttendered,thechangeamount,andthetendertypereceived.
Figure 4-3: Customer Sale Receipt - Cash Tender Example
Sale Tenders
Large Cash Transactions; Greater Than $10,000

UnitedStateslawrequiresthatyousubmitIRSForm8300ifyoureceivemorethan
$10,000cashinasingletransaction.YoumustreportthetransactiontotheIRSwithin15
daysofreceiptofthecash.ThelawalsorequiresthataproperlyfiledForm8300thatlists
thecorrectcashpayersname,addressandtaxidentificationnumber.Itmustalso
includetheamountofcashreceived,transactiondateandnatureofthetransaction.
1.
Ifthecustomertendersatransactionwithmorethan$10,000incash,thesystem
automaticallydisplaysForm8300.Completeallrequiredfields.
Figure 4-4: IRS Form 8300
Note: Thesystemcheckstoseethatallrequiredfieldshaveanentry.
Ifyouleaveanyrequiredfieldsblank,thesystemdoesnotallowyouto
leavethisform.
2.
SelectProcesstocontinue.
Sale Tenders
ThesystemprintscopiesofIRSForm8300asrequiredbyyourstorepolicy.
Figure 4-5: IRS Form 8300 Example
3.
Continuewithstep5.
Check (Personal)
Apersonalcheckisatypeoftenderthatcanbeexchangedformerchandise.Depending
uponyourstorepolicy,thepromptsforadditionaltenderinformationmaybedifferent
fromthepromptsshownhere.ThesepromptsdisplaywhenaMICRisnotavailable,or
ifyourstorepolicyrequiresadditionalinformationforcheckprocessing.
1.
Afterallitemshavebeenenteredorscanned,selectAddTendersorpress[Enter].
OracleRetailXstorePointofServicedisplaystheSaleTenderlist.Usetheupand
downarrowkeystoselecttheCheckoptionandthenpress[Enter].
Note: AfterselectingtheCheckoptionfromtheSaleTenderlist,the
systemmayautomaticallypromptyoutoplacethecheckintheMICR
device.Afterthesystemgetstherequiredinformationfromthecheck,
otheronscreenpromptsmayfollow,dependingonyoursystems
configuration.IftheMICRfailstoreadthecheckinformation,the
systemmaydisplayapromptthatallowsyoutoreinsertthecheckand
tryagain,ordisablethedeviceandentertheinformationmanually.
Disablingadevicemayrequireaparticularsecuritylevel.
2.
Ifprompted,enterthechecksMICRnumber(Routenumber+Accountnumber+
Checknumber)andthenpress[Enter].
Figure 4-6: Check MICR Number Prompt
Sale Tenders
Note: Theentrymustconsistofasinglestringofcharacterswithno
otherembeddedspacesoradditionalcharacters.
3.
Ifprompted,enterthechecknumberandthenpress[Enter].Itmustbethesame
checknumberthatyouenteredwhenthesystempromptedfortheMICRnumber.
Figure 4-7: Check Number Prompt
4.
Ifprompted,enterthestatefromwhichthecustomersIDwasissuedandthenpress
[Enter].
Tip:
Enteronlythetwoletterabbreviationforthestate.
Figure 4-8: Tender State Prompt
5.
Ifpromptedtoenterthecustomersdriverslicensenumber,acreditcardnumber,or
otherformofID,entertheIDnumberandthenpress[Enter].
Figure 4-9: ID Prompt
6.
Ifprompted,enterthecustomersbirthdate(asprintedonthestateissuedIDcard)
intheMM/DD/YYYYformatandthenpress[Enter].
Figure 4-10: Check Birth Date Prompt
Sale Tenders
7.
Enterthecheckamount,oracceptthedefaultamountforthetotaldue,andpress
[Enter].
Figure 4-11: Check Amount Prompt
8.
Ifthetenderauthorizationiscurrentlyoffline,amessagedisplayspromptingyouto
performoneofthefollowingactivities:
Figure 4-12: Tender Authorization Offline Prompt
SelecttheCanceloptiontoretenderwithanothertendertype.OracleRetail
XstorePointofServicereturnstothetenderlistwhereyoucanselectadifferent
tendertype.
SelecttheRetryoptiontoattempttoprocessthecheckagain.
SelecttheManualoptiontobeginthemanualauthorizationprocess.
Ifyouchosetoauthorizethecardmanually,followtheinstructionsontheprompt
andentertheauthorizationnumberintheAuthorizationNumberfield.Selectthe
Okoptiontocontinue.
9.
Aftertheinformationisprocessed,thesystemdisplaysapromptaskingifthesaleis
complete.Press[Y]forYestocontinueandcompletethesale.Ifyoupress[N]forNo,
OracleRetailXstorePointofServicereturnstotheSaleTenderscreen.
promptsdisplay.RefertoChapter 2,EmailReceiptOptions,formore
Sale Tenders
Thereceiptindicatesthatthepurchasewaspaidwithacheckandshowsthecheck
numberandamount.
Figure 4-13: Receipt Example - Personal Check Tender
Note: Ifprompted,insertthecheckintotheprinterforfranking,and
press[Enter]ifthesystempromptsyoutodoso.Afterfrankingis
complete,removethecheckfromtheprinter,andpress[Enter].
Credit Card
ACreditCardisatypeoftenderthatcanbeexchangedformerchandise.Ifsupportedby
yourauthorizationprocessor,youcanswipethecreditcardthroughthemagneticstripe
reader(MSR)withoutselectingatendertypewhenyouarereadytotenderthesale,or
youcanentertheinformationmanuallywhenprompted.Xstorepromptsmayvary
dependingonthepaymentsystemyourstoreuses.
1.
downarrowkeystoselecttheCredit/Debitoptionandthenpress[Enter].
Note: Ifyourprocessordoesnotallowcreditcardkeyboardentryor
MSRswiping,instructthecustomertoswipethecardonthePINpad
deviceandskiptostep4.Examplesofprocessorsthatrestrict
keyboardandMSRentryincludeEFTLinkandTenderRetail.
2.
Ifprompted,swipethecreditcardusingtheMSRorenterthecardnumber
manuallyandpress[Enter].
Figure 4-14: Credit/Debit Card Number Prompt
Sale Tenders
Note: Ifyouswipethecreditcard,OracleRetailXstorePointof
Serviceautomaticallycapturesthecardnumberandexpirationdate.If
youmanuallyenterthecreditcardnumber,OracleRetailXstorePoint
ofServicepromptsfortheexpirationdate.OracleRetailXstorePointof
Servicemaydisplayadditionalpromptsbasedonyoursystems
configurationsuchasapromptfortheCardIdentificationData(CID)
numberorthecustomerszipcode.
3.
Ifprompted,entertheexpirationdateinMM/YYformatandthenpress[Enter].
Figure 4-15: Credit Card Expiration Date Prompt
4.
Atthetenderamountprompt,enterthetenderamount,oracceptthedefault
amountdue,andthenpress[Enter].
Figure 4-16: Tender Amount Prompt
Note: Whentenderingatransactionwithaprepaidcreditcard,ifthe
amountremainingonthecustomersprepaidcardislessthanthe
amountowed,thetransactioniscreditedwiththeremainderofthe
prepaidcardbalance.Anothertenderisthenrequiredtocompletethe
sale.Ifthetransactioniscanceled,theoriginalamountisreturnedto
theprepaidcard.
5.
Ifprompted,entertheCIDnumberfoundonthecard:
Figure 4-17: Enter CID Prompt
AmericanExpressCard
Enterthe4digitCIDnumber(VerificationCode).TheCIDcanbefoundon
theFRONTofthecard,abovetheCreditCardnumberoneithertherightor
theleftsideofthecardnumber.
DiscoverCard/MasterCard/VisaCard
Sale Tenders
Enterthe3digitCIDnumber(VerificationCode).TheCIDcanbefoundon
theBACKofthecard.ThefullCreditCardnumberislocatedinthe
signatureboxandattheendofthisnumberistheCID.
Youmaybepromptedtowaitwhilethecreditcardisprocessed.
6.
Ifthetenderauthorizationiscurrentlyoffline,amessagedisplayspromptingyouto
performoneofthefollowingactivities:
Figure 4-18: Tender Authorization Offline Prompt
SelecttheCanceloptiontoretenderwithanothertendertype.OracleRetail
XstorePointofServicereturnstothetenderlistwhereyoucanselectadifferent
tendertype.
SelecttheRetryoptiontoattempttoprocessthecardagain.
Ifavailable,selecttheManualoptiontobeginthemanualauthorizationprocess.
7.
Toauthorizethecardmanually,followtheinstructionsandentertheauthorization
number.
8.
Ifapplicable,waitwhilethecustomersignsthe
signaturecapturedevice.
Note: Dependinguponyourstorepolicy,thecustomermaynotbe
promptedforasignaturebasedonastoredefinedtransactiontotal
limit.
Sale Tenders
9.
Ifapplicable,verifythecustomerssignaturematchesthesignatureonthecredit
card.
Figure 4-19: Electronic Signature
10. Ifprompted,selectYestoconfirmthesaleiscomplete.
11. Ifthecreditcardinformationwasenteredmanually,a
promptdisplaysaskingyoutoimprintthemanually
enteredcreditcard(s)onthereceipt.Press[Enter]to
continue.
Dependinguponyoursystemsconfiguration,youmayseeanadditionalpromptif
thecustomerdidnotsignonthePINpaddevice.
Figure 4-20: Prompt to Sign Receipt
12. Press[Enter]tocompletethetransaction.
Sale Tenders
13. Ifmultiplereceiptsprint,oneisforthecustomerandoneisfor
thestore.Thereceiptwiththecustomersignaturelineand
creditcardimprintareaisforthestore.Thecreditcardtype
(Visa,MasterCard,etc.),creditcardnumber(masked),and
totalamountchargedappearonthereceipt.
Debit Card
Debitcardsareverysimilartocreditcardsandmanydebitcardsarealsocreditcards
withpopularcreditcardcompanylogos.Debitcardsdifferfromcreditcardsbecause
theyrequireaPINnumber(personalidentificationnumber).Thecustomermustenter
thePINnumberusingaPINpaddevice.Themoneyisthendeductedfromthe
customersprimaryaccount.
1.
OracleRetailXstorePointofServicedisplaystheSaleTenderlist.
2.
UsetheupanddownarrowkeystoselecttheCredit/Debitoptionandthenpress
[Enter].
3.
SwipeDebitcardusingtheMSRorthePINpaddevice.
Note: Manualentryisnotaccepted.
Theorderofsteps3and4varydependingontheprocessoryouare
using.Youmaybepromptedtoentertheamountbeforeswipingthe
card.
4.
Ifthecustomersdebitcardcanalsobeusedasacreditcard,thesystempromptsfor
thecardtype.ThecustomermustselecttheDebitoptiononthePINpaddeviceand
thenpress[Enter]tocontinue.
5.
Atthedebitcardamountprompt,entertheamountoracceptthedefaultamount
dueandthenpress[Enter].
6.
Afterthecustomerswipesthedebitcard,thePINpaddevicepromptsthecustomer
toenterthePINnumberandthenpress[Enter].OracleRetailXstorePointofService
displaysamessagewhilethecustomerentersthePINnumberonthePINpad
device.
ThesystemprocessestheinformationanddisplaystheSaleCompletemessage.
Thereceiptindicatesthatthepurchasewaspaidwithadebitcardandshowsthe
amounttendered.
PayPal
PayPalisanonline,mobile,phone,andemailpaymentmethod.
Sale Tenders
1.
ThefollowingoptionsareavailabletotenderwithPayPal:
Table 4-1: PayPal Tendering Options

PayPal Option
Description
SwipeCard
FromtheSalescreenswipethePayPalcard,Xstoreautomatically
readsitasatender.Youcanswipethecardatanytimeduringthe
transaction.WhenyouarereadytotenderselectAddTendersand
proceedtostep4.
<OR>
SelectAddTendersandthenswipeorscanthePayPalcard.
Proceedtostep5.
QR(QuickResponse)
FromtheSalescreenscantheQRcodefromthecustomersmobile
device,Xstoreautomaticallyreadsitasatender.
<OR>
SelectAddTenders>Credit/Debit/QRcodeandthenscanthe
QRcode.Proceedtostep5.
MobilePhoneNumber
SelectPayPalonthePINpaddevice.ThePINpaddeviceprompts
thecustomertoenteramobilephonenumberandthenpress
[Enter].Proceedtostep5.
CheckIn
IfthecustomerusedPayPalscheckinginfeature,seePayPalCheck
In
2.
ThePINpaddevicepromptsthecustomertoenterthePINnumberandthenpress
[Enter].
Note: Anerrormessagemaydisplayifthecardhasexpired,the
amountexceedsthespendinglimit,thecustomerdidnotsignupfor
pointofsale,etc.Youwillbeadvisedtohavethecustomerusean
alternativepaymentmethod.
ThecustomersPayPalcardaccountmaybesetuptopromptfor
additionalinformationsuchaszipcode.
3.
IfthecustomerhasaPayPalLoyaltyAccount,thefollowingpromptdisplaysafter
swipingthePayPalcard:
Figure 4-21: Customer Information Found
Sale Tenders
SelectYestoassignthecustomer.TheLoyaltyinformationdisplays:
Figure 4-22: PayPal Loyalty Information
4.
SelectNotoreturntotheSalescreen.
IfyouselectedAddTenders,selectPayPalMobilePaymentfromthelist.
Figure 4-23: PayPal Mobile Payment Tender Option
5.
TheTender
prompt
displays.
Modifythe
PayPaltender
amountif
neededand
thenpress
[Enter].
Sale Tenders
6.
TheIDverificationpromptdisplays.Iftheinformationmatches,selectOk.Ifitdoes
not,selectCancel.
Figure 4-24: PayPal ID Verification Prompt
7.
TheSaleCompletepromptmaydisplay.Selectfromtheavailableoptions.
CustomerscanelecttosendtheirreceipttotheirPayPalwalletusing
thePINpaddevice.
Sale Tenders
ThereceiptindicatesPayPalwasusedtotenderthesale.Ifthe
customerhasaPayPalloyaltyrewardplan,theinformation
printsonthereceipt:
PayPal Check-In
1.
Toaccessacheckincustomereither:
SelectthePayPaltablocatedintheMessageWindowofthescreen.
Figure 4-25: PayPal Tab
<OR>
SelectAddTender>PayPalMobilePayment.
Figure 4-26: PayPal Tender Option
Sale Tenders
2.
ThePayPaltabdisplays.Verifythecustomerbyphoto,firstname,andinitialoflast
name.Selectthecustomersphoto.Press[Enter].
Figure 4-27: PayPal Tab
Touchscreenuserscanswipethepagedot(s)(showninfigure
above)tonavigatemultiplepages.
Tip:
3.
SelectAddToTender.Proceedtostep5.
Figure 4-28: PayPal Mobile Check In
Sale Tenders
Gift Certificate
Thesystemrecordsvalidgiftcertificatenumbersissuedandtheiramounts.
Awarningdisplaysifthenumberyouenterisinvalid.
Ifyoursystemisconfiguredforgiftcertificatevalidation,itmayaccessa
remoteauthorizationserviceorconnecttothecorporatesystemtovalidatethe
giftcertificatenumber.
Whenusingagiftcertificatetotenderatransaction,OracleRetailXstore
PointofServicefirstdetermineswhichcurrencythegiftcertificateisin.Ifthis
currencyisdifferentthanyourstoreslocalcurrency,thentheforeigntender
amountofthegiftcertificateisautomaticallyconvertedtothelocaltenderand
amountusingthecurrentexchangerateonfile.Thislocalizationisshownon
theviewportandprintedonthereceipt.
1.
Afterallitemsareenteredorscanned,selectAddTendersorpress[Enter].Oracle
RetailXstorePointofServicedisplaystheSaleTenderlist.Usetheupanddown
arrowkeystoselecttheGiftCertificateoptionandthenpress[Enter].
Note: Asimilartypeoftenderthatmaybeconfiguredinyoursystem
isknownasaMallCertificate.Itdiffersfromagiftcertificateinits
abilitytobeusedatanyparticipatingstore,butitisprocessedasagift
certificate.
2.
3.
4.
Scanorenterthegiftcertificatenumber
andpress[Enter].
IfOracleRetailXstorePointofService
locatesthegiftcertificaterecord,the
giftcertificatevalueisappliedtothe
transactionautomatically.
IfOracleRetailXstorePointofServicecannotlocatethegiftcertificaterecord,
Xstoreprompts:InvalidGiftCertificatenumberentered.SelectOkandreenter
thevouchernumber.Ifneeded,selectEsctoreturntotheSaleTenderlist.
Thetenderisprocessedasfollows:
Ifthegiftcertificateisworthmorethantheamountofthepurchase,astore
credit,giftcard,cash,orothertenderisissuedaschangefortheremaining
balance,dependinguponyourstorespolicy.
Ifthegiftcertificatedoesnotcovertheentireamountofthepurchase,thescreen
automaticallyreturnstotheSaleTenderscreenwhereyouarepromptedto
chooseanothertendertomakeupthedifference.Usetheupanddownarrow
keystoselectanothertenderandthenpress[Enter]tocontinuetenderingthe
saletransaction.
AttheSaleCompleteprompt,press[Y]toprintthereceipt,orifapplicable,receipts
aresentinanemail.
Sale Tenders
Thereceiptshowsthetotaldue,thegiftcertificatenumberandamount,changedue,
balancedue,and,ifnecessary,thetendertypeusedtopayanybalancedue.
Figure 4-29: Receipt Example - Gift Certificate Tender
Note: Ifprompted,insertthegiftcertificateintotheprinterfor
frankingandfollowthepromptstocontinue.
Travelers Check
Atravelerscheckisatypeoftenderthatisissuedtoanindividualbyafinancial
institutionandcanbeexchangedformerchandise.Travelerschecksareissuedinset
denominationsforexample,$10.00,$20.00,$50.00,and$100.00.
1.
downarrowkeystoselecttheTravelersCheckoptionandthenpress[Enter].
2.
Enterthetravelerscheckamountandthenpress[Enter].
Figure 4-30: Travelers Check Amount Prompt
Sale Tenders
Travelerschecksareissuedin
specificandpredetermined
denominations.Thesystemdisplaysa
messageifyouenteraninvalidamountfor
thistendertype.
Tip:
3.
4.
Thetravelerscheckvalueisappliedtothetransaction:
Ifthetravelerscheckisworthmorethantheamountofthepurchase,astore
credit,giftcard,cash,orothertenderisissuedaschangefortheremaining
balance,dependinguponyourstorepolicy.
Ifthetravelerscheckdoesnotcovertheentireamountofthepurchase,the
screenautomaticallyreturnstotheSaleTenderscreenwhereyouareprompted
tochooseanothertendertomakeupthedifference.Usetheupanddownarrow
saletransaction.
AttheSaleCompleteprompt,press[Y]toprintthereceipt.
Note: Ifprompted,placethetravelerscheckintotheprinterfor
Thereceiptindicatesthatthepurchasewaspaid
withatravelerscheckandshowstheamountof
thecheck.
Foreign Currency
Whensalesaretenderedinaforeigncurrency,theamountenteredisautomatically
convertedtoyourlocalcurrency.Anychangeduetothecustomerdisplaysinlocal
currency.
Sale Tenders
1.
downarrowkeystoselecttheForeignCurrencyoptionandthenpress[Enter].
2.
OracleRetailXstorePointofServicedisplaysalistoftheforeigntendertypes
acceptedatyourstore.Usetheupanddownarrowkeystoselectthetypeofforeign
currencyreceivedandthenpress[Enter].
Figure 4-31: List of Foreign Currency Types Accepted
3.
Entertheforeigncurrencyamountyoureceivedfromthecustomerandthenpress
[Enter],orselectoneoftheQuickCashbuttonsfromthemenu.Thepromptshows
theforeigntenderamountrequiredtofulfillthebalanceowed.
Figure 4-32: Foreign Currency Amount Prompt/Quick Cash Buttons
Sale Tenders
Theforeigncurrencyamountyouenterisconvertedtothelocalcurrencyandshown
ontheViewPort.
Note: Iftheforeigncurrencyamountdoesnotcovertheentire
purchaseamount,youmustselectanothertendertypeandenterthe
additionalamounttocovertheremainingbalance.
4.
5.
Ifthecustomerwouldliketoreceivethechangedueasforeigncurrency,followthe
instructionsinForeignCurrencyasChange).
Thereceiptindicateswhichforeigncurrencywastenderedinthetransaction.Also
includedarethetotalcurrencytendered,theexchangerate,theconvertedamountin
localcurrency,andchangedueinlocalcurrency.
Figure 4-33: Receipt Example - Foreign Currency with Local Change
Foreign Currency as Change

Xstorecanbeconfiguredtoprovidecertainforeigncurrencyaschangewhenacustomer
tenderswithforeigncurrency.
Sale Tenders
1.
Ifyourstoreallowschangetobegiveninforeign
currency,thesystempromptswithalistofany
foreigntendersthatwereusedinthetransactionas
wellasthelocalcurrency.Selectfromthelistand
press[Enter].
Important: Iftheamountdueexceedsthecashchangelimit,Xstore
willpromptforthetenderyourhomeofficehasconfigured.For
example,yourstoremaybeconfiguredtoissueastorecreditwhenthe
amountexceedsthecashchangelimit.
IfthereisenoughForeignCashinthetill,apromptdisplaysindicatingthe
amountofforeigncurrencydue.
Figure 4-34: Change Due
Sale Tenders
IfthereisnotenoughForeignCashCurrencyinthetill,thetransactionwill
eitherrequireamanagersoverrideoryouwillhavetoselectadifferent
currency.
Figure 4-35: Not Enough Funds - Override Allowed
Ifamanageroverrideisallowed,amanagermustenteranEmployeeID
andPasswordtooverride.
Ifamanageroverrideisnotallowed,selecttheBackbuttontodisplaythe
cashcurrencylistavailabletoprovideaschange.
2.
Closethecashdrawertocontinueandpress[Enter].
3.
AttheSaleCompleteprompt,press[Y]toprintthereceipt.Thereceiptindicatesthe
currencyprovidedaschange.
Figure 4-36: Foreign Currency with Foreign Change Receipt
Note: Ifyoumadeamistakeandselectedthewrongforeigntender,a
tenderexchangewillneedtobeperformed.SeeTenderExchange.
Sale Tenders
Redeem Store Credit

Thesystemmaintainsarecordofvalidstorecreditnumbersandtheir
amounts.Awarningmessagedisplaysifthestorecreditnumberisinvalid.
Ifyoursystemisconfiguredforcorporatestorecreditvalidation,the
systemconnectstothecorporatesystemandvalidatesthestorecreditnumber.
Whenastorecreditisusedtotenderatransaction,OracleRetailXstore
PointofServicefirstdetermineswhichcurrencythestorecreditisin.Ifthis
currencyisdifferentthanyourstoreslocalcurrency,thentheforeigntender
amountofthestorecreditisautomaticallyconvertedtothelocaltenderand
amountusingthecurrentexchangerateonfile.Thislocalizationisshownon
theviewportandprintedonthereceipt.
1.
Whenallitemshavebeenenteredorscanned,press[Enter]orselectAddTenders.
2.
UsetheupanddownarrowkeystoselecttheRedeemStoreCreditoptionandthen
press[Enter].
3.
Scanortypethestorecreditserialnumberfoundonthecreditdocumentandthen
press[Enter].
Figure 4-37: Store Credit Number Prompt
4.
5.
OracleRetailXstorePointofServiceretrievesthestorecreditamountfromthe
databaseandappliesthestorecreditvaluetothetransaction:
Ifthestorecreditisworthmorethantheamountofthepurchase,astorecredit,
giftcard,cash,orothertenderisissuedaschangefortheremainingbalance,
dependinguponyourstorespolicy.
Ifthestorecreditdoesnotcovertheentireamountofthepurchase,thescreen
chooseanothertendertomakeupthedifference.Usetheupanddownarrow
saletransaction.
Note: Ifprompted,press[Enter]toclosetheRemembertosignthe
storecreditvouchermessage.
Ifprompted,insertthestorecreditdocumentintotheprinterfor
Sale Tenders
Thereceiptshowsthetotaldue,thestorecreditnumber
(masked)andamount,balancedueand,ifnecessary,the
tendertypeusedtopaythebalancedue.Inthisexample,
changeduewasissuedasanotherstorecredit.
Coupon Tender
1.
Whenallitemshavebeenenteredorscannedinasaletransaction,press[Enter]or
selectAddTenders.UsetheupanddownarrowkeystoselecttheCoupontender
optionandthenpress[Enter].
2.
Scanortypethecouponserialnumberfoundonthecouponandthenpress[Enter].
Figure 4-38: Coupon ID Prompt
3.
Dependinguponthecoupontype,youmaybepromptedtoenterthecouponvalue.
Ifprompted,enterthecouponamountandpress[Enter].
Figure 4-39: Coupon Amount Prompt
4.
OracleRetailXstorePointofServiceappliesthecouponvaluetothetransaction:
Ifthecouponisworthmorethantheamountofthepurchase,astorecredit,gift
card,cash,orothertendermaybeissuedaschangefortheremainingbalance,
dependinguponyourstorepolicy.
Ifthecoupondoesnotcovertheentireamountofthepurchase,thesystem
chooseanothertendertomakeupthedifference.Usetheupordownarrow
saletransaction.
Sale Tenders
5.
Note: Ifprompted,insertthecouponintotheprinterforfrankingand
followthepromptstocontinue.
Thereceiptshowsthetotaldue,thecouponnumberandamount,changedue,
balancedueand,ifnecessary,thetendertypeusedtopayanybalancedue.
Redeem Merchandise Credit Card

1.
selectAddTenders.UsetheupanddownarrowkeystoselecttheRedeemMerch
CreditCardtenderoptionandthenpress[Enter].
2.
Atthemerchandisecreditcardnumberprompt,enterthecardnumberandpress
[Enter].
Figure 4-40: Merchandise Credit Card Number Prompt
3.
Atthemerchandisecreditcardamountprompt,entertheamountoracceptthe
defaultamountdueandthenpress[Enter].
Thesystemmaintainsarecordofvalidmerchandisecreditcardnumbersandtheir
amounts.Awarningmessagedisplaysifthemerchandisecreditcardisinvalid.
Ifyoursystemisconfiguredforcorporatemerchandisecreditcardvalidation,thesystem
mayaccessaremoteauthorizationserviceoracorporatesystemtovalidatethe
merchandisecreditcard.
4.
Theinformationisprocessed,andwhencomplete,apromptdisplaysaskingifthe
saleiscomplete.Press[Y]forYestocontinueandcompletethesale.
Thereceiptindicatesthatthepurchasewaspaidwithamerchandisecreditcard,
showstheamounttendered,andthechangereceived.
Sale Tenders
House Account
AHouseAccountallowsacustomertouseaninhouseaccountasaformoftenderand
tomakepaymentstotheaccount.Thistypeofaccountmustbeinanactivestatetobe
usedastenderbythecustomer.
Note: Acustomercannotovertender(paymorethantheamount
total)usingahouseaccountaspayment.
1.
selectAddTenders.UsetheupanddownarrowkeystoselecttheHouseAccount
tenderoptionandthenpress[Enter].
Ifthereisnocustomerassignedtothetransaction,youarepromptedto
addone.SelectYesifprompted.
IfthecustomerdoesnothaveanactiveHouseAccountsetup,thistender
willnotbeavailable.
IfaHouseAccountpaymentispartofthesalestransaction,theHouse
Accounttenderoptionwillnotbeavailable.
IfthecustomersHouseAccounthasbeenclosed,thistenderisnot
available.
IfthecustomersHouseAccountisonhold,thistenderisnotavailable.
2.
ThesystemdisplaysalistofauthorizedbuyersassociatedwiththisHouseAccount.
Selecttheauthorizedbuyerfromthelistandpress[Enter].
Figure 4-41: House Account Authorized Buyer List
3.
EntertheamounttobechargedtotheHouseAccountandpress[Enter]tocontinue.
Figure 4-42: House Account Amount Prompt
BasedontheamountenteredintheHouseAccountAmountPrompt,youmayhave
thefollowingoptions:
Sale Tenders
Iftheamountiswithintheaccountlimit,skiptostep5.
Iftheamountexceedstheaccountlimit,butiswithintheoverridelimit,
Figure 4-43: House Account Over-Limit Prompt
SelectYestousetheHouseAccounttenderandcontinuewithstep5.
<OR>
SelectNototenderthetransactionwithalowerHouseAccountamountand
thebalancewithadifferenttender,thencontinuewithstep5.
<OR>
SelectNotouseadifferenttenderforthetransaction,thencontinuewith
step5.
Iftheamountexceedstheaccountlimitandisgreaterthantheoverridelimit,the
transactioncannotbetenderedforthefullamountusingtheHouseAccount.
Press[Enter]toclosetheprompt.TenderthetransactionwithalowerHouse
Accountamountandthebalancewithadifferenttender,oruseadifferent
tenderforthetransaction.
Figure 4-44: Requested Amount Exceeds Credit Limit Prompt
4.
Ifprompted,askthecustomertosignonthePINpaddeviceandpress[Enter]after
verifyingthecustomerssignature.
Sale Tenders
5.
ThereceiptindicatesthatthepurchasewaspaidwithaHouseAccount,showsthe
amounttendered,theauthorizedbuyer,andotherinformationasrequiredbasedon
yourstorepolicy.
Figure 4-45: House Account Tender Receipt
Gift Card
1.
selecttheGiftCardtenderoptionandthenpress[Enter].
2.
Atthecardnumberprompt,scanortypethegiftcardnumberandthenpress
[Enter].
Figure 4-46: Gift Card Number Prompt
3.
Atthegiftcardamountprompt,entertheamounttobechargedtothisgiftcardor
acceptthedefaultforthetotaltransactionamountandthenpress[Enter].
Figure 4-47: Gift Card Amount Prompt
Room Charge
4.
Thesystemprocessestheinformation:
Iftheamountenteredexceedstheavailablegiftcardbalance,youarenotified
thattheamountrequestedexceedstheapprovedamountonthecard.
Youcanaccepttheamounttoreducethecardbalancetozeroandthenchoose
anothertendertocompletethetransaction,oryoucanretenderusinga
differenttender.(Thegiftcardtendermustbevoidedtoreplaceitwithanother
tender).
5.
Ifthebalanceofthegiftcardmatchesorexceedstherequestedamount,theSale
Completepromptdisplays.
Ifthetenderauthorizationiscurrentlyoffline,youcanmanuallyprocessthegift
cardjustasyouwouldacreditcard.Seestep6.
Thereceiptindicatesthatthepurchasewaspaidwithagift
cardandshowstheamounttendered.
Note: Thereceiptmaybeconfiguredtodisplaythenewbalance
availableonthecard.
Room Charge
ARoomChargeisatendertypeusedinhotels.SelecttheRoomChargetenderoptionin
asaletransactiontoapplythetotalofthetransactiontotheguestsroombill.
1.
selecttheRoomChargetenderoptionandthenpress[Enter].
Return Tenders (Refunds)
2.
AttheGuestLookupform,enterlookupinformationinoneofthefields.Any
additionalinformationyouenterintoanotherfieldisignored.SelectProcessto
search.
Figure 4-48: Guest Lookup Form
3.
SelecttheguestsnamefromtheGuestSelectionlistandpress[Enter].
4.
Whenprompted,entertheamounttobechargedtotheguestsroombilloraccept
thedefaultforthetotaltransactionamount,thenpress[Enter]tocontinue.
5.
Whenprompted,asktheguesttosignfortheroomchargeandcompletethesale
transaction.
Thereceiptindicatesthatthepurchasewaschargedtotheguestsroombilland
showstheamounttendered.
Figure 4-49: Receipt Example - Room Charge Tender

Returntendersarethetenderingtypesusedwhenmoneyisowedtothecustomer.The
tendertypesavailableforsalesmaybedifferentthanthoseavailableforrefunds.To
tenderareturn,refertothesectionfortheappropriatetendertypeindicatedbelow.
Note: Dependingonyourstorepolicy,returnsmaybeproratafor
discounts.

Tender Type
Refer to
Cash
Cash
MailCheckRefund
MailCheckRefundHomeOfficeCheck
CreditCard
CreditCard
PayPal
RefundPayPal
Debitcard
DebitCard
IssueStoreCredit
IssueStoreCredit
Issue/ReloadMerchandiseCard
Issue/ReloadMerchandiseCreditCard
Issue/ReloadGiftCard
Issue/ReloadGiftCard
RefundRoomCharge
RefundRoomCharge
HouseAccount
RefundHouseAccount
Note:
Verifiedreturnsalwaysareprocessedinyourlocalcurrency.
Iftheoriginatingcurrencyisdifferentthanyourlocalcurrency,therefund
amountisautomaticallyconvertedintoyourlocalbasecurrency,usingthe
currentcurrencyexchangeratestoredinthesystem.
Theseexchangedvaluesareusedastherefundamountforthereturn
transaction.
Cash
1.
Whenallitemshavebeenenteredorscannedinareturntransaction,press[Enter]or
selectAddTenders.UsetheupanddownarrowkeystoselecttheCashoptionand
thenpress[Enter].
Figure 4-50: Return Tender List - Cash Option
2.
Dependingupontheconfigurationofyoursystem,theCashRefundAmount
promptmaydefaulttothetotalamountforthereturntransaction.Entertheamount
ofcashtobereturnedtothecustomerandthenpress[Enter].
Figure 4-51: Cash Refund Amount Prompt
Note: IftheTenderyouareusingcontainsdecimalpoints,enter
dollaramountsasdollarsandcentswithoutdecimalpoint.For
example,for$10.00youwouldenter1000.OracleRetailXstorePointof
Serviceautomaticallysuppliesadecimalpointinthecorrectposition.
Ifyourstorerequiresmanagerapprovalforcashrefundsoverapreset
amount,youmustobtainmanagerapprovalfortherefund.
Therefundamountmaynotexceedthetransaction
amount.Press[Enter]toclosethepromptOvertenderingarefund
transactionisnotallowed.
Important:
3.
4.
Ifyoudecidetocompletethesale,OracleRetailXstorePointofServiceopensthe
cashdrawertoallowyoutorefundmoneytothecustomer.

Ifconfigured,apromptdisplaysremindingyoutoclosethecashdrawer.Afterthe
cashdrawerisclosed,thesalereceiptisprintedorsentinanemailandthesystemis
readyforthenexttransaction.
Figure 4-52: Return Receipt Example - Cash Tender Refund
Mail Check Refund - Home Office Check

Amailcheckrefundmaybeusedwhenacustomerreturnsanitemthatwaspaidwitha
personalcheck,butthewaitingperiodhasnotyetelapsedforthechecktoclearthebank.
Afterthecheckhascleared,arefundcheckismailedtothecustomer.
1.
selectAddTenders.UsetheupanddownarrowkeystoselecttheHomeOffice
Checkoptionandthenpress[Enter].
2.
VerifytherecipientsinformationiscorrectandselectSaveChangestocontinue.
Figure 4-53: Home Office Check Information
3.
Dependingupontheconfigurationofyoursystem,theHomeOfficeCheckAmount
promptmaydefaulttothetotalamountforthereturntransaction.Entertheamount
tobereturnedtothecustomerandthenpress[Enter].
Figure 4-54: Home Office Check Amount Prompt
Important:
4.
Figure 4-55: Return Receipt Example - Home Office Check Refund
Credit Card
Ifthecustomerusedacreditcardfortheoriginalsaletransactionandyouare
performingaverifiedreturn,OracleRetailXstorePointofServicepresentstheoriginal
creditcardasareturntenderoption.Youcanrefundthereturnamounttothecreditcard

oryoucanpress[Esc]toreturntothetenderlistandselectadifferenttendertypeto
completethereturntransaction.
Verified Return (Original Receipt)
1. Ifthecustomerusedacreditcardtotendertheoriginaltransaction,OracleRetail
XstorePointofServiceautomaticallydisplaysthecreditcardinformationforthe
originaltransactionwhenyoutenderthereturn.
Figure 4-56: Original Credit Card List
2.
Eitherselectacreditcardfromthelist,orpress[Esc]tochooseadifferenttenderfor
therefund:
Ifyouselectanoriginalcreditcardfromthelist,OracleRetailXstorePointof
Serviceprocessestherefundamounttothecreditcardandpromptsyouto
confirmthatthesaleiscomplete.Press[Y]forYestocompletethereturn
transaction.
Ifyoupress[Esc],selectatenderfromtheReturnTenderlistandfollowthe
promptstocompletethereturntransaction.Thepromptsthataredisplayed
dependuponthetenderyouselect.
Thecreditcardtype(Visa,MasterCard,etc.),creditcardnumber(masked),andtotal
amountrefundedtothecardappearonthereceipt.
Figure 4-57: Return Receipt Example - Credit Card Tender Refund

Blind Return (No Original Receipt)

1. Whenallitemshavebeenenteredorscanned,press[Enter]orselectAddTenders.
2.
UsetheupanddownarrowkeystoselecttheCredit/Debitcardoptionandthen
press[Enter].
Important: Ifyourprocessordoesnotallowcreditcardkeyboard
entryorMSRswiping,instructthecustomertoswipethecardonthe
PINpaddeviceandskiptostep4.Examplesofprocessorsthatrestrict
keyboardandMSRentryincludeEFTLinkandTenderRetail.
3.
Atthecardnumberprompt,swipethecreditcardusingtheMSRorenterthecard
numbermanually,pressing[Enter]toprocess.
Figure 4-58: Credit/Debit Card Prompt
Note: Ifyouswipethecreditcard,OracleRetailXstorePointof
Serviceautomaticallycapturesthecardnumberandexpirationdate.If
youmanuallyenterthecreditcardnumber,OracleRetailXstorePoint
ofServicepromptsfortheexpirationdate.
4.
Attherefundamountprompt,entertheamountoracceptthedefaultamounttobe
returnedtothecustomer,thenpress[Enter].
Figure 4-59: Refund Amount Prompt
Important:
5.
OracleRetailXstorePointofServiceprocessestherefundtothecreditcardand
promptsifthesaleiscomplete.AttheSaleCompleteprompt,press[Y]toprintthe
receipt.
Thecreditcardtype(Visa,MasterCard,etc.),creditcardnumber(masked),andtotal
amountrefundedtothecardappearonthereceipt.
Debit Card
Dependinguponyourstorepolicy,youmaycreditacustomersdebitcardduringa
returntransaction.Thisprocessissimilartothestepsforcreditingacustomerscredit
cardwiththefollowingexceptions:
1.
ThecustomerispromptedtoswipethedebitcardthroughthePINpaddevice.
Whenthedebitcardisswiped,OracleRetailXstorePointofServicecapturesthe
cardnumberandexpirationdate.
2.
ThecustomerispromptedtoenterthePINnumberandpressabuttononthePIN
paddevice.Theauthorizationiscompletedafterafewmomentsandtherefundis
appliedtothecustomersdebitcard.
3.
Thedebitcardnumber(masked)andtotalamountrefundedtotheaccountappear
onthereceipt.
Refund PayPal
TenderingarefundwithPayPalisbasicallythesameastenderingarefundwithacredit
card.
1.
ThefollowingchartdescribesthehowtobegintenderingarefundwithPayPal
basedonthetypeofreturn(verifiedorblind):
Table 4-2: PayPal Return Options

Type of Return
Description
VerifiedReturn
(originalreceiptor
creditcard)
SelectAddTenders.
BlindorUnverified
Return(nooriginal
receipt)
OracleRetailXstorePointof
Serviceautomaticallydisplays
thePayPalcardinformation.
EitherselectaPayPalaccount
fromthelist,orpress[Esc]to
chooseadifferenttenderforthe
refund.
FromtheReturnscreen,swipethePayPalcardorscantheQR
code.
<OR>
SelectAddTenders>PayPal
MobilePaymentandthen
swipethePayPalcardorscan
theQRcode.
Foraverifiedreturn,youcanswipe
thePayPalcardorscantheQRcodeatthe
ReturnInformationpromptandthenenter
theItemIDtolocatetheoriginal
transaction.RefertoWithOriginalReceipt
orCreditCard.
Tip:
Attherefund
amountprompt,
entertheamountor
acceptthedefault
amounttobe
returnedtothe
customer,then
press[Enter].
Figure 4-60: PayPal Refund Tender Amount
2.
TheSaleCompletepromptmaydisplay.Selectfromtheavailableoptions.

ThePayPalinformationisincludedonthereceipt:
Figure 4-61: PayPal Return Receipt
Issue Store Credit

1.
selecttheIssueStoreCreditoptionandthenpress[Enter].
2.
AtthepromptfortheIssueStoreCreditamount,entertheamounttobeappliedto
thestorecreditandpress[Enter].
Figure 4-62: Issue Store Credit Amount Prompt
Note: Dependingupontheconfigurationofyoursystem,thisprompt
maydefaulttothetotaltransactionamount.Orifthetransactiontotal
exceedsthemaximumamountallowedforstorecredit,theprompt
defaultstothemaximumvalueandyouarepromptedtoselectanother
refundtendertocompletethetransaction.
Therefundamountmaynotexceedthetransactionamount.Press
[Enter]toclosethepromptOvertenderingarefundtransactionisnot
allowed.
3.
Ifprompted,press[Enter]toclosetheRemembertosignthestorecreditvoucher
message.
4.
Thesystemprintsreceiptsasrequired,includingaStoreCreditvoucher.
Figure 4-63: Store Credit Voucher
Figure 4-64: Store Credit Refund Receipt - Customer

Copy
Issue/Reload Merchandise Credit Card

1.
selecttheIssueMerchCreditCardoptionortheReloadMerchCreditCardoption
andthenpress[Enter].
Note: SelecttheIssueMerchCreditCardoptiontoissueanew
merchandisecreditcard.SelecttheReloadMerchCreditCardoption
toputtherefundvalueontothecustomerscurrentmerchandisecredit
card.
2.
Atthemerchandisecreditcardnumberprompt,scanthecardorenterthecard
numbermanuallyandpress[Enter]tocontinue.
Figure 4-65: Merchandise Credit Card Number Prompt
3.
Atthepromptfortheamount,entertheamounttobeappliedtothemerchandise
creditcard(issueorreload)andthenpress[Enter].
OracleRetailXstorePointofServiceprocessestheinformationandtherefund
amountisappliedtoeitheranewcardortothecustomersexistingcard.

4.
Themerchandisecreditcardnumber(masked)andtotalamountrefundedtothe
cardappearonthereceipt.
Issue/Reload Gift Card

Toissueanewgiftcardortoreloadacustomerscurrentgiftcardforarefund,follow
thestepsdescribedinIssue/ReloadMerchandiseCreditCardabove.Theprocedureis
thesameforbothagiftcardandforamerchandisecreditcard.
Note: BesuretoselecttheGiftCardoptioninsteadofMerchandise
CreditCard.
Refund Room Charge

ARoomChargeisatendertypeusedinhotels.SelecttheRefundRoomChargetender
optioninareturntransactiontoremovethetotalofthetransactionfromtheguestsroom
bill.
1.
Whenallitemshavebeenenteredorscannedinareturntransaction,press[Enter]or
selectAddTenders.UsetheupanddownarrowkeystoselecttheRefundRoom
Chargeoptionandthenpress[Enter].
2.
AttheGuestLookupform,entertheinformation
tofindtheguestsroomnumber.Onlyenter
lookupinformationinoneofthefields.Any
additionalinformationyouenterintoanother
fieldareignored.SelectProcesstosearch.
3.
SelecttheguestsnamefromtheGuestSelectionlistandpress[Enter].
4.
Entertheamounttoberefundedtotheguestsroombilloracceptthedefaultforthe
totaltransactionamount,thenpress[Enter]tocontinue.
5.
Whenprompted,selectYestoconfirmthatthetransactioniscomplete.
6.
Askthecustomertosignthereceipt.
Figure 4-66: Refund Room Charge Receipt
Thereceiptindicatesthatthepurchasewasrefundedtotheguestsroombilland
showstheamountrefunded.
Refund House Account

Thistendertypeisonlyavailableforcustomerswithvalidhouseaccounts.
1.
selecttheHouseAccountoptionfromtheReturnTenderOptionslistandthenpress
[Enter].
2.
SelecttheAuthorizedBuyerfromthelistandpress[Enter].
Figure 4-67: House Account
Split Tenders
3.
Attherefundamountprompt,entertheamountoracceptthedefaultamounttobe
appliedtotheHouseAccountandpress[Enter].
Figure 4-68: Refund House Account Prompt
Note: IfyoudonotrefundthetotalamounttotheHouseAccount,
youarepromptedtoselectanotherrefundtendertocompletethe
transaction.
4.
Ifprompted,askthecustomertosignthereceipt.
5.
Figure 4-69: Return Receipt: Refund to House Account Example
Split Tenders
Acustomermayusemultipletenderswhenpayingforanitem.
1.
Fromthelistoftenders,usetheupanddownarrowkeystoselectthefirstmethodof
payment.
2.
Entertheamounttobepaidwiththistenderandthenpress[Enter].
3.
Afterthefirsttenderhasbeenexchanged,thescreenautomaticallyreturnstothe
SaleTenderlist.Usetheupanddownarrowkeystoselectthesecondmethodof
paymentandthenpress[Enter].
Changing Tenders
4.
Followallpromptsasrequiredforthetendertypechosenandthenentertheamount
oftheremainingbalance.
TheSaleTenderlistwillcontinuetodisplayaslongasthereisanoutstanding
balance.Youmayselectasmanytendertypesasnecessarytosatisfythetotal
amountdue.
5.
AttheSaleCompleteprompt,press[Y]toprintthereceiptorpress[N]forNoto
returntothepreviousscreen.
6.
Dependinguponthetendertypeschosen,amessagemayappearremindingyouto
closethecashdrawer.Oncethecashdrawerhasbeenclosed,thesystemisreadyfor
thenexttransaction.
Changing Tenders
Tochangetenderamountsanddeletetendersduringthetenderingprocess:
1.
AttheSaleCompleteprompt,dooneofthefollowing:
Ifyouseethismessage,press[N]forNotoreturnto
theSaleTenderlist.
Figure 4-70: Sale Complete Prompt - No Email

Options
Ifyouseethismessage,press[Esc]toreturntothe
SaleTenderlist.
Figure 4-71: Sale Complete Prompt - Email Receipt

Options
Note: ThebackgroundcoloroftheSaleCompletepromptscreens
varydependingonwhatformyouarein.
Changing Tenders
2.
UsetheupanddownarrowkeystoselecttheModifyTenderoptionandthenpress
[Enter].
Figure 4-72: Sale Tender List - Modify Tender Option
3.
UsetheupanddownarrowkeystoselectaModifyTenderoptionfromthemenu:
Figure 4-73: Modify Tender Options Menu
SelecttheChangeTenderAmountoptiontochangetheamountofatender.See
ChangingtheTenderAmount.
<OR>
SelecttheVoidTenderoptiontoremovethetenderfromthesale.SeeVoiding
theTender.
Changing Tenders
Changing the Tender Amount

1. IfyouselectedtheChangeTenderAmountoption,
selectthetendertobechangedfromalistoftenderson
thecurrenttransactionandpress[Enter].Referto
ModifyTenderOptionsMenu.
Note: Ifnotendersinthetransactioncanbemodified,youmustvoid
thetender.Press[Enter]toclosethepromptNotenderisallowedto
bechanged.SeeVoidingtheTender.
2.
Enterthenewamountfortheselectedtenderandthenpress[Enter].
Figure 4-74: New Tender Amount Prompt
Youmustenteranewtenderamountgreaterthan$0.Ifneeded,usetheVoidTender
optiontoremovethetendertypefromthetransactionandbeginthetendering
processagain.RefertoModifyTenderOptionsMenu.
Note: Ifthetransactionstillhasabalancedue,youmustselect
anothertenderfromthelistoftenderstocompletethetransaction.
3.
Currency Rounding
Voiding the Tender
1. IfyouselectedtheVoidTenderoption,selectthetendertobevoidedfromalistof
tendersonthecurrenttransactionandpress[Enter].RefertoModifyTenderOptions
Menu.
Figure 4-75: List of Tenders That Can Be Voided On The Current Transaction
2.
Usetheupanddownarrowkeystoselectthetenderyouwanttovoid,andthen
press[Enter].OracleRetailXstorePointofServiceremovesthetenderfromthe
transaction.
Note: Ifthetransactionstillhasabalancedue,youmustselect
anothertenderfromthelistoftenderstocompletethetransaction.
3.
UsetheupanddownarrowkeystoselectanewtenderfromtheSaleTenderlistand
press[Enter].Thenewtenderreplacestheonethatyouremovedfromthe
transaction.
4.
Processthetenderasusual.Oncethetenderhasbeenprocessed,apromptdisplays
askingifthesaleiscomplete.AttheSaleCompleteprompt,press[Y]toprintthe
receipt.
Currency Rounding
CurrencyRoundingreferstotheprocessofroundingthecostofapurchase(whichisto
bepaidforincash)tothenearestmultipleofthesmallestdenominationofcurrency.
Roundingbecamenecessarywhenlowdenominationcoinsinacurrencywereremoved
fromcirculationandarenolongeravailable.Sinceitmaynotbepossibletomakeexact
changeforacashpurchase,roundingthetotalbilltothelowestavailabledenomination
ofcoinageisrequired.Forthesetenders,OracleRetailXstorePointofService
Currency Rounding
automaticallyappliesroundingrulesthatenforcetheminimumdenominationvaluethat
canbeacceptedorrefunded.
Ifpaymentisbeingtenderedusingacreditcard,debitcard,orcheck,
noroundingisnecessary.
Forexample,inAustralia,the5centcoinisthesmallestvalueddenominationcurrently
incirculation.Becauseofthis,alltransactionamountsusingAustraliancurrencymustbe
multiplesof5cents.OracleRetailXstorePointofServiceCurrencyRoundingperforms
theroundingrequired.
WhenCurrencyRoundingisinuse,aCashTotalisdisplayedbelowthetransaction
Subtotal.
TheCashTotal
hasbeenrounded
tothenearest
multipleofthe
MinimumCash
Denomination
Value(forthe
basecurrencys
cashtender).
Forexample,a
tenderwitha
MinimumCash
Denomination
Valueof5cents
($0.05)resultsin
thefollowing
totalsinasale
transaction:
IftheTransactionTotal=$161.44,thentheCashTotalis$161.45(roundedup).
IftheTransactionTotal=$236.51,thentheCashTotalis$236.50(roundeddown).
IfyoursystemisconfiguredtodefaulttotheAmountDuewhenpromptingforatender
amount,theCashTotalamountappearsintheEnterCashAmounttextfield,whereitmay
beacceptedoredited.However,tenderscanonlybeaccepted(andrefundedinreturn
transactions)inamountsthatareevenmultiplesofitsMinimumCashDenomination
Value.
Currency Rounding
Thesevaluesarealsoprintedonthereceipt.
Figure 4-76: Receipt with Currency Rounding
5
Customer Maintenance
Overview
CustomerMaintenanceincludesactivitiesthatrelatetoenteringnewcustomersintothe
customerdatabase,updatingcustomerinformation,viewingorprintingcustomer
information,anddeletingacustomerrecord.
CustomerMaintenanceistypicallyrequiredwhenanassociatediscoversthata
customersnameisnotinthedatabaseandmustbeenteredforthefirsttime.Other
commonsituationsthattriggercustomermaintenanceoccurwhenincorrectcustomer
informationisfoundandmustberevised,andwheninformationislackingandmustbe
entered.
ThesescreenscanalsobeaccessedthroughthebackofficeCustomerMaintenancemenu
options.
Note: Customermaintenanceactivitiesarecontrolledbyuser
security.Anassociatemusthaveprivilegesinthesystemtoperform
anycustomermaintenanceactivities.
Searching for a Customer Record

Whenyouwanttoassignacustomertothesaleduringatransaction,thedatabaseis
searchedtoseeifthecustomerrecordalreadyexists.Iftherecordisfoundinthe
database,youmaywanttoviewtheinformationorconfirmthatitiscorrect.Iftherecord
isnotfoundinthecustomerdatabase,youcancreateanewcustomerrecordandenter
theinformationprovidedbythecustomer.
Note: Youmustfirstlogintotheregisterbyenteringyouremployee
IDandpasswordattheloginprompt.
1.
EnteryoursearchcriteriaandthenselectProcess.
Note: Ifthecustomerhasaloyaltycard,youmayswipeit.Youcan
alsosearchbyCustomernumber.
Customer Maintenance 131
Enterasmuchinformationas
possibleintheCustomerSearchformto
limitthenumberofcustomerrecordsthat
arereturned.Youmayenterpartialnames
intheLastandFirstnamefields.
Tip:
Themaximumnumberofreturned
recordsisconfigurable.Ifyoursearch
resultsexceedthatnumber,youmayseea
messageindicatingtherearetoomany
results.Press[Enter]toclosethemessage.
Whenapplicable,usetheChangeCountry
menuoptionontheCustomerSearchscreentomodifythedropdown
Stateoptionsandfurtherrefineyoursearch.Inthisexample,the
searchisforNancySmithandthecountryhasbeenchangedtoCanada
sothatthedropdownoptionscontainCanadianProvinces(New
Brunswick).
2.
Ifmorethanonecustomerrecordmatchesyoursearchcriteria,thesystemdisplaysa
listofcustomers.
Figure 5-2: Customer Search Results
Note: TheSourcefieldbelowtheheader
CustomerSearchindicatesthedatasourcefrom
whichthisinformationwasretrieved.Thedata
sourcedependsuponyoursystemsconfiguration.Ifyoursystemis
integratedwiththeOracleRetailCustomerEngagementCloud
Services(formerlyMICROSRetailRelate)applicationandthe
customersarefoundthere,CustomerEngagementisindicatedasthe
source.Customersmayalsobefoundinotherconfigurablesources
suchastheOracleRetailXstorePointofServicedatabaseorXcenter.
Dependinguponyoursystemsconfiguration,thesystemmay
automaticallydisplaytheCustomerMaintenancescreenwhenonly
onenamematchesthesearchcriteria,ratherthanshowingalistwith
onlyonecustomername.
3.
Chooseoneoftheseoptions:
BackReturnstotheCustomerSearchform.
Select&ContinueAssignstheselectednametothesaletransaction.
printing.Gotostep4.
database.
Ifthenameyouwantisnotlisted,selecttheBackoptiontoreturntotheCustomer
Searchformandenterthecustomersfullnameormakeadditionalentriesinother
searchablefields.SelectProcesstosearchagain.

Ifonlyonenamematchesthesearchcriteria,thesystemmayautomaticallydisplay
thecustomerrecordratherthanpresentingalist,ifyoursystemissetuptodoso.
Figure 5-3: Customer Record
4.
Chooseoneoftheseoptions:
BackReturnstotheCustomerSearchform.
AssignandContinueAssociatesthecustomerwiththesaletransaction.
EditCustomerAllowsyoutochangeinformationinthecustomerrecord.See
EditCustomer.
CustomerOptionsDisplaysalistofcustomeroptions.SeeAdditional
CustomerOptions.Optionshereinclude:
Addanewcustomerrecordtothecustomerdatabase.
Printthecustomerrecord.
Enrollthecustomerintheloyaltyprogram.
Maintainthecustomerstaxexemptioninformation.
CreateaHouseAccountforthecustomer.
PreviousTabandNextTabProvidesnavigationforthetabsonthescreen:
*
ContactInformationTab:Displaysthecustomersaddress,contact,and
loyaltycardinformation.Italsocontainsanactivitystreamofrecent
transactions.
Groups&PersonalTab:Displaysinformationaboutthecustomergroup,
customerattributes,segment,taxexemptrecord,andpersonaldatasuchas
gender,anniversarydate,etc.
CustomerHistoryTab:Displayssaleshistoryinformationaboutthe
customer
Adding a New Customer Record
CustomerAccountTab:Displaysinformationaboutthecustomers
accounts,includingloyalty,andothertransactionrelatedaccounts.
TasksTab:Displayscustomerrelatedtasksandappointments.
Loyalty&Awards:IfyoursystemissetuptouseCustomerEngagement,
thistabdisplaysloyaltyawardinformation.
CommentsTab:Displayscommentsthathavebeenenteredaboutthe
customer.
AddressesTab:Displaysthecustomersprimaryaddressandanyother
addressesonfile.
HouseAccountTab:DisplaysinformationabouttheHouseAccount
associatedwiththiscustomer.Thistabisonlyactiveifthecustomerhasa
houseaccount.
WishListTab:IfyoursystemissetuptouseCustomerEngagement,this
tabdisplaysthecustomerswishlistitems.Otherwise,thistabisnotactive.
Note: SeeCustomerInformationTabsOverviewformore
informationabouteachtab.

Ifyousearchforacustomernameanditisnotfoundinthecustomerdatabase,youcan
createanewrecordforthecustomer.Thesystemdisplaysamessageasshowninthe
Figure 54belowifthereisnocurrentrecord.
Figure 5-4: Customer Not Found Message

1.
SelectNewtodisplaytheCustomerMaintenanceScreenineditmode.Theform
consistsofninetabs,eachcontainingadifferenttypeofinformationaboutthe
customer.
Note: TheinformationyouenteredintheCustomerSearchform
automaticallypopulatestheappropriatefieldsonthecustomer
maintenancescreen.
2.
Entercustomercontactinformation.Yoursystemmaybeconfiguredtocaptureand
displaythefollowinginformationontheContactInformationtab.Anyofthefields
maybedesignatedasarequiredentry(peryourstorepolicy).
Figure 5-5: Contact Information Tab
Anyfieldthatrequiresanentryismarkedwitharedtriangle
leftcornerofthefield.
intheupper
Anyfieldthathasaselectablelistofoptionsdisplaysadownarrow
rightsideofthefield.
Whenyouenteravalidpostalcodeforthecustomer,thesystem
automaticallyentersthecityandstateinformation.
Tip:
Table 5-1: Contact Information Fields

Field Name
Description
Firstname,middleinitial,
lastname
Thesystemautomaticallycreatesaninitialcapfor
thefirstletteryoutypehereifyoudontpressthe
[Shift]keywhenenteringthecustomersname.
onthe
Table 5-1: Contact Information Fields (continued)

Field Name
Description
Company
Ifyouenteracompanynamehere,the
OrganizationTypefieldbecomesactive.
Type
AssociatedwithCompanyentries;forexample,
Club,Company,School,etc.Thisfieldisonly
activeafteraCompanynameisentered.
Address
Twoaddresslinesareprovided.Thisisthe
customersprimaryaddress.
Apartment#
Optionalfield.
PostalCode
Thesystemautomaticallysuppliesthecityand
stateifitrecognizestheZip/Postalcodethatyou
enter.
City
Automaticallypopulatedifthesystemrecognizes
theZip/Postalcodethatyouenteredfirst.
State/Province
Ifyoubegintyping,thesystemautofillsthefield
withstates/provincesdefinedforyourstore.
Country
Defaultstothecountryinwhichthestoreis
located,butcanbechangedusingtheChange
Country.Changingthecountrywillalterthedrop
downoptionsintheStatefield.
Home,Work,Mobile,and
Email
Asyouenterdatainthesefields,theassociated
contactpermissioncheckmarksbecomeactive.
Indicatewhetherornotitisokaytocontactthe
customerbyselectingthecorrespondingYesbox.
Language
Thelanguagecodeforthecustomerspreferred
language.
Preference
Thecustomerspreferredmethodofcontact.
Emailreceipts
Yesindicatesthecustomerwouldliketohave
emailreceiptsautomaticallyselectedwhen
purchasingitems.

3.
SelecttheGroups&Personaltab.
Figure 5-6: Groups & Personal Tab Data Entry
SelectaGroupMembership.Acustomermaybeassociatedwithoneor
moregroups.Ifgroupsarenotdefined,nocustomergroupsarelistedinthis
section.
AddPersonalInformation.Theanniversarydatewilldisplayastodays
date.
Table 5-2: Groups & Personal Tab Fields

Field Name
GroupMembership
Description
Selectamembershipifapplicable.
Yourstoremayhavebadgessuchas
silverassignedtovariousgroup
memberships.Thebadgeappearson
theheaderoftheCustomer
MaintenanceScreenaswellastheCustomer
LoyaltyBanneronvarioussalescreens.
PersonalInformation
Anniversarydate,birthdate,andgender.The
genderwilldeterminetheavatarpictureinthe
contactinformationtab.
CustomerAttributes[NONEDITABLE]
Attributecategoriesaredefinedbythehomeoffice
andprovideadditionalinformationaboutthe
customer.
TaxExemptInformation
ToaddtaxexemptinformationseeToAddor
MaintainaCustomersTaxExemptions.
Table 5-2: Groups & Personal Tab Fields

Field Name
Description
CustomerSegments[NONEDITABLE]
Segmentsaregroupingsthatsharecommon
criteria.Thisinformationisprovidedby
CustomerEngagement.Identifyingacustomer
withasegmentmaybehelpfulincustomer
analysisandinsalepromotions.
4.
ToaddacommenttoyournewcustomeryoumustselectSaveChangesfirstandre
opentheCustomerMaintenancescreen.SelecttheCommentstabtoaddcomments.
SeeCommentsTab.
5.
SelecttheAddressestabtoaddandmanagemultipleaddressesforthecustomer.
SeeAdding/MaintainingMultipleCustomerAddresses.
6.
SelecttheHouseAccountstabtocreateandmaintainahouseaccount.SeeHouse
AccountTab,NewAccountMaintainingHouseAccounts.
7.
SelecttheWishListtabtomaintainawishlist.Dependingontheconfigurationof
yourstorethismaynotbeavailable.SeeWishListTab.
Note: ThenoneditabletabsarePurchaseHistoryandCustomer
Account.Thesetabsarepopulatedwithinformationautomatically
whenthecustomermakespurchases.
Whenyousavethedata,apromptmaydisplayaskingifthecustomer
wouldliketojointheloyaltyprogramsoyoudonotneedtogothe
Loyalty&Awardstab.
8.
Aftercompletingallofthedataentryforthenewcustomer,selecttheSaveChanges
optiontostorethenewcustomerrecordinthedatabase.
9.
Dependingonyoursystemsconfiguration,youmaybepromptedtoaskthe
customeraboutjoiningaloyaltyprogram.Thepromptthatdisplaysdependson
yoursystemsconfiguration:
CustomerCentric:Yourstoredoesnotprovideaphysicalcardtothecustomer.
Theloyaltynumberisautomaticallyassignedbythesystemandassociatedwith
thecustomerrecord.
CardCentric:Yourstoreprovidesaphysicalcardwithaloyaltyaccount
numberforthecustomer.Thecardsloyaltynumbermaybeenteredmanuallyor
swipedinadevice.
Viewing a Customer Record

10. Basedonthecustomersresponsetotheloyaltyregistrationprompt,takeoneof
theseactions:
IfCardCentricconfiguration:Enterthecardnumberorswipetheloyaltycard
andselectProcesswhenpromptedifthecustomerwantstojointheloyalty
program.
<OR>
IfCustomerCentricconfiguration:SelectYeswhenpromptedifthecustomer
wantstojointheloyaltyprogram.
SelectNotNowifthecustomermayjointheloyaltyprogramlater.
SelectNeverifthecustomerisnotinterestedinjoiningtheloyaltyprogram.
11. Ifyouaddedthenewcustomerrecordduringasaletransaction(attheSalescreen),
selecttheAssignCustomerToTranoptiontoreturntothesale.Ifyouaddedthe
newcustomerduringthePreSaleactivity,thesystemautomaticallyassignsthe
newcustomertothesaletransaction.

Acustomerrecordalwaysopensinareadonlymodeandcannotbeeditedunlessyou
changetotheeditingmode.Ifyouonlyneedtoseeinformationorconfirmthatitis
correct,justnavigatebetweenthetabsonthecustomerrecord.
1.
TheCustomerrecordcanbeviewedwhen:
AssociatingaCustomertoasalepriortothesale(highlightCustomerif
applicableandthenselecttheSelect&Viewbuttonmenuoption)orduringthe
sale(selectCustomerOptions>ViewCustomer).
TouchscreenuserstaptheCustomerLoyaltyBannerwithinaSalesTransaction.
TaptheCustomerLoyaltyBannerintheCustomerMaintenanceformtoreturn
totheSalesTransaction.SeeCustomerMaintenanceTouchScreenNavigation.
Note: Thesystemmaydisplaythecustomerrecordautomaticallyif
onlyonerecordmatchesthesearchcriteriayouenteredatthe
CustomerSearchform.Thesourceforthecustomerrecordisalso
notednearthetopoftheresultslist.
Thecustomerrecordopensinareadonlymode.
Figure 5-7: Customer Record in Read-Only Mode
Note: Thephotoareaisalwayspresent.Whenacustomersimageis
notpresent,anavatartakesitsplace.
2.
Navigatebetweenthetabbedsectionsonthecustomerrecordbyselectingthe
PreviousTabandNextTabmenuoptions.SeeCustomerInformationTabs
Overviewformoredetailabouttheinformationfoundoneachtab.
3.
Afteryouarefinishedviewingthecustomerrecord,selecttheBackoptiontoreturn
totheCustomerSearchform,orselecttheAssignandContinueoptiontoreturnto
theRegisterSalescreenwherethecustomersnameisaddedtothesaletransaction.
Customer Information Tabs - Overview

ThereareninetabsontheCustomerMaintenancewindow.Thissectionprovidesan
overviewoftheinformationavailableoneachtab.
Contact Information Tab

Thistabshowsthecustomername,address,phoneandemailinformation,contact
preferences,activitystream,andprofilecompletenessprogressbar.Yourstoremaybe
configuredtodisplayanniversary,birthday,andloyaltyexpirationmessages.
Note: Toeditinformation,selectEditCustomerandseeEdit
Customer.
Figure 5-8: Contact Information
Thistabcontainsthefollowinginformation:
Address:Basicidentifyinginformationaboutthecustomer.
Phone/Email:Thecustomerspreferencesforbeingcontactedbythestore.This
includeswhetherornotwehavepermissiontocontactthecustomer.
Language:Thelanguagecodeforthecustomerspreferredlanguage.
Preference:Thecustomerspreferredmethodofcontact.
EmailReceipts:Yesindicatesthecustomerwouldliketohaveemailreceiptsastheir
defaultwhenpurchasingitems.
ActivityStream:Liststhecustomersrecenttransactionsinchronologicalorderby
day,withinthelast365ofactivity.Eachtransactionisassociatedwithaniconthat
representsthetransactiontype;saleorreturn.
ProfileCompletenessProgressBar:Indicateshowcompletethecustomersprofile
isinitscurrentstate.Completenessisbasedonhowmuchinformationhasbeen
takenfromthecustomerandputintothecustomerprofile.
Groups & Personal Tab

Thistablistsanycompanydefinedgroupstowhichthecustomerbelongs,and
additionalpersonalidentifyinginformation(partynumberandbirthdate,customer
attributes,etc.).
Note: ToeditinformationselectEditCustomerandseeEdit
Customer.
Figure 5-9: Groups and Personal Information
Theinformationcategoriesonthisscreeninclude:
GroupMembership:Groupsaredefinedbythestoreorhomeofficeandmaybe
usedforavarietyofreasons.Acustomermaybeassociatedwithoneormore
groups.Ifgroupsarenotdefined,nocustomergroupsarelistedinthissection.
Note: YourstoremayhavebannerssuchasSilver
assignedtothevariousgroupmemberships.Thesebanners
appearontheCustomerMaintenanceheaderaswellasthe
CustomerLoyaltyBanneronsalescreens.
PersonalInformation:Additionalinformationbeyondbasicnameandaddress.This
informationmaybeusedasthestoreororganizationdetermines.Forexample,a
birthdaycard,gift,ordiscountcouponmaybesenttothecustomeronhisbirthday.
YourstoremaybeconfiguredsothattheBirthDatefielddoesnothaveayear
associatedwithit.
CustomerAttributes:Attributecategoriesaredefinedbythehomeofficeand
provideadditionalinformationaboutthecustomer.
CustomerSegments:Segmentsaregroupingsthatsharecommoncriteria.This
informationisprovidedbyCustomerEngagement.Identifyingacustomerwitha
segmentmaybehelpfulincustomeranalysisandinsalepromotions.Thissectionis
notshownifyourorganizationdoesnothavealoyaltyprogram.
TaxExemptInformation:Ifacustomerhasataxexemption,thatinformationis
displayedinthissection.Acustomermayhaveoneormoreexemptions,andthey
maybeupdatedasrequired.
Note: Theamountofhistoricalretaildatadisplayedinthetransaction
detailandsummarylistsisdeterminedbythehomeofficeandmay
notbe365daysasshowninthisexample.
Purchase History Tab

Thistabshowsadetailedsalestransactionlistingforthecustomerforthelast365days.
Note: Toupdatethecustomerstaxexemptionrecord,selectthe
CustomerOptionsmenuoptionandchooseTaxExemptionsfromthe
customeroptionslist.RefertoToAddorMaintainaCustomersTax
Exemptionsformoreinformation.
ThesummarySTATSviewshowsthelast365dayssales/returns
totalsandthelifetimetodatesales/returnstotals.
Ifavailable,apicturedisplayswithitemdetailsintheINFOtab(Figure 510).
Touchscreenusersswipelefttocollapseandrighttoexpandthe
transactiondetaillist.SeePurchaseHistoryTabNavigation.
Tip:
Figure 5-10: Purchase History Information
TransactionHistoryList
TransactionDetailLast365Days:Thisisalistingofallofthecustomerstransactions
inwhichthecustomerwasassignedtoasaletransactioninthelast365days.Datashown
hereincludesthetransactiondate,thetransactionId,thelocationwheretheitemwas
purchased,thetransactiontotal,thetypeoftransaction,theitemIdanddescription,the
itemquantity,andtheitemprice.
Figure 5-11: Transaction Detail
Note: Theamountofhistoricalretaildatadisplayedinthetransaction
detailandsummarylistsisdeterminedbythehomeofficeandmay
notbe365daysasshowninthisexample.
STATSTab
LifetimeToDate:Thisisasummaryofthecustomerssalesandreturnsforthe
customersentireshoppinghistory.
Last3652Days:Thisisasummaryofthecustomerssalesandreturnsforthelast
3652days.
Figure 5-12: Purchase History Tab - Stats
INFO Tab
Displaysthefollowinginformationforitemsselectedinthetransactionhistorylist:
ItemPicture(ifavailable)
ItemDescription
DatePurchased
Price
RegisterID
AssociateID
Figure 5-13: Purchase History Tab - Info
GRAPH Tab
Thisgraphisbasedonthe
sametimeparametersused
fortherollingtransaction
history.Salesdollarsare
downtheleftandthetime
lineisacrossthebottom.
Blueline:Sales
Redline:Returns
Customer Account Tab

Yoursystemsconfigurationdeterminesthekindofinformationdisplayedonthistab.If
yoursystemisnotconfiguredforaloyaltyprogram,thistablistsanyofthecustomers
specialaccountssuchasworkorderaccounts,layawayaccounts,presaleaccounts,hold
accounts,andsendsaleaccounts.SeeNoLoyaltyProgram.

However,ifyoursystemisconfiguredtousealoyaltyprogram,onlythecustomers
loyaltyinformationisdisplayed,asseeninthefollowingexample.
Figure 5-14: Customer Account Information
Therearetwoinformationsectionsonthisscreen:
CurrentAwards:Thisareashowsalistofthecustomerscurrentawards.Foreach
award,thecardnumber,thecouponID(ifapplicable),amountoftheaward,andthe
expirationdateareshown.
Note: Ifthecustomerhasmorethan4activeawards,thefirst3
awardsdisplayandthe4throwdisplaysamessagetoprintthe
balancereceiptforfullawardlisting.Seepage 149formore
informationaboutprintingthebalancereceipt.
CustomerAccountHistory:Thisarealistsupdatestothecustomersloyaltyand
awardaccounts.Informationshownhereincludes:
DateThedateandtimewhenthetransactiontookplace.
AccountThelastfournumbersofthecardfortheloyaltyaccount,followedby
thenameoftheloyaltyaccount.
ActivityThetypeofactivity:
Activated(Loyalty&Awards)
Deactivated(Loyalty&Awards)
AccountMerge
IssuePoints(Loyalty)
ChangeEarnDate
ReturnPoints(Loyalty)
VoidAwardTransaction(Award)
Inquiry
VoidPoints(Loyalty)
AutomaticRedeemAward(Award)
IssueAward(Loyalty)
RedeemAward(Award)
PointsRecovery(Loyalty)
IssueCoupon(Award)
EarnPoints(Loyalty)
IssueBirthdayCoupon(Award)
PointsBalanceTransfer(Loyalty)
IssueSignupCoupon(Award)
ChangeLevel(Loyalty)
AwardExpiration(Award)
AwardEffectThedollareffectontheaccount.
PointEffectThepointeffectontheaccount.
Pending?Showsagreencheckmarkiftheloyaltypointsshownareinescrow
andstillpending.
Store#Thestorenumberwherethetransactiontookplace.
Trans#TheOracleRetailXstorePointofServicetransactionnumberforthe
activity.
Note: Aboutthelistofaccounts...
Activityrowsthathavebeenvoidedshowalinethroughtheentire
row.
Iftherearetoomanyrecordstodisplay,thelistviewdisplaysthe
accountnameandamessageindicatingtheloyalty/awardaccount
historyrequestattemptedtoretrievetoomanyrecords.
Customer Account Tab Menu Options

PrintBalanceReceiptThisoptionprintsabalancereceiptonthereceiptprinter.
Informationonthereceiptincludes:
AwardAmountTheamount,incurrency,oftheaward.
ExpiresThedatewhenthisawardexpires.
Loyalty#Thecardnumber:allbutthelastfourdigitsaremasked.
ProgramNameThenameoftheloyaltyprogram.
ProgramLevelTheleveloftheloyaltyprogram.
TotalEscrowPointsThetotalnumberofEscrowPointscurrentlycontained
withinthecustomeraccount.
TotalEarnedPointsThetotalnumberofpointsearnedasreportedbytheCRM
server.
PrintAccountHistoryThisoptionprintsaLoyaltyAccountHistoryreportonthe
reportprinter.Theinformationinthisreportincludestheinformationshowninthe
CustomerAccountHistorysectionoftheCustomerAccounttab.SeetheOracleRetail
XstorePointofServiceReportsGuideformoreinformationaboutthisreport.

No Loyalty Program
InthenextexampleshowingtheCustomerAccounttab,thesystemisnotconfiguredfor
aloyaltyprogramandthetabshowsinformationaboutothertypesofaccounts.
Figure 5-15: Customer Account Information: No Loyalty Program
CustomerAccountDetailThisarealistsspecialaccountsthatareownedbythe
customer.Theaccountstatus(suchasOPENorCLOSED)isnotedalongwithadateand
currentamountdueontheaccountifapplicable.
Tasks Tab
TheTaskstabdisplaysalltasksassociatedwiththecustomer.
Selectaheading(Priority(P),Date,StartTime,etc.)tosort
informationbyascendingordescendingorder.
Tip:
Figure 5-16: Appointments Tab Information
TheTasktabdisplaysthefollowing:
Table 5-3: Task Tab Fields
Field
Description
Priority(P)
TheImportanceofthetask(High(
orLow(
),Medium(none),
).
Date
Thedatethetaskshouldbestarted.
StartTime
Thetimethetaskshouldbegin.
Duration
Thelengthoftimeforthetask.
Activity
Typeoftask.
Description
Detaileddescriptionthetask.

Table 5-3: Task Tab Fields
Field
Description
Status
Indicatestheprogressofthetask:
OpenTheappointmentisopen,butnotstarted.
InProgressTheappointmenthasbeenstarted,butnot
completed.
CancelledTheappointmenthasbeencancelledand
cannotbereopenedoredited.
ClosedTheappointmenthasbeencompletedandcannot
bereopenedoredited.
Associate
Theemployeeoremployeegroupresponsiblefor
completingthetask.
Toviewtheinformationandfurtherrefineyourlist,seeViewingTaskInformation.
InstructionsformaintainingtasksarethesameasusingtheMyTaskscreen.Refertothe
following:
AddingaTask
AddingNotes
EditingaTask
Important: YoucannotupdatethestatusofataskfromtheCustomer
Maintenancescreen,youmustusetheMyTasksscreen.SeeUpdating
TaskProgress.
Loyalty & Awards Tab

IfyouareusingCustomerEngagement,thistabdisplaysloyaltyawardinformation.
Loyaltyvaluesareaccumulatedaccordingtotherulesforeachindividualprogram.
RulesforassigningpointsandawardsaredefinedinOracleRetailCustomer
EngagementCloudServices.Swipingorenteringaloyaltycardnumberduringa
transactionrecordsthecustomersparticipationintheprogramsothattheloyaltyvalues
maybeadjustedinthesystem.
Note: Usethistabtoviewandinformyourcustomeroftheloyalty
expirationdate.
Toenrollinaloyaltyprogram,selectCustomerOptionsandsee
AdditionalCustomerOptions.
Figure 5-17: Loyalty and Awards Tab
Comments Tab
TheCommentstabshowsanycommentsassociatedwiththiscustomer.
Figure 5-18: Comments Tab (Edit Mode)
Note: SelecttheAddCommentmenubuttonoptiontoaddanew
commentforthiscustomer.
IftheAddCommentbuttonisnotavailable,youmaybeenteringanew
customer.SaveChangesfirstandthenaddthecomment.
Addresses Tab
Thistabshowsmultipleaddressesforthecustomer,andprovidestheabilitytoaddnew
addressesasneeded;forexample,aworklocationorvacationhomeaddress.See
Adding/MaintainingMultipleCustomerAddressesformoreinformationaboutthe
optionsavailableforadding/editingtheaddressinformation.
Figure 5-19: Addresses Tab
House Account Tab

ThistabshowsinformationaboutacustomersHouseAccount.Thisinformationisonly
availableforcustomerswhohavesetupavalidhouseaccount.TosetupaHouse
Account,ifallowedperyourstorepolicy,seeToCreateaHouseAccount.Tomaintainan
existingHouseAccount,seeHouseAccountTab,NewAccountMaintainingHouse
Accounts.
Figure 5-20: House Account Tab

Theinformationcategoriesonthisscreeninclude:
HouseAccountDetails
Account#TheHouseAccountnumber.
StatusThestatusoftheAccount;OPEN,HOLD,CLOSED.
*
IfHOLDorCLOSED,theaccountcannotbeusedforpurchases.
IfHOLD,paymentsmaybemadetotheaccount.
IfCLOSED,nopaymentsmaybemadetotheaccount
SetupDateThedatetheaccountwascreated.
CreditLimitThecreditlimitontheaccount.
BalanceThebalanceamountontheaccount.
AvailableCreditThedifferencebetweenthecreditlimitandtheoutstanding
balanceontheaccountthatisavailableforpurchases.
CorporateAccountflagIfYes,thisisacorporateHouseAccountandcannotbe
changed.
AccountonHoldflagIfYesthisaccountcannotbeusedforpurchases;
however,paymentscanbemadeontheaccount.
LastActivityDateThedateofthemostrecentactivityontheaccount.
LastPaymentDateThedateofthemostrecentpaymentontheaccount.
LastPaymentAmountThemostrecentpaymentamountontheaccount.
AuthorizedBuyersThenamesofthepeopleauthorizedtousetheHouseAccount
andtheeffectivedatethebuyercanbeginusingtheaccount.Ifapplicable,theend
datewhenthebuyernolongerhasaccesstotheHouseAccountisalsoshown.The
greencheckmarkindicatestheprimaryauthorizedbuyerfortheaccount.
JournalEntriesArecordofalltheHouseAccounttransactions.
SeeToCreateaHouseAccountformoreinformationaboutcreatinganewHouse
Account.SeeHouseAccountTab,NewAccountMaintainingHouseAccountsformore
informationabouteditinganexistingHouseAccount.
Wish List Tab

IfyouareusingCustomerEngagement,thistabdisplaysanyitemsthecustomerhas
addedtoapersonalwishlist.
Figure 5-21: Wish List Tab
TheWishListdisplaysthefollowinginformation:
ItemIDTheitemnumber.
DescriptionTheitemdescription.
DateAddedDatetheitemwasaddedtothewishlist.
ImageApictureoftheitem(ifavailable).
Toviewadditionalinformationabouttheselecteditem,selectItemInfo.

Adding Wish List Items
Note: Ifyouarecreatinganewcustomerrecord,youmustsavethe
newlyaddedcustomerbeforeaddingtothewishlist.TheAddItems
buttonwillnotdisplayuntilyousave.
Ifyouattempttoaddanitemtoawishlistthatalreadyexists,the
systempromptswiththefollowingmessageSorrythisitemisalready
onthewishlist,pleaseselectanotheritem.
Toadditemstoawishlist:
1.
FromtheCustomerMaintenanceWishListtab:
Scantheitem.
<OR>
SelectAddItems.
a.
Enteryoursearchcriteria.
b. SelectProcess.
Figure 5-22: Item Lookup Form
c.
Ifseveralitemsmatchthecriteriayouentered,usetheupanddownarrowkeys
tohighlightanitemfromthelist.SelectAddItem.
Figure 5-23: Item List - Add Item
2.
Verifytheaddeditemdisplaysonthewishlist.Thenewlyaddeditemwillappearat
thetopofthelist:
Figure 5-24: Added Wish List Item

Removing Wish List Items
1. FromtheCustomerMaintenanceWishListtab,selecttheitemyouwishtoremove.
2.
SelectRemoveItem.
Figure 5-25: Wish List Tab - Remove Item
3.
Thesystemdisplaysaconfirmationmessage.
*
SelectYestoremovetheitemfromthecustomerswishlist.
SelectNotoreturnthecustomertothewishlistscreen.
Figure 5-26: Remove Wish List Item Confirmation
Edit Customer
Printing a Wish List

FromtheCustomerMaintenanceWishListtab,selectPrintList.
Figure 5-27: Wish List Tab - Print List
TheCustomerWishListReportdisplays:
Figure 5-28: Customer Wish List Report
FormoredetailabouttheCustomerWishListReport,seetheOracleRetailXstorePointof
ServiceReportsGuide.
Edit Customer
ToeditacustomerfromtheCustomerMaintenancescreen:
1.
SelectEditCustomertoactivatethefieldsonthewindow.
2.
Selectthefieldyouwanttochangeandreplacetheoldentrybytypingoveritwith
thenewinformation.UsethePreviousTabandNextTaboptionstonavigatetoother
tabsifneeded.
Note: Onceyouareintheeditmode(selectedEditCustomer),you
canselectothertabsandeditinformation.Thenoneditabletabsare
PurchaseHistoryandCustomerAccount.
Edit Customer
Anyfieldthatrequiresanentryismarkedwithared
triangleintheupperleftcornerofthefield.
Important:
Anyfieldthathasaselectablelistofoptionsdisplaysadownarrowon
therightsideofthefield.
Figure 5-29: Customer Maintenance Screen - Edit Mode
3.
SelectSaveChangestosavetheinformationtothedatabase.SelecttheUndo
Changesoptionifyoudecidenottokeepthechangesyoumade.
Additional Customer Options

SelecttheCustomerOptionsmenuoption(seeFigure 53)toperformtheactivities
describedinthissection.Thesystemdisplaysalistofcustomermaintenanceoptions:
Figure 5-30: Customer Options List
To Add a New Customer

FromtheCustomerOptionsmenu,selectAddNewCustomertoaddanewcustomer
recordtothecustomerdatabase.SeeAddingaNewCustomerRecord,step2for
proceduralinformation.
To Print a Customer Record
FromtheCustomerOptionsmenu,selectPrintCustomertoprintthecustomerrecord
toareportprinter.
Figure 5-31: Customer List Report Summary

To Enroll the Customer in a Loyalty program
ManystoresofferLoyaltyProgramstotheircustomers.ALoyaltyProgramtypically
offersbenefits(suchassavings)tothecustomerandprovidesthestorewithinformation
aboutcustomershoppingpreferences.Thestoremayoffervariouslevelsofprograms
thatareavailabletocustomers.
Someloyaltyprogramsprovidecardstotheirmembersandothersdonot.OracleRetail
XstorePointofServicemaybeconfiguredtohandleeithersituation.Ifcardsare
provided,thecardsnumbermaybescannedorreadwithadevice.Withoutacard,the
systemmaybeconfiguredtoautomaticallyprovidealoyaltynumberandassociateit
withthecustomersrecord.
1.
FromtheCustomerOptionsmenu,selectEnrollinLoyalty(Figure 530)toenroll
thecustomerintheloyaltyprogram.
Note: Thepromptthatdisplaysnextdependsuponyoursystems
configuration.
Ifyoudonotprovideaphysicalcard,theloyaltycardnumberis
automaticallygeneratedbythesystemandassociatedwiththe
customerafteryourespondtotheprompt.
Ifyourstoreprovidesaphysicalcard,thesystempromptsyouto
swipethecardinadevicesothatthenumbercanberead,ortoenter
theloyaltynumberthatisonthecard.
2.
Thesystempromptsyoutoaskthecustomeraboutenrollment:
Ifthecustomerdecidesnottoenrollnow,selectNotNow.
Ifthecustomerindicatesnointentiontoenrollatanytime,selectNever.
Ifthecustomerdecidestoenrollinaloyaltyprogram:
*
SelectYesifyourstoredoesnotprovideaphysicalcard.
<OR>
*
3.
Swipetheloyaltycardorentertheloyaltynumberfoundonthecardand
selectProcessifyourstoredoesgivethecustomeraphysicalcard.
SelecttheSaveChangesoptiontosavetheloyaltycardinformationtothe
customersrecord.
AboutLoyaltyprograms
Loyaltyvaluesareaccumulatedaccordingtotherulesforeachindividualprogram.
RulesforassigningpointsandawardsaredefinedinCustomerEngagement.Swipingor
enteringaloyaltycardnumberduringatransactionrecordsthecustomersparticipation
intheprogramsothattheloyaltyvaluesmaybeadjustedinthesystem.
AcustomerscurrentloyaltyaccountinformationisdisplayedontheLoyaltyand
AwardstabinCustomerMaintenance.
Figure 5-32: Loyalty Program Record in Customer Maintenance
To Add or Maintain a Customers Tax Exemptions

1. FromtheCustomerOptionsmenu,selectTaxExemptions(Figure 530)tomanage
thecustomerstaxexemptions.
Ifthecustomerhasataxexemptionrecordonfile,
thesystemdisplaysalistofthecustomerstax
exemptions:
*
Toeditataxexemption,selectitinthelistand
press[Enter].Thesystemdisplaysthetax
exemptionrecordinformation.Makechanges
asneededandthenselectSaveChanges.You
canreviewthechangesintheTaxExempt
InformationareaontheGroups&Personal
tab.
Toremovethistaxexemption,selectDelete.
Therecordisremovedandwillnolongerbe
availablefortransactions.
Makesureyouhaveselectedthecorrectrecordbefore
selectingtheDeleteoption.Thereisnoconfirmationprompt
associatedwiththisaction.
Important:
*
2.
Toaddanewtaxexemption,selectNewandgotostep2below.
OracleRetailXstorePointofServicedisplaysaformforenteringtherequired
informationforthetaxexemption.CompletethefieldsasrequiredandselectSave
Changes.
Figure 5-33: Customer Tax Exempt Form

3.
Whenprompted,selectthetaxexemptreasonfromthelistandpress[Enter].
Figure 5-34: List of Reasons for a New Tax Exemption
ThenewtaxexemptionisaddedtothecustomersrecordandislistedintheTaxExempt
InformationareaontheGroups&Personaltab.
Figure 5-35: Customer Tax Exemption List on Customer Record
To Create a House Account

Note: TheHouseAccounttabisdisabledifthecustomerdoesnot
haveaHouseAccount.
1.
FromtheCustomerOptionsmenu,selectCreateHouseAccount(Figure 530)toset
upaHouseAccountforthecustomer.
2.
TheHouseAccountCreditLimitpromptdefaultstothe
predefinedlimitbasedonthecorporatepolicy.Modify
theamountifneededandselectProcess.
SelecttheHouseAccounttabtoviewtheHouse
Accountinformation.
Figure 5-36: House Account Tab, New Account Maintaining House Accounts
Note: Bydefault,thecustomerisaddedasthePrimaryauthorized
buyer.
Customerrecordsalwaysopeninareadonlymodeandcannotbeeditedunlessyou
changetotheeditingmode.UsetheEditCustomeroptiontomakechangestotheHouse
Accountasneeded.
Important:
CorporateHouseAccountscannotbemodified.

1.
SelectEditCustomerandnavigatetotheHouseAccounttabtoviewtheeditoptions
availableforHouseAccounts.
Figure 5-37: House Account Tab - Edit Mode
2.
SelectanoptionfromthemenutoedittheHouseAccount.
HouseAccounteditoptionsinclude:
Changingthehouseaccountstatus.SeeToChangetheAccountStatus.
Changingthelimitontheaccount.SeeToChangetheAccountLimit.
Addinganewauthorizedbuyer,removinganauthorizedbuyer,changingthe
primaryauthorizedbuyer,andeditingauthorizedbuyerinformation.SeeTo
UpdateAuthorizedBuyerInformation.
To Change the Account Status

1. AttheHouseAccounttab,selectEditStatus.
2.
SelectanewstatusfromtheChangeAccountStatuslist,thenpress[Enter]tosave
thechange:
Figure 5-38: Change Account Status List (Currently in OPEN status)
Note: Theoptionsavailableinthislistwillvary,dependingonthe
currentstatusoftheHouseAccount.
HOLDTheauthorizedbuyercannotusetheaccountfornewpurchases,but
canmakepaymentsontheaccount.Theeditoptionsforaccountlimitand
authorizedbuyeroptionsarenotavailableforaccountsthatareonhold.
CLOSEThehouseaccountisnolongeravailableforanyactivity.
REINSTATEAnaccountwithastatusofHOLDcanbeactivatedagainby
selectingthisoption.
OPENAnaccountwithastatusofCLOSEDcanbeactivatedagainbyselecting
thisoption.

To Change the Account Limit
1. AttheHouseAccounttab,selectEditCreditLimit.
2.
Enterthenewcreditlimitamount,thenselect
Processtosavethechange.
Note: Thepromptdefaultstothecurrentcreditlimitamount.
3.
Toviewtheupdatedcreditlimit,selecttheHouseAccounttab.
To Update Authorized Buyer Information

Adding a new authorized buyer
1. AttheHouseAccounttab,selectAddBuyer.
2.
Enterthenewauthorizedbuyersinformation,
thenselectProcess.
Note: Firstname,lastname,andstartdatearerequired.Enddateis
optionalanddetermineswhenthebuyerisnolongerabletousethis
houseaccount.
Thenewauthorizedbuyersnameislistedinthe
AuthorizedBuyerssectionofthescreen.
Editing an authorized buyer
1. AttheHouseAccounttab,selectEditBuyer.
2.
Selectanauthorizedbuyerfromthelist,thenpress[Enter].
Figure 5-39: Authorized Buyer List
3.
Whenprompted,edittheauthorizedbuyersinformationasneeded,thenselect
Process.
Figure 5-40: Edit Buyer Form
TheupdatedauthorizedbuyersinformationisshownintheAuthorizedBuyerssection
ofthescreen.
Deactivating an authorized buyer
1. AttheHouseAccounttab,selectDeactivateBuyer.

2.
Figure 5-41: Deactivate Buyer List
Theenddateforthedeactivatedbuyerissettotodaysdateandshowninthe
AuthorizedBuyerssectionofthescreen.
Figure 5-42: House Account Tab - Authorized Buyers Section
Note: Youcannotdeactivatethe
currentprimarybuyer.Todeactivatethe
primarybuyer,youmustfirstdesignate
anewprimarybuyer.SeeDesignating
theprimarybuyerforprocedural
information.
Designating the primary buyer

1. AttheHouseAccounttab,selectSetPrimaryBuyer.
2.
Figure 5-43: Set Primary Buyer List
Note: AttheHouseAccounttab,theauthorizedbuyeryouselectedis
movedtothetopoftheAuthorizedBuyerslistandshownwithagreen
checkmark.Thelistisresortedalphabeticallybelowtheprimary
buyersname.
Adding/Maintaining Multiple Customer Addresses

UsetheAddressestabtoaddmultipleaddressesforacustomer,andtodesignatea
primaryaddresstobeusedasthedefaultaddressforthecustomer.Theaddressadded
onthecontactinformationtabdefaultstotheprimaryaddress.
1.
AttheAddressestab,selectEditCustomertoactivatethemenuoptions.
2.
Edittheaddressinformationasneeded:
Figure 5-44: Addresses Tab - Edit Options
Toaddanaddress,seeAddinganewaddress.
Toeditanaddress,seeEditinganaddress.
Todefinetheprimaryaddress,seeDesignatinganaddressastheprimary
address.
Todeleteanaddress,seeDeletinganaddress.

Adding a new address
1.
AttheAddressestab,selecttheAddAddressmenuoption.
2.
CompletethefieldsasrequiredontheAddCustomerAddressform:
Figure 5-45: Add Customer Address Form
Entertheaddressinformationasrequired.
Thecountryaddresscomponent
defaultstothecountrywherethestore
islocated.Ifneeded,selecttheChange
Countrymenuoptiontoselectanother
country.
Selecttheaddresstypefromthelist.
Figure 5-46: Add Customer Address Form - Address Type List
3.
SelectProcesstoaddthenewaddresstothecustomersrecord.
4.
SelectSaveChangestosavetheaddressinformationtothedatabase.

Editing an address
1.
AttheAddressestab,selecttheaddressfromthelistofcustomeraddressesonfile.
2.
SelecttheEditAddressmenuoptiontodisplaytheEditCustomerAddressform.
Theformispopulatedwiththecurrentaddressinformation.
3.
MakeyourchangesandselectProcesstoaddtheupdatedaddresstothecustomers
record.
4.
Designating an address as the primary address

Note: Onlyoneaddressmaybedesignatedastheprimaryaddress.
1.
2.
SelecttheSetPrimaryAddressmenuoption.
3.
Whenprompted,selectYestoconfirmyouwanttodesignatetheaddressasprimary.
Figure 5-47: Primary Address Confirmation Prompt
Note: SelectNoifthisisnotthecorrectaddress.Youwillbereturned
tothelistofcustomeraddresses.
ThePrimarylabelisnowassociatedwiththeaddressandisshownatthetopofthe
listofaddresses.
4.

Deleting an address
Note: Youcannotdeleteaprimary
address.
1.
2.
SelecttheDeleteAddressmenuoption.
3.
Whenprompted,selectYestoconfirmyouwanttodeletetheaddress.
Note: SelectNoifthisisnotthecorrectaddress.Youwillbereturned
tothelistofcustomeraddresses.
Theaddressisnolongershowninthelistofcustomeraddresses.
4.
SelectSaveChangestoremovetheaddressinformationfromthedatabase.
6
Searching for Items
Duringatransactionyoumayneedtosearchforaparticularitem.
Tosearchyourstoreinventory,seeSearchingforItemsUsingItemLookupbelow.
Tosearchotherstores,seeLocatingItems:InventoryLookup.
ToprintaRainCheck,seePrintingaRainCheck.
TouchscreenormouseuserscansearchtheirstoreinventoryusingtheSearchingfor
ItemsUsingtheItemMatrix
Searching for Items Using Item Lookup

Usetheitemlookupfunctiontosearchforanitembasedonmanycriteria(SKU,style,
department,etc.)andretrievedetailedinformationabouttheitem.Forkits,youcanuse
itemlookuptoviewthecomponentitemsthatmakeupthekit.Ifitemlookupisinitiated
fromasale,youcanaddtheitemtothesaledirectlyfromthelookupscreenifall
eligibilityparametershavebeenmet.
1.
AttheRegisterSalescreen,selecttheFindItembuttonfromtheRegisterSalemenu.
Figure 6-1: Register Sale Screen
Searching for Items 179

2.
AttheItemFindermenu,selectItemLookup.
Figure 6-2: Item Finder Menu
TheItemLookupformdisplays.
Figure 6-3: Item Lookup Form
Note: Yourstoremaybeconfiguredwithadvancedlookupoptions
whichprovidetheabilitytospecifyCustomGroupsandDetailsto
furtherdefineyoursearchcriteria.
Selecttheexcludeboxtonotincludeaniteminyoursearch.
3.
Enteryoursearchcriteriaforanitem:ItemID,Department,Subdepartment,Class,
Subclass,StyleID,orDescription.Press[Enter]or[Tab]tomovebetweenthefields.
Tomovetoapreviousfieldontheform,pressandholdthe
[Shift]keyasyoupress[Tab].
Tip:

4.
Afteryouhaveenteredyoursearchcriteria,selectProcesstocontinue.
Tip: Ifyouenteronlyafewlookupcriteria,theresultwillbealonger
listofitems.Enteringmorecriterianarrowsthescopeofthesearchand
resultsinfeweritemsbeinglisted.Youdonothavetomakeanentryin
everycriteriafield.
5.
Ifseveralitemsmatchthecriteriayouentered,usetheupanddownarrowkeysto
selectanitemfromthelistandpress[Enter]tocontinue.
Figure 6-4: Item Selection
6.
OracleRetailXstorePointofServicedisplaysdetailedinformationabouttheselected
itemwiththeProductInformationtabdefaulted.
Note: Thestaticinformationareashowstheitemnumber,style
number,color,andsize.Italsoindicateshowmanyareinstock
(Figure 65shows0instock).

Product Information Tab
Figure 6-5: Item Detail Screen- Product Information Tab
Additionalfunctionsatthisscreenmayincludethefollowing:
AddItemYoucanaddthedisplayeditemtothecurrentsaleinprogress.This
optionisonlyavailableifitemlookupwasaccessedfromasaletransaction.
OrderItemYoucanplaceanorderforthedisplayeditem.Thisoptionisonly
availableforitemsthatcanbeorderedandifitemlookupwasaccessedfroma
saletransaction.SeeOrderTransactionsviaOrderBrokerformoreinformation.
PrintRainCheckIfavailable,youcanprintarainchecktopurchaseoutof
stockitemsforthesamepriceatalaterdate.SeePrintingaRainCheck.
SpecialOrderYoucanplaceaspecialorderforthedisplayeditem.Thisoption
isonlyavailableforitemsthatcanbespecialorderedandifitemlookupwas
accessedfromasaletransaction.
LayawayItemYoucancreatealayawayaccountforthedisplayeditemorplace
itonanexistingaccount.Thisoptionisonlyavailableforitemsthatareeligible
forlayawaysandifitemlookupwasaccessedfromasaletransaction.
7.
Whenfinishedviewingtheitemsinformation,press[Esc]toreturntotheItem
Lookupform.
8.
ToexittheItemLookupform,press[Esc]toreturntotheSalescreenandcontinue
thetransaction.

Inventory Stock Tab
TheInventoryStocktabshowsthequantityandtypeofinventory.
Figure 6-6: Inventory Stock Tab

Ifthereareanykitcomponentstheywill
displayintheKitComponentItems
sectionofthescreen.
Iftheitemisserialized,theinformationis
shownintheSerialInventorysectionof
thescreen.Noquantityisshownbecause
itisassumedaserializeditemhasa
quantityofone.
Related Items Tab

TheInthisStylesectionofthistabshowsitemsofthesamestylebutwithdifferent
characteristics(e.g.size,color,width)fortheselecteditem.Thelistdisplaystheitem
number,dimensions,andthenumberonhandfortherelateditem.
Figure 6-7: Related Items Tab
TheSubstituteItems
sectionofthistabshows
theitemIDanddescription
foritemscrossreferenced
totheselecteditemwhen
applicable.(Forexample,
thisfeaturemaybeusedto
showalternateitemsfor
discontinueditems).
TheCrossReference
Numberssectionofthis
tabshowstheUPCand
Manufacturercross
referencedtothe
selecteditemwhen
applicable.
Style Grid Tab

TheStyleGridtabshowsinventoryinformationinagridformatandincludestheon
handquantitiesfortheitemwiththespecifiedcharacteristics.Thisisaviewonlyscreen.
Figure 6-8: Style Grid Tab
Price Information Tab

Thepriceinformationtabshowsalistofpreviouspricesfortheitemandincludesthe
effectivedateandexpirationdateoftheprice.
Figure 6-9: Price Information Tab
Sales History Tab

TheSalesHistorytabshowsthepastseveralweeksofsalesinagraphicformandasalist
underSalesHistory.
Figure 6-10: Sales History Tab
TheSalesHistorysectionofthescreenliststhenumberofunitssoldinthepast12*
weekswheretheweekatthetopofthelististhecurrentweek.TheUnitSalesTrendfor
thesameperiodoftimeastheSalesHistorylistisshowninagraphformat.
(*Thenumberofweeksshownmaybedifferentforyourstore).
TheYearToDateSalesHistorysectionofthescreenshowsthenumberofunitssoldthis
yearcomparedtothenumberofunitssoldlastyearandtheyearbeforethatwhen
applicable.Thisisarollingyearcalculation.
Locating Items: Inventory Lookup

Occasionallyanitemmaynotbeavailableinyourstoreinventory,butthecustomer
wouldliketoseewhichstoresinyourchainhavetheiteminstock.Youcanusethe
inventorylookupprocesstosearchacentralizeddatabasetolocatetheseitemswithina
setparameterrange.Forexample,youcouldlocateaspecifieditematastorewithin25
milesofyourlocationthathasatleastthreeofthespecifieditemonhand.
1.
AttheRegisterSalescreen,selecttheFindItembuttonfromtheRegisterSalemenu
(Figure 61).
2.
AttheItemFindermenu,selectInventoryLookup(Figure 62).Thesystemprompts
fortheInventoryLocatorcriteria.
3.
EntertheinformationasneededandselectProcesstoperformtheinventorylocator
search:
Figure 6-11: Inventory Locator Lookup Form
REQUIREDInformation:
ItemID/PartNumberYoumustentereitheranitemIDorPartNumber.
OPTIONALInformation:
DistanceSelectthedistancefromyourstore(forexample,alllocationswith
thisiteminstockwithin25milesofthecurrentstore).
MinimumQuantityEntertheminimumquantityoftheitemthatthetarget
storehasinstock.Forexample,youmayusethisoptionifthecustomerneedsa
specificquantityofthisitem.
4.
OracleRetailXstorePointofServicereturnsalistoflocationsmatchingthesearch
criteria.
Figure 6-12: Inventory Locator Results
Thislistincludesthequantityofthisiteminstockateachstoreandthedistance
fromthisstoretoeachtargetlocation.
5.
Toviewdetailinformationaboutastoreinthelistsuchastheaddressandphone
number,selectthestoreinthelistandtheLocationDetailsoption(Figure 612
above).Press[Enter]toclosetheprompt.
Figure 6-13: Location Detail Prompt
Printing a Rain Check
Printing a Rain Check

ARaincheckisanoptionalfeaturethatallowscustomerstopurchaseoutofstockitems
forthesamepriceatalaterdate.
Toprintaraincheck:
1.
FromtheItemLookupProductInformationtab(seeProductInformationTab),select
PrintRainCheck.
IfthePrintRainCheckbuttonisgrayedout,rainchecksarenotallowedto
beprintedforthatitem.
Youcannotprintmultipleitemsononeraincheck.
RainCheckscannotbeprintedfornonmerchandiseitems.
Figure 6-14: Item Lookup - Print Rain Check
2.
Aconfirmationpromptdisplays.SelectYestoprintthe
raincheck.SelectNotoreturntotheSalescreen.
Searching for Items Using the Item Matrix
Figure 6-15: Printed Rain Check Example
Note: ThebarcodecontainstheRainCheckID.

Note: Tousetheoptionalitemmatrixfunctionyoumusthavea
touchscreenoramouse.
Usetheitemmatrixtoselectadepartment(orthehighestlevelinyourmerchandise
hierarchy)fromtheitemgridandthendrilldownthroughthemerchandisehierarchyto
locateaspecificitem.Themerchandisehierarchylevelsarecolorcodedtohelpyou
navigatethroughthedifferentlevels.Whentheitemislocated,itisaddedtothesale
transaction.
1.
AttheSalescreen,selecttheFindItembuttonfromtheRegisterSalemenu
(Figure 61).
2.
AttheItemFindermenu,selectItemMatrix(Figure 62).
Note: TouchscreenusersselectthebarcodeicontoinvoketheItem
Matrix.

3.
TheItemMatrixscreenattheDepartmentLevelshowsthedepartmentsinyour
store.Selectthedepartmentwheretheitemislocated.
Figure 6-16: Item Matrix Screen - Department Level
4.
Continuedrillingdownthroughthemerchandisehierarchyuntilyoufindtheitem
youwanttosell.Selecttheitemanditisaddedtothetransaction.
Selectthebreadcrumbsatthetop
oftheitemMatrixtolookatprevious
screens.
Tip:
Figure 6-17: Item Matrix Screen - Item Level
5.
Oncetheitemisaddedtothetransaction,thesameitemeditoptionsthatare
availablewhenyouaddanitembyscanning,enteringanitemId,oraddinganitem
fromitemlookupcanbeusedtomodifytheitemasneeded.
7
Discounts and Awards
Overview
Youcanapplyadiscounttoasinglelineitem,multiplelineitems,orentiretransactions.
Youcanalsoapplyanawardtothetransaction.
Transactionleveldiscountsareappliedinthesamemannerasalineitemdiscount.A
transactiondiscountisappliedequallytoeacheligibleiteminthetransaction,alineitem
discountisappliedtoasingleitem,andagroupdiscountisappliedtoagroupof
selecteditemsinatransaction.Discountsmaybespecifiedaseitheramounts(e.g.$5.00
off)orpercentages(e.g.10%off)forbothitemandtransactiondiscounts.
Adding a Discount/Award to an Item or Transaction

1.
AfteraddinganitemoritemsattheRegisterSalescreen,selecttheAddDiscount
optionontheRegisterSalemenu.
OracleRetailXstorePointofServicepromptsyouforthediscounttype:Item,
Transaction,Group,orAward.
Discounts and Awards 193

2.
Selectthediscounttypeandpress[Enter],orpressthenumberonthekeyboard
associatedwiththeoption:
Figure 7-1: Discount Type Options
configurable,thediscountoptionsshownonyoursystemmaybe
differentthantheoptionsshownhere.
Ifyouchoseanitemdiscount,continuewithItemLevelDiscounts,step1.
Ifyouchoseatransactiondiscount,continuewithTransactionLevelDiscounts,
step1.
Ifyouchoseagroupdiscount,continuewithGroupDiscounts,step1.
Ifyouchosetoapplyanaward,continuewithAwardDiscounts,step1.
Item Level Discounts

...continuedfromstep2
1.
Iftherearemultipleitemsinthetransaction,OracleRetailXstorePointofService
promptsyoutoselecttheitemtobediscounted.Ifthereisonlyoneiteminthe
transaction,skiptostep3below.
2.
Ifprompted,selecttheitemtobemodifiedandpress[Enter]todisplaythelistof
itemdiscountoptions.
Figure 7-2: Item Discount Options
3.
Selectthediscounttobeappliedtotheselecteditemandpress[Enter]tocontinue.

4.
Ifprompted,selectareasonforthediscountandpress[Enter]tocontinue.
Figure 7-3: Discount Reason List

Additional Discount Prompts
Dependinguponthediscountoptionand/orreasonyouchose,youmaybepromptedfor
additionalinformationorprovidedwithadditionalinformationaboutthediscount.Some
examplesareshownbelow:
Youmaybepromptedforthediscountamountorpercent.
Forapercentage,enteranumbertorepresentthediscount
percentage.Donotenteradecimalpointorpercentsign.For
example,50=50%offand25=25%off.
Ifyouchoosetodiscounttheitembasedonacompetitors
priceyoumaybepromptedtoenterthepricequotedbythe
otherretailer.
Youmaybepromptedwithamessageindicatingtheselecteddiscountcannotbeappliedto
theitem.YoumustselectOktocontinue.
Youmaybepromptedwithamessagetoconfirmthatthediscounttypeyouselectedwas
added.YoumustselectOktocontinue.
5.
Entertherequiredinformationandpress[Enter]todiscounttheselecteditem.
6.
TheitemdiscountinformationisdisplayedontheViewPort.
Figure 7-4: Sale Screen with Line Item Discount
Note: Toremovealineitemdiscount,youmustvoidthediscount.See
VoidinganItemformoreinformation.
Transaction Level Discounts

1.
Fortransactionleveldiscounts,OracleRetailXstorePointofServicedisplaysalistof
transactiondiscountoptions.
Figure 7-5: Transaction Discount Options
2.
Selectthediscounttobeappliedtothetransactionandpress[Enter]tocontinue.
3.
4.
Dependinguponthediscountoptionand/orreasonyouchose,youmaybe
promptedforadditionalinformationasshowninAdditionalDiscountPrompts.
Entertherequiredinformationandpress[Enter]todiscountthesaletransaction.
5.
ThetransactiondiscountinformationisdisplayedontheViewPort.Intheexample
belowa$20totaldiscounthasbeendistributedacrossthe3items.
Figure 7-6: Sales Screen with Transaction Level Discount
Group Discounts
AGroupDiscountcanbeappliedtoagroupofselecteditemsinatransaction.The
customerpurchasesthesegroupeditemsandreceivesapricethatislessthantheretail
priceoftheitemsiftheyweresoldsingly.
1.
Forgroupleveldiscounts,OracleRetailXstorePointofServicedisplaysalistof
groupdiscountoptionsasdefinedbyyourstore:
Figure 7-7: Group Discount Options
2.
Selectthediscounttobeappliedtotheitemgroupandpress[Enter]tocontinue.
3.
OracleRetailXstorePointofServicedisplaysalistoftheitemsonthetransaction
thatareeligibleforagroupdiscount.
Figure 7-8: Items Eligible For Group Discount
4.
Selecteachitemtobeincludedinthegroupdiscount.

5.
Whenyouhaveselectedalltheitemsforthegroupdiscount,press[Enter]to
continue.
6.
7.
Dependinguponthediscountoptionand/orreasonyouchose,youmaybe
promptedforadditionalinformationasshowninAdditionalDiscountPrompts.
8.
Entertherequiredinformationandpress[Enter]toapplythediscounttothe
selecteditemsinthegroup.
Theitemdiscount
informationis
displayedontheView
Port.Inthisexample,
theshoeswere
eligibleforthe10%
groupdiscount,and
theshirtswerenot
partofthediscount
group.
Award Discounts
Note: Ifthecustomerthatyouassign
tothetransactionisalreadyinaloyalty
programandhasmultipleaccounts,
youmaybepromptedtoselectaloyalty
accountforthesaletransaction.
TheViewPortdisplaysanypointsorawardsthathavebeenearnedtodate.Ifthe
customerwishestoredeemanyawards,selecttheAddAwardDiscountoptionto
discountthetransactionusingthecustomersawardvalue.
1.
Forawarddiscounts,entertheawardamounttobeappliedtothetransactionand
press[Enter].
Figure 7-9: Redeem Award Prompt

2.
ThediscountinformationisdisplayedontheViewPortandtheCoupontab.The
examplebelowshowsa$100awarddiscountdistributedacrossthe3items.The
customersawardtotalshavebeenadjustedaccordingly:
Figure 7-10: Transaction with Award Applied
Note: Dependinguponyoursystemsconfiguration,thecustomers
awardsmaybedisplayedasshowninFigure 79,ortheawardsmay
bedisplayedintheformofcouponsthatmaybeindividuallyselected
fromalist.
Ifpromptedwithacouponlist:
Usetheupanddownarrowkeystonavigateamongthecoupons.
Pressthe[Spacebar]toselectanddeselectacoupon.
Youmayselectmorethanonecoupontoapplytothetransaction.
About the Award Coupon List

Ifyoursystemdisplayscustomerawardsintheformofacouponlist,youmayselectone
ormorecouponsfromwhichtheawardsareappliedtothetransaction.Thesystemmay
beconfiguredtwoways:
Ifyouallowpartialawards
Thesystemautomaticallyreducesthevalueoftheselectedcouponbythe
amountappliedtothecurrenttransaction,uptothetotalamountdue.For
example,if$14.98isappliedfroma$50.00coupon,thecouponsremainingvalue
isreducedto$35.02anditmaybeappliedtoadifferenttransactionlater.
Ifyoudonotallowpartialawards
*
Thesystemautomaticallyappliestheentirevalueofthecoupon,regardless
oftheamountdueonthetransaction.Thecouponisremovedfromthelist
afteritisappliedtoatransactionandmaynotbeusedagain.Forexample,if
theamountdueis$25.00anda$30.00couponisselected,the$5.00
differencecannotbeusedinafuturetransaction.
Ifyouselectmorethanonecouponandthecombinedtotalexceedsthe
amountdueonthesale,amessagedisplays.Press[Enter]andthesystem
returnstothelistofcouponswhereyoumayselectadifferentone.
Deal Pricing Discounts

Dealpricingdiscountsareautomaticallyappliedtoitemsthathavebeenscannedand
areincludedinthediscount.Nouserinteractionisrequiredtoapplyadealtoa
transaction.Oncethetriggeritemsareaddedtothesale,OracleRetailXstorePointof
Serviceappliestheappropriatediscount.Therearemanyvariationsofdealdiscounts;
forexample,buyonegetonefree,orbuythreeitemsandget10%off.

Figure 711showsdealitem(Spend>=$250Get1Item6002For$99.99)displayedinthe
ViewPort.
Figure 7-11: Spend >= $250 Get 1 Item 6002 For $99.99 Example
Inthefigureexampleabove,spend$250ormoreandgetapairofOakleyMFrame
Strikesunglasses(item6002)for$99.99,regularly$120.
Thetrigger=spend$250ormore
Thedeal=getItem6002for$99.99
8
Modifying a Sale Transaction
Overview
Duringatransactionyoumayneedtomakemodificationspriortotenderingthesale.
Thischapterexplains:
AddingNonMerchandiseItemstotheSale
ModifyingCustomerInformation
ModifyingLineItemsinaSale
ChangingtheItemQuantity
ChangingtheItemPrice
VoidinganItem
ChangingtheCommissionedAssociate
Adding/EditingaLineItemComment
ChangingItemTaxes
ChangingTransactionTaxes
Suspending/ResumingaTransaction
CancellingaSale
Modifying a Sale Transaction 205
Adding Non-Merchandise Items to the Sale
Adding Non-Merchandise Items to the Sale

1.
AttheSalescreen,selecttheSellNonMerchoptionfromtheSalemenutodisplay
thelistofnonmerchandiseitems.
Figure 8-1: List of Non-Merchandise Options
configurable,thenonmerchandiseitemsshownonyoursystemmay
bedifferentthantheoptionsshowninthisguide.Dependingupon
youritemchoice,youmaybepromptedforadditionalinformation
(suchasaprice)onthefocusbar.
2.
Usetheupanddownarrowkeystoselectanitemfromthelistandpress[Enter]to
continue.
3.
Ifprompted,usetheupanddownarrowkeystoselectanonmerchandiseitem
fromthelistandpress[Enter]toaddtheitemtothesale.
Figure 8-2: List of Non-Merchandise Items
Modifying Customer Information
4.
Dependinguponyouritemchoice,youmaybepromptedforadditional
information.Ifprompted,entertheinformationasrequiredandpress[Enter]to
continue.
Figure 8-3: Prompt For Price
Asyouenterrequiredinformation,OracleRetailXstorePointofServiceaddsthe
nonmerchandiseitemtothesaleandthenonmerchandiseinformationisshownon
theViewPort.
Modifying Customer Information

Performthefollowingstepstoremovethecustomerfromatransaction:
Ifyouhaveatouchscreenmonitorandwishtoremovea
customerfromthetransaction:
Tip:
FromtheCustomerLoyaltyBanner,completelyswipefromlefttoright.An
Unassignbuttondisplays.
TaptheUnassignbuttontoremovethecustomer.
Tapanywhereelsetocanceltheremoveprocess.
IftheUnassignbuttonisnotaccessedwithinafewseconds,thebutton
nolongerdisplaysautomatically.
1.
Fromthesalemenu,selectCustomerOptions.
2.
SelectRemoveCustomer.Thetransactionsalescreendisplayswiththecustomer
removed.
Note: Toaddadifferentcustomertothetransaction,selectCustomer
Options>AssignCustomer.
Tip: Touchscreenusers,taptheCustomerLoyaltyBannertosearch
forandaddadifferentcustomer.Oncethecustomerisassigned,tap
theCustomerLoyaltyBannertoviewtheCustomerMaintenance
Screenifneeded.
Modifying Line Items in a Sale

1.
Fromthesalemenu,selectChangeItemtochangeormodifyalineitem(ifyouhave
propersecurity).
2.
SelectanoptionfromtheChangeItemmenu.
Figure 8-4: Change Item Menu Options
Thefollowingoptionsareavailable:
ChangetheitemquantitySeeChangingtheItemQuantity.
ChangetheitempriceSeeChangingtheItemPrice.
ChangetheitemtaxSeeChangingItemTaxes.
VoidalineitemSeeVoidinganItem.
ChangethecommissionedassociateSeeChangingtheCommissionedAssociate.
Add/EditlineitemcommentsSeeAdding/EditingaLineItemComment.
ModifyDiscountThisoptionisonlyavailablewhenadiscountisonthe
transaction.Afterselectingthisoptionyouarepromptedtoselectthediscountyou
wanttochange.SeeAddingaDiscount/AwardtoanItemorTransaction.
Changing the Item Quantity

Largequantitiesofitemscanbequicklyenteredintothesystembyusingthechange
quantityfunction.
Tip: Touchscreenuserstapthequantityareaofanitemandgoto
step4.Yourstoremaybeconfiguredtomakeanaudiosoundwhen
youtapthequantityarea.
1.
Onceanitemhasbeenaddedtoasaletransaction,theiteminformationisdisplayed
intheViewPortarea.SelecttheChangeItemoptionfromtheSalemenu.
2.
SelecttheChangeQuantityoptionfromtheChangeItemmenu.
3.
promptsyoutoselecttheitemtobemodified.Selecttheitemtobemodifiedand
press[Enter]todisplaytheEnterQuantityprompt.
Figure 8-5: Select Item to Modify Prompt

4.
Enterthenewitemquantityandpress[Enter].OracleRetailXstorePointofService
updatestheitemquantityandamountontheViewPort.
Figure 8-6: Enter Quantity Prompt
Note: ChecktobesurethattheEnterQuantitypromptcorrectly
identifiestheitemthatyouwanttochange.
5.
ContinueprocessingthetransactionattheSalescreen.
Figure 8-7: Sale Screen (With Changed Item Quantity)
Changing the Item Price

Tip:
Touchscreenuserstaptheitempriceareaandgotostep4.
1.
2.
SelecttheChangePriceoptionfromtheChangeItemmenu.
3.
press[Enter].
4.
Whenprompted,enterthenewpricefortheitemandpress[Enter]tocontinue.
Figure 8-9: Enter Price Prompt
Note: Checktobesurethattheitemyouselectedisidentifiedinthe
EnterPriceprompt.

5.
Ifprompted,selectareasonforthepricechangefromthelistandpress[Enter]to
continue.OracleRetailXstorePointofServiceupdatestheitemspriceontheView
Port.
Figure 8-10: Price Change Reason List
6.
Voiding an Item
OnceanitemisenteredanddisplaysontheViewPortitcanberemovedonlyby
performingalinevoid.Thelinevoidfunctionremovestheselecteditemfromthesale
transaction.Thisprocessalsoappliestoremovingdiscountsandotherlineitemsfrom
thesale.
Tip:
Touchscreenusers:
Completelyswipetheitemyouwishtovoidfromlefttoright.Avoid
buttondisplays.
TaptheVoidbuttontoremovethelineitem.
Tocancelthevoid,tapanywherewithinthetransactionscreen,otherthanthevoid
button.Thevoidbuttonnolongerdisplays.
Ifthevoidbuttonisnotusedwithinafewseconds,itnolongerdisplays.
Ifthevoidbuttonisvisible,butyouswipeadifferentitem(tovoidadifferentitem)
thevoidbuttonthatwasoriginallycallednolongerdisplays,andthenewlycalledvoid
buttonshouldappear.
Ifprompted,typethereasonforthevoidandselectOk.
1.
2.
SelecttheVoidLineoptionfromtheChangeItemmenu.
3.
promptsyoutoselecttheitemtobemodified.Selecttheitemtobevoidedandpress
[Enter].
4.
Ifprompted,selectthereasonyouarevoidingthelineitemandpress[Enter]to
continue.OracleRetailXstorePointofServiceremovestheitemfromtheViewPort.
Figure 8-12: Void Item Reasons
Note: Yoursystem
maybesetupto
displayvoidedline
itemswithcross
throughlines(as
showninthefigure
here)ratherthan
removingtheitem
fromtheViewPort.
5.
Changing the Commissioned Associate

TheChangeAssociatesfunctionallowsyoutochangethecommissionedemployeeID
duringatransaction.Thisallowsitemssoldbymultiplesalesassociatestoberungupon
thesamereceipt,therebygivingcreditforcommissionsandgoaltrackingtothe
appropriateassociates.
TouchscreenuserstaptheassociateareainthetransactionView
Portandgotostep4.
Tip:
1.
2.
SelecttheChangeAssociatesoptionfromtheChangeItemmenu.
3.
press[Enter].
4.
OracleRetailXstorePointofServicedisplaysalistofassociates:
Usetheupanddownarrowkeystoselectthenameofthecommissioned
associateandpressthe[Spacebar]toaddtheassociate(s)tothesale.Press
[Enter]tocontinue.
Figure 8-14: Commissioned Associate List
<OR>
SelecttheSelectByAssociateIDoptiontoscanorenterthecommissioned
associatesIDandpress[Enter].
Figure 8-15: Commissioned Associate Prompt
Note: Dependinguponyourstorepolicy,youmayselectorenterone
ormorecommissionedassociatestobeassociatedwiththeselected
lineitem.
5.
Press[Enter]toreturntotheSalescreenandcontinuethetransaction.Thenameof
thenewlyappliedcommissionedassociate(s)isassociatedwiththisitem.
Note: Toviewthecommissionedassociateorassociateswhoare
associatedwitheachlineitemonthetransaction,selecttheitem.With
anitemselected,thenamesaredisplayedintheViewPort.
Example:Trans#191,Cashieris
InFigure 816below,therearetwocommissionedassociatesforthe
selectedlineitem(item1006).
Figure 8-16: Trans# 191, Item 1006 Selected
InFigure 817below,thereisonecommissionedassociateforthe
selectedlineitem(1007).
Figure 8-17: Trans# 191, Item 1007 Selected
Adding/Editing a Line Item Comment

UsetheAdd/EditLineItemCommentsfunctiontoassociateacommentwithaspecific
iteminatransaction.
1.
2.
SelecttheAdd/EditLineItemCommentsoptionfromtheChangeItemmenu.
3.
press[Enter].
4.
OracleRetailXstorePointofServicedisplaysacommentformwhereyoucantypea
newcomment,oreditanexistingcommenttobeassociatedwiththeselecteditem.
Typeoreditacommentandpress[Enter]tocontinue.
Note: Ifyouareeditinganexisting
comment,youmustselectthe
commentlineontheViewPort
ratherthantheitemwithwhichitis
associated.
5.
ThesystemreturnstotheSalescreenandthecommentisassociatedwiththeitem.
Changing Item Taxes

configurable,thebuttonfunctionsonyoursystemmayappearina
differentorderorhavedifferenttextthanexamplesshowninthis
manual.
Taxescanbemodifiedfortheentiretransactionorforanyindividualiteminthe
transaction.Thissectionprovidesinformationaboutchangingthetaxattheitemlevel.
UsetheChangeItemoptiontomodifythetaxstatusofjusttheselecteditem,for
example,tochangeitfromtaxedtotaxexempt.
1.
2.
SelecttheChangeItemTaxoptionfromtheChangeItemmenu.
3.
SelectanoptionfromtheItemTaxmenu:
Figure 8-19: Item Tax Menu Options
ChangeItemTaxLocationSeeChangingtheItemTaxLocation.
ExemptItemTaxSeeChangingtheItemtoTaxExempt.
ChangeItemTaxDollarsSeeChangingtheItemTaxDollarAmount.
ChangeTransTaxPercentSeeChangingtheItemTaxPercentage.
Changing the Item Tax Location

...continuedfromstep3above.
1.
SelecttheChangeItemTaxLocationoptionfromtheItemTaxmenu(Figure 819).

2.
press[Enter].
3.
OracleRetailXstorePointofServicepromptsforthepostalcodeofthenewtax
location.Enterthepostalcodeandpress[Enter].
Figure 8-20: Postal Code Prompt
Note: Ifthepostalcodeenteredhereisnotonfile,thetaxesforthe
currentlocationareused.
4.
Ifpromptedforaspecifictaxlocation,usetheupanddownarrowkeystoselectthe
taxlocationtobemodifiedandpress[Enter].
5.
OracleRetailXstorePointofServicepromptsyoutoselectthereasonforthetax
locationchange.Usetheupanddownarrowkeystoselectthereasonandpress
[Enter]tocontinue.
Figure 8-21: List of Tax Change Reasons
6.
ThesystemreturnstotheSalescreen.Continueprocessingthetransactionandafter
allitemshavebeenadded,selectAddTenderstocompletethesale.
7.
Whenthetransactioniscomplete,thesystemprintsreceiptsasrequired.
Figure 8-22: Sample Receipt with Modified Item Tax
Onaprintedreceipt,theletterTnexttoanitemsignifiesthat
thetaxforthatitemhasbeenchanged.
Tip:
Changing the Item to Tax Exempt

...continuedfromstep3.
1.
SelecttheExemptItemTaxoptionfromtheItemTaxmenu(Figure 819).
2.
press[Enter].
3.
Ifapplicable,OracleRetailXstorePointofServicedisplaysalistofthecurrenttaxes
ontheitemandpromptsyoutoselectthetaxtochange.Usetheupanddownarrow
keystoselectataxtochangeandpress[Enter].

4.
5.
Customerassociationisrequired:
Ifacustomerhasnotbeenassociatedwiththesale,enterthecustomer
informationwhenprompted.Continuewithstep5.
Ifacustomerisassociatedwiththesale,butdoesnothaveacurrenttaxexempt
formonfile,continuewithstep5below.
Ifacustomerisassociatedwiththesaleandhasacurrenttaxexemptformon
file,youarepromptedtoselectthetaxexemptidentifierfromthelistof
exemptionsonfileforthiscustomer.Skiptostep7.
Ifprompted,selectthereasonfortheitemtaxexemption.
Figure 8-23: Tax Exempt Reasons
6.
Ifthecustomerdoesnothaveacurrenttaxexemptformonfile,OracleRetailXstore
PointofServicedisplaystheCustomerTaxExemptform.Enterthecustomerstax
exemptinformationinallfieldsasrequiredandselectSaveChanges.Skiptostep8.
7.
Ifthecustomerhasatleastonecurrenttaxexemptformonfile,OracleRetailXstore
PointofServicedisplaysalistofthetaxexemptionsonfileforthiscustomer.
Figure 8-25: List of Tax Exemptions On File for Customer
SelectaTaxExemptionfromthelistandpress[Enter]toapplytheselected
taxexemptiontotheitem.Continuewithstep8.
<OR>
SelecttheSelect&Viewoptiontoreviewthetaxexemptiondetails.Youcan
edittheinformationhereasneeded.Youmaymakechangesifthecurrent
informationisincorrect.SelectSaveChanges.Thesystemappliesthe
selectedtaxexemptiontotheitemandreturnstotheSalescreen.Continue
withstep8below.
<OR>
*
8.
SelecttheNewoptiontocreateanewtaxexemptionrecordforthis
customer.Gobacktostep5.
ContinueprocessingthetransactionattheSalescreen.Tenderthesaleafterallitems
havebeenaddedtocompletethetransaction.

9.
Figure 8-26: Tax Exempt Receipt Example
Tip: TheletterEprintednexttotheitemindicatesthatthisitemhas
beenexemptedfromthetax.
Changing the Item Tax Dollar Amount

1.
SelecttheChangeItemTax$optionfromtheItemTaxmenu(Figure 819).
2.
press[Enter].
3.
keystoselectthetaxtochangeandpress[Enter].
4.
OracleRetailXstorePointofServicepromptsyoutoenterthenewtaxdollaramount
fortheselecteditem.Entertheamountandpress[Enter]tocontinue.
Figure 8-27: Tax Amount Prompt
5.
Dependinguponyourstorepolicy,youmaybepromptedforareasonforthetax
change.Usetheupanddownarrowkeystoselectareasonforthetaxchangeand
press[Enter].
6.
ThesystemreturnstotheSalescreenandyoumaycontinueprocessingthe
transaction.SelectAddTendersafterallitemshavebeenaddedandyouarereadyto
completethetransaction.
Onthereceipt,theletterTnexttoanitemsignifiesthatthetaxforthatitemhas
beenchanged.SeeFigure 822.
Changing the Item Tax Percentage

1.
SelecttheChangeItemTax%optionfromtheItemTaxmenu(Figure 819).
2.
press[Enter].
3.
keystoselectthetaxtochangeandpress[Enter].
4.
OracleRetailXstorePointofServicepromptsyoutoenterthenewtaxrateasa
percentagefortheselecteditem.Enterthepercentageandpress[Enter]tocontinue.
Figure 8-29: Tax Percentage Prompt
Changing Transaction Taxes

5.
press[Enter].
6.
ThesystemreturnstotheSalescreenandyoumaycontinueprocessingthe
transaction.SelectAddTendersafterallitemshavebeenaddedandyouarereadyto
completethetransaction.
Onthereceipt,theletterTnexttoanitemsignifiesthatthetaxforthatitemhas
beenchanged.SeeFigure 822.

manual.
UsetheChangeTransactionTaxoptiontomodifythetaxstatusoftheentiretransaction;
forexample,fromtaxedtotaxexemptorviceversa.
1.
Afteranitemhasbeenaddedtoasaletransaction,theiteminformationisdisplayed
intheViewPortarea.SelectRegisterOptionsfromtheSalescreenmenu.
Figure 8-31: Sale Screen Menu - Register Options Button
2.
SelecttheChangeTransTaxoptionfromtheRegisterOptionsmenu.
Figure 8-32: Register Options- Change Trans Tax Option

3.
SelectanoptionfromtheTransactionTaxmenu:
Figure 8-33: Transaction Tax Menu Options
ChangeTransactionTaxLocationSeeChangingtheTransactionTaxLocation
below.
ExemptTransTaxSeeChangingtheTransactiontoTaxExempt.
ChangeTransactionTax$SeeChangingtheTransactionTaxDollarAmount.
ChangeTransactionTax%SeeChangingtheTransactionTaxPercent.
Changing the Transaction Tax Location

1.
SelecttheChangeTransactionTaxLocationoptionfromtheTransactionTaxmenu
(Figure 833).
2.
OracleRetailXstorePointofServicepromptsforthepostalcodeofthenewtax
location.Enterthepostalcodeandpress[Enter].
Figure 8-34: Postal Code Prompt
Note: Ifthepostalcodeenteredhereisnotonfile,thetaxesforthe
currentlocationareused.
3.
Ifpromptedforaspecifictaxlocation,usetheupanddownarrowkeystoselectthe
taxlocationtobemodifiedandpress[Enter].
4.
OracleRetailXstorePointofServicepromptsyoutoselectthereasonforthetax
locationchange.Usetheupanddownarrowkeystoselectthereasonandpress
[Enter]tocontinue.
5.
Press[Esc]toreturntotheSaleOptionsmenu.Press[Esc]againtoreturntotheSale
screenandcontinueprocessingthetransaction.
6.
Figure 8-36: Sample Receipt, Transaction Tax Changed
TheprintedreceiptsshowaletterTnexttoallitemsindicating
thatthetaxhasbeenchangedforallitemsinthistransaction.
Tip:
Changing the Transaction to Tax Exempt


1.
SelecttheExemptTransTaxoptionfromtheTransactionTaxmenu(Figure 833).
2.
Customerassociationisrequired:
3.
Ifacustomerhasnotbeenassociatedwiththesale,enterthecustomer
informationwhenprompted.Continuewithstep3below.
Ifacustomerisassociatedwiththesale,butdoesnothaveacurrenttaxexempt
formonfile,continuewithstep3below.
Ifacustomerisassociatedwiththesaleandhasacurrenttaxexemptformon
file,youarepromptedtoselectthetaxexemptidentifierfromthelistof
exemptionsonfileforthiscustomer.Skiptostep5.
Ifprompted,selectthereasonforthetaxexemption.
Figure 8-37: Tax Exempt Reasons
4.
Ifthecustomerdoesnothaveacurrenttaxexemptformonfile,OracleRetailXstore
PointofServicedisplaystheCustomerTaxExemptform.Enterthecustomerstax
exemptinformationinallfieldsasrequiredandselectSaveChanges.Skiptostep6.
5.
Ifthecustomerhasatleastonecurrenttaxexemptformonfile,OracleRetailXstore
PointofServicedisplaysalistofthetaxexemptionsonfileforthiscustomer.
Figure 8-39: List of Tax Exemptions On File for Customer
SelectaTaxExemptionfromthelistandpress[Enter]toapplytheselected
taxexemptiontotheitem.Continuewithstep6.
<OR>
SelecttheSelect&Viewoptiontoreviewthetaxexemptiondetails.Youcan
edittheinformationhereasneeded.Youmaymakechangesifthecurrent
informationisincorrect.SelectSaveChanges.Thesystemappliesthe
selectedtaxexemptiontotheitemandreturnstotheSalescreen.Continue
withstep6below.
<OR>
*
6.
SelecttheNewoptiontocreateanewtaxexemptionrecordforthis
customer.Gobacktostep3.
Whenyouhaveappliedthetaxexemptiontothetransaction,press[Esc]toreturnto
theRegisterOptionsmenuandpress[Esc]againtoreturntotheSalescreenand
continueprocessingthetransaction.
Toconfirmthatthetaxexemptionhasbeenappliedtothe
transaction,theViewPortdisplaystheletterEnexttotheitemprice.
Tip:

7.
Figure 8-40: Tax Exempt Transaction Receipt Example
Tip: TheEprintednexttoallitemsindicatesthateachiteminthis
transactionhasbeenexemptedfromthetax.
Changing the Transaction Tax Dollar Amount

1.
SelecttheChangeTransTax$optionfromtheTransactionTaxmenu(Figure 833).
2.
onthetransactionandpromptsyoutoselectthetaxtochange.Usetheupanddown
arrowkeystoselectthetaxtochangeandpress[Enter].
3.
OracleRetailXstorePointofServicepromptsyoutoenterthenewtaxdollar
amount.Entertheamountandpress[Enter]tocontinue.
Figure 8-41: Tax Amount Prompt
4.
press[Enter].
5.
Press[Esc]toreturntotheRegisterOptionsmenu.Press[Esc]againtoreturntothe
Salescreenandcontinueprocessingthetransaction.
6.
Whenthetransactioniscomplete,thesystemprintsreceiptsasrequiredbyyour
storepolicy.TheprintedreceiptsshowaTnexttoeachiteminthetransaction
indicatingthetaxhasbeenmodifiedforallitems.SeeFigure 836.
Changing the Transaction Tax Percent

1.
SelecttheChangeTransTax%optionfromtheTransactionTaxmenu(Figure 833).
2.
onthetransactionandpromptsyoutoselectthetaxtochange.Usetheupanddown
arrowkeystoselectthetaxtochangeandpress[Enter].
3.
OracleRetailXstorePointofServicepromptsyoutoenterthenewtaxrateasa
percentage.Enterthepercentageandpress[Enter]tocontinue.
Figure 8-43: Tax Percentage Prompt
Suspending/Resuming a Transaction
4.
press[Enter].
5.
Press[Esc]toreturntotheSaleOptionsmenuandpress[Esc]againtoreturntothe
Salescreenandcontinueprocessingthetransaction.
6.
Whenthetransactioniscomplete,thesystemprintsreceiptsasrequiredbyyour
storepolicy.TheprintedreceiptsshowaTnexttoeachiteminthetransaction
indicatingthetaxhasbeenmodifiedforallitems.SeeFigure 836.
manual.
Duringthecourseofconductingatransactionyoumayneedtotemporarilycancel,or
suspend,anyfurtherprocessinguntillaterthesameday.Youcandothisbyusingthe
SuspendoptionontheRegisterOptionsmenubeforeyouhaveaddedanytenderstothe
transaction.Whenyouarereadytocontinueprocessingthetransaction,usetheResume
optiontocompleteit.Resumingatransactioncreatesanewtransactionnumberforit.
Suspending a Transaction
1.
SelecttheSuspendTransactionoptionattheRegisterSalescreenatanytimebefore
tendering.
Figure 8-45: Suspend Transaction Option
Thesystemmayprintareceiptforthesuspendedtransaction.Thisreceiptisclearly
labeledasaSuspendedTransactionandcanbeusedwhenthecustomerreturnsto
continuewiththistransaction.Thebarcodeonthereceiptmaybescannedtoresume
thetransaction.
2.
Aftersavingtheinformationfromthesuspendedtransaction,thesystemreturnsto
theSalemenu.Youcanenternewtransactionsandperformothermenuoptions.
Resuming a Transaction
1.
Whenyouarereadytocontinueprocessingasuspendedtransaction,selectthe
ResumeTransactionoptionattheRegisterSalescreen.TheResumeTransaction
menuoptionisavailablebeforeyouaddanyitemsinanewtransaction.
Thesystemdisplaysalistoftransactionsthatarecurrentlysuspended.
Figure 8-46: List of Suspended Transactions
2.
Selectthetransactionyouwanttoresumeandpress[Enter]tocontinue.
IfyouhavethecustomersSuspendedTransactionreceipt,you
canscanthebarcodetoretrievethetransactionfromthedatabase.
Tip:
3.
ThesystemreturnstotheSalescreenandyoumaycontinueprocessingtheresumed
transaction.
Cancelling a Sale
Cancelling a Sale
Atanytimebeforeasalehasbeentenderedyoucancanceltheentiresale.
1.
Duringthesale,press[Esc]untilyouhavereturned
totheinitialSalescreen.AttheRegisterSalescreen
selectCancelSale,orpress[Esc].OracleRetail
XstorePointofServicepromptstoconfirmthatyou
wanttocancelthesaleifthereareanyitemsonthe
transaction.
2.
Press[Y]forYestoverifythatyouwanttocancelthe
currenttransaction.
Note: Ifothertransactiontypesare
associatedwiththissale(forexample,a
layawaysetup),youarenotifiedthat
cancellingthecurrenttransactionalso
cancelstheassociatedaccountsetupor
activity.
3.
Yourstorepolicymayrequirethatyouselectareasonforcancellingthetransaction.
Ifprompted,usetheupanddownarrowkeystoselectareasonandpress[Enter]to
continue.
OracleRetailXstorePointofServiceisnowreadytobeginanewsaletransaction.
9
Send Sale Transactions
Overview
Asendsaleitemisanitemthatmustbeshippedtoacustomerspecifiedoffsitelocation
afteritispurchased.
Sendsalesaresimilartospecialordersandordersbecauseeachofthesetransaction
typesmayinvolvethedirectshipmentofapurchaseditemtoacustomerorthirdparty.
Asendsale,however,impliesthattheitemisinthestoressaleableinventorywhenthe
purchaseismadeandisavailableatthetimeofpurchase.
Note: Aspecialordercanbesetupifanitemisnotavailableinthe
storesinventorywhenthepurchaseismade.Aspecialordermay
allowaflexiblepaymentstructurebetweenthetimeofpurchaseand
receiptofthemerchandise,butasendsaleitemmustbepaidinfull
whenitispurchased.
Anordercanbesetupifanitemisnotavailableinthestores
inventorywhenthepurchaseismade;however,theitemmustbe
availableatanotherlocationwithinthestorechainorwarehouse.
Yoursystemmaybeconfiguredforonesteportwostepsendsaleprocessing.
Inonestepprocessingyouentertheshiptoaddressandselectashippingmethod(if
required)duringthesaletransaction,andnofurtheractionisrequiredinOracle
RetailXstorePointofServiceoncethetransactioniscompleted.
Intwostepprocessingyouentertheshiptoaddressandselectashippingmethod
(ifrequired)duringthesaletransaction,justasperformedinonestepprocessing.
Afterthesaleiscompleted,ashippingdocumentiscreatedautomaticallyandmust
beprocessedasaseparatestepintheBackOfficeShippingmodule.
RefertotheOracleRetailXstorePointofServiceShipping,Receiving,andInventoryGuidefor
moreinformationaboutcompletingtheshippingdocumentintheBackOfficefortwo
stepprocessing.
Adding Send Sale Items to a Sale

1.
AttheSalescreen,selecttheExtendedTransactionmenuoption.
2.
FromtheExtendedTransactionmenu,selecttheSendSaleoption.Youmusthave
securityprivilegestoaddasendsaletoatransaction.
3.
SelecttheNewSendSaleoption.
Send Sale Transactions 239

4.
Createanewsendsale:
Ifacustomerisnotassignedtothesale,theCustomer
Searchformdisplayssothatyoucansearchforacustomer
toassigntothetransaction.
Ifacustomerisassignedtothesale,theshipping
destinationpromptisdisplayed.Continuewithstep
5.
Ifthecustomerassociatedwiththetransactionhas
shippeditemsusingthesendsaleprocesspreviously,
alistofpastrecipientsisdisplayed.
Iftherecipientoftheitemsinthisnewsendsaleis
listed,selectthenamefromthelistandpress[Enter].
Iftherecipientisnotlisted,selectSkip.
Continuewithstep5.
Figure 9-1: Customer Search Form - Sale Customer

EnteryoursearchcriteriaontheformandselectProcess
tofindacustomertoassociatewiththetransactionand
continuewiththesendsaleprocess.
ThisCustomerSearchinformationappliestothecustomer
purchasingtheitems,notnecessarilythesendsale
recipient.However,thecustomerpurchasingtheitemmay
alsobetherecipient.Continuewithstep5.
5.
Bydefault,thesystemmaydisplaytheaddressinformationforthecustomer
assignedtothecurrenttransactionontheshippingdestinationform.Thisallows
youtoquicklyassociatethepurchasingcustomersshippingaddresswiththesend
saleitem.Ifnocustomerisassociatedwiththetransaction,theshippingdestination
formfieldswillbeblank.
Figure 9-2: Shipping Destination Information Form - Auto-populated Customer Info
6.
Youhavethefollowingoptionsonthisform:
Youcaneditanyoftheaddressfieldsontheshippingdestinationformandthen
selecttheAcceptoption.
YoucanaccepttheinformationwithoutmakingchangesbyselectingtheAccept
option.
YoucansearchforanothersendsalerecipientbyselectingtheShipTo
CustomerSearchoption.
Dependinguponyourstorepolicy,youmayberequiredtoenteradditional
shippinginformation:
*
Ifyoursystemissetupforenhancedsendsaleprocessing,youarerequired
toselectaShipViashipper.
Ifyoursystemisnotsetupforenhancedsendsaleprocessing,theShipVia
fieldwillnotbeactive.
Note: Aredtriangleintheupperleftcornerofafieldindicatesa
requiredentry.
Whenapplicable,theChangeCountrymenuoptionprovidesthe
abilitytosearchforcustomersfromcountriesotherthanthecountry
wherethestoreislocated.Forexample,ifyouchangethecountryto
Canada,theStateformfieldlistsCanadianprovinces,andifMexicois
selectedasthecountry,thentheStateformfieldlistsMexicanstates.

7.
Whenthesystemreturnstotheitementryscreen,enterorscananitemID.
Note: ToaddWishListitem(s)totheSendSale,selectViewCustomer
andthenselecttheWishListtab(seePurchasingWishListItem(s)).
Figure 9-3: Send Sale Item Entry Screen
Thesystemvalidateseveryitemtoensurethatitmeetstherequirementsfor
sendsaleitems.Continueuntilyouhaveaddedallthesendsaleitemstothe
transaction.
Dependingonyourstorepolicy,youmaybepromptedforanoriginating
inventorylocation.Ifprompted,selecttheinventorylocationfromwhichthe
itemoriginated,orleavetheinventorylocationblanktoleavethelocation
pending.SelecttheProcessoption.
Note: SendSaleItemMenuOptions
SelectItemLookuptolookupitemsorstylesifyoudonotknowtheitem
ID.
SelecttheChangeItemoptionifyouwanttochangeanyofthe
information(quantity,price,tax,etc.)aboutanitemafteryouhaveaddedit.
SelecttheAddDiscountoptiontoaddadiscounttoanitem.
SelecttheAdd/EditLineItemCommentsoptiontoassociatea
commentwithasendsaleitem.Besuretoselectthecorrectitemthathasthe
comment.
SelecttheAddCommentoptiontoassociateacommentwiththesend
saleaccount.
SelecttheSellNonMerchoptiontoaddnonmerchandiseitemstothe
sendsale.
Tip: Theproceduresforeachsendsalemenuoptionshownabove
canbefoundinChapter ,ModifyingaSaleTransactiononpage 205.
Thegraphicscontaindifferentbackgroundcolorsbutthescreensare
essentiallythesame.
8.
Verifythattheinformationonthescreeniscorrectbeforeproceeding.Checktosee
thatanyitemcommentsareassociatedwiththecorrectitemintheViewPort.
Atthispointyoumaystilledittherecipientandshippingaddressinformationby
selectingtheEditShipToAddressoption.
9.
Ifeverythingiscorrectandthesendsaleiscomplete,continuewithstep10.
Ifthecustomerwouldliketosetupasendsaletoadifferentrecipient,continue
withstep9below.
Inthiscurrentsaletransactionyoucanalsocreateanothersendsaletosenditemsto
adifferentrecipient:
a.
SelecttheExitSendSalemenuoption.YouarereturnedtotheRegisterSale
screenwhereyoucanbeginthesendsaleprocessagainforanewrecipient.
b. SelectExtendedTransaction>SendSale>EditSendSale.
TheAccountSelectionlistdisplaysshowingthecurrentsendsaleaccountson
thetransaction.
Figure 9-4: Account Selection List
c.
SelecttheSetUpNewoption.
d. TheShippingDestinationInformationformdisplays.Completetheformas
requiredandselectAccept.
e.
Enterthesendsaleitemsforthisrecipient.
f.
Thesystemcreatesseparatesendsaleaccountsforeachrecipient.

10. Whenyouarefinishedaddingsendsaleitems,youhavethefollowingoptionsto
completethetransaction:
SelecttheAddTendersoptionorpress[Enter]totenderandcompletethesale.
SelecttheExitSendSaleoptiontoreturntotheRegisterSalescreenwhereyou
cancontinuesellingitems.
11. Thesystemautomaticallyperformsseveralactions:
Calculatesthetaxtoapplytoeachitemandaddittothesale.
Calculatesanyfeesthatapplytoanitemandaddsthemtothesale.
Updatestheinventorystatusoftheitem.
Whenthetransactioniscomplete,thesystemcreatessendsalereceiptsasdeterminedby
yourstorepolicy.
Figure 9-6: Customer Send Sale Receipt Sample
Figure 9-5: Customer Receipt Sample
Editing a Send Sale
Editing a Send Sale

Beforetenderingatransactionthatincludesasendsale,youhavetheoptiontoeditthe
sendsaleinformation.
1.
AttheSalescreen,selectExtendedTransaction>SendSale>EditSendSale.
2.
TheAccountSelectionlistdisplaysshowingthecurrentsendsaleaccountsonthe
transaction.Selectthesendsaleyouwanttochangeandpress[Enter].
Figure 9-7: Send Sale Account List
3.
Youcanaddanitemtothissendsale,edittheaddressinformation,andedititem
informationfortheselectedaccountasneeded.Refertostep7.
10
Layaway Transactions
Overview
Alayawayitemisasaleitemthatcannotbetakenfromastorewhenitispurchased
becausethecustomerdoesnotpaytheentirecostoftheitematthattime.Instead,the
storereservestheitemforthecustomeruntilthecustomerpaysfortheiteminfull.
Usuallythecustomerisrequiredtofullypayfortheitemsinalayawaywithina
specifiedtimeperiod.Onceaniteminalayawayhasbeenfullypaid,thecustomertakes
possessionofitfromthestore.
Alayawayaccountisacustomeraccountthatincludesoneormorelayawayitems.A
layawayaccountforwhichthecustomerdoesnotpaytherequisiteamountwithina
giventimeframeisconsidereddelinquent;theitemsinthelayawayarerestockedas
saleableinventoryandanynonrefundabledepositorsetupfeesarekeptbythestore.
Anyrefundabledepositsorsetupfeesarereservedforthecustomer.
Layaway Transactions 247
Layaway Transaction Processing

ThesystemallowseitherSingleorMultiplelayawayaccountstobecreated.Inasingle
layawayconfiguration,acustomermayhaveonlyoneactiveaccount,andallitems
purchasedonalayawaybasisareassignedtothataccount.Inamultiplelayaway
configuration,acustomermayhavemorethanonelayawayactiveaccount.
manual.
1.
FromtheSalescreen,selectExtendedTransaction.
2.
AttheExtendedTransactionmenu,selecttheLayawayoption.
3.
Ifacustomerhasbeenassociatedwiththistransaction,thesystemmay
automaticallysearchthedatabasetolocateanyopenlayawayaccountsforthis
customer.
a.
Ifnoopenlayawayaccountisfound,OracleRetailXstorePointofService
providesoptionstosetupanewlayawayortoperformanothersearch.
Figure 10-1: No Layaways Found Message
Tosetupanewlayaway,selecttheNewoptionandcontinuewithLayaway
Setup.
Tosearchthedatabaseforanexistinglayawayaccount,selecttheLayaway
SearchoptionandenterthesearchcriteriaintheLayawaySearchform.
b. Ifthecustomerhasatleastoneopenlayawayaccount,OracleRetailXstorePoint
ofServicedisplaysalistoftheopenlayawayaccountsforthiscustomer.
Figure 10-2: Customers Open Layaway Accounts
4.
Toviewlayawayaccountinformation,selecttheSelect&Continueoption
andcontinuewithAdditionalOptionsforLayawayAccounts.
Tomakeapaymentontheaccount,selecttheMakePaymentoptionand
continuewithLayawayPayment.
Tosetupanewaccountforthiscustomer,selecttheSetUpNewoptionand
continuewithLayawaySetup.
Ifacustomerhasnotbeenassociatedwiththesaleatthispoint,youarepromptedto
enterlayawaysearchinformation.
Figure 10-3: Layaway Search Form
Layaway Setup
Note: Whenacustomerhasnotbeenassignedtothesale,andthe
systemissetupforSingleLayawayAccounts,youmustselector
createacustomerbeforeproceeding.Layawayaccountsrequire
customerassociation.RefertoChapter ,CustomerMaintenanceon
page 131forinformationaboutsearchingforandcreatingcustomer
records.
Tosetupanewlayaway,selecttheSetUpNewoptionandcontinuewith
LayawaySetup.
Tosearchforalayawayaccount,enterthesearchcriteriainformationand
selectProcess.
Layaway Setup
1.
Onceacustomerisassociatedwiththelayaway,thesystempromptsfortheitemID
tobeaddedtothenewlayaway.Enterorscantheitemtobeaddedtothelayaway.
Note: ToaddWishListitem(s)totheLayaway,selectViewCustomer
YoumayneedtoselecttheMore...menubuttonpriortoselectingView
Customer.
Figure 10-4: Layaway Item Entry Screen
Layaway Setup
Note: Ifanitemcannotbeaddedtoalayaway,thesystemprompts
withamessageorreasontheitemisineligible.
2.
Dependingonyourstorepolicy,youmaybepromptedforanoriginatinginventory
location.Ifprompted,selecttheinventorylocationfromwhichtheitemoriginated,
orleavetheinventorylocationblanktoleavethelocationpending.SelecttheProcess
option.
3.
Allitemsenteredsubsequentlyarealsoenteredaslayawayitemsaslongasyou
remaininthelayawaymode.Onlylayawayitemsandrelatedlayawayinformation
areshownontheViewPort.
Figure 10-5: Layaway Items
Note: Thesystemdisplaysarunning
totalofthenumberofitemsaddedand
thetotalamountintheinformationarea
ofthescreen.
Ifyourstorepolicyonlyallowsa
predeterminednumberofitemsona
LayawayAccount,youareprompted
whenthemaximumnumberofitems
youareaddingexceedsthisnumber.
Press[Enter]toclosetheprompt.
Layaway Setup
4.
5.
Afteryouhaveenteredallofthelayawayitems,selectCompleteTransactionorExit
Layaway:
SelecttheExitLayawayoptionifthiscustomerispurchasingotheritemstotake
outofthestore.Whenthelayawaytransactioniscomplete,thesystemreturnsto
thesalescreen.
SelecttheCompleteTransactionorAddTendersoptionifthiscustomerisnot
purchasingotheritemstotakeoutofthestore.Whenthelayawaytransactionis
complete,thesystemautomaticallypromptsfortenderinformation.
Regardlessoftheactionyouchoseinstep4above,youarepromptedtoentera
depositamount.Thedepositamountmaybeenteredandchangedonlywhenyou
areinthelayawaymode.
Note: Thechangeamountfunctionavailableforregularsaleitemsis
notavailableforlayawayitems.
Figure 10-6: Deposit Amount Prompt
Thesystemautomaticallydoesthefollowingthings:
6.
Checkstheoverallpriceoftheitemsplacedonlayawaytoensurethatitdoesnot
exceedtheallowabletotalasdeterminedbyyourstorepolicy.
Checksthenumberofitemsplacedonlayawaytoensurethatitdoesnotexceed
theallowableitemcountasdeterminedbyyourstorepolicy.
Assessesalayawaysetupfeeifrequiredbyyourstorepolicy.
Promptsyoutoconfirmtherecommendeddepositamountincludinganysetup
fee.
Enterorconfirmthelayawaydepositamountandpress[Enter].
Layaway Setup
7.
Ifyouenterlessthantherecommendedamountbutmorethantheminimum
amount,thesystempromptsyoutoconfirmthedepositamount.
Figure 10-7: Prompt to Confirm Override of Suggested Deposit Amount
Press[Y]tooverridethesuggesteddepositamountandtoacceptthedeposit
amountyouentered.
Press[N]toreturntothedepositamountpromptandreentertheamount
forthedeposit.
Ifyouenterlessthantheminimumamountrequiredby
yourstorepolicy,youmustreenteradepositamount.
Important:
Ifyoudonothavesufficientsecurityprivilegestooverridethe
suggestedamount,amanagermayneedtodoitforyou.
Tip:
8.
Ifthesystempromptsforthenumberofdaysinthepaymentperiod,enteranumber
andpress[Enter].Thenumbermaynotexceedthemaximumnumberofdays
allowedbyyourlayawaypolicy.
Figure 10-8: Number of Days in Payment Period Prompt
9.
Ifthesystempromptsforthenumberofpaymentperiods,enterthenumberof
paymentsandpress[Enter].Thenumbermaynotexceedthenumberofpayment
periodsallowedbyyourlayawaypolicy.
Figure 10-9: Number of Payment Periods Prompt
Layaway Setup
10. Thenewlayawayaccountsetupisnowcomplete:
IfyouchosetheExitLayawayoptioninstep4,thesystemreturnstosalemode.
Youmaycontinuethesalebyaddingregularsaleitemstothetransaction,oryou
maytenderandcompletethesale.
Figure 10-10: Layaway Items Display on Selling Screen
IfyouchosetheCompleteTransaction(orAddTenders)optioninstep4,the
systemautomaticallypromptsfortenderinformation.
11. Selectatenderfromthelistandpress[Enter].
Figure 10-11: Tender List
Note: RefertoChapter ,ProcessingTendersonpage 79formore

informationabouttenderingthetransaction.
Layaway Payment
12. Enteratenderamount,selectaQuickCashbutton,orpress[Enter]toacceptthe
defaultbalancedue,ifdisplayed.
Figure 10-12: Prompt for Tender Amount - Cash Example
Thesaletransactionisnowcompleteandthesystemupdatesinventory.Receiptswith
layawayinformationareprintedasrequiredbyyourstorespolicy.
Note: Aboutthisscreen:
1Thecustomerinformationthatwasenteredforthelayawayis
assignedtothesale.
2ThedepositamountisshownasasaleontheViewPort.
3TheSoldItemssectionoftheViewPortshowsanitemcountofone.
Thisitemcountisusedforitemsthecustomerisphysicallyremoving
fromthestore.Inthisscenario,thecustomerhasplaced3itemson
layawayandpurchasedoneotheritemtotakehome.
Layaway Payment
manual.
1.
2.
Layaway Payment
3.
WhenthesystemdisplaystheLayawaySearchform,enteryoursearchcriteriaand
selectProcess,orscanthebarcodeonthecustomerslayawayreceipt.Thesearch
maybebasedonthesefields:
*
LayawayID
CustomerLastNameandFirstName
CustomerID
CustomerPhoneNumber
Note: Ifacustomerisassociatedwiththesaleandhasatleastone
openlayawayaccount,thesystemmayautomaticallydisplayalistof
openaccountsforthiscustomer.
Thesystemdisplaysalistofalllayawaysthatmatchthecriteriayouentered,
includingthestatusofeach.
Figure 10-14: Layaway Accounts List
Layaway Payment
4.
Usetheupanddownarrowkeystohighlightthelayawayaccountyouwantto
selectfromthelistandselecttheMakePaymentoption.
Note: SincelayawaysMUSThaveacustomerassignedatsetup,the
systemassignsthelayawaycustomerinformationtothesale
automaticallyatthispointifnocustomerwasassignedatthestartof
thistransaction.
5.
Whenthesystempromptsforthepaymentamount,entertheamountandpress
[Enter].
6.
Thesystemvalidatesthepaymentagainsttheminimumandrecommended
amounts.Thepaymentamountmustbegreaterthanorequaltotherecommended
amount.
*
Ifyouenterlessthantherecommendedamount,thesystempromptsyouto
confirmthepaymentamount.
Iftheamountyouenteredwaslessthantheminimum,youmustreentera
paymentamount.
Note: Youmusthavethepropersecurityleveltooverrideapayment
amount.
7.
Whenthepaymentamountisaccepted,thesystemreturnstotheoptionsavailable
foraregularsale.Youmaychangethelayawaypaymentamountonlybyentering
layawayeditmode.TheChangeAmountfunctionthatisavailableforregularsale
itemsisnotavailableforlayawayitems.
Figure 10-15: Layaway Payment - Sale View Port
Youmaynowcontinuesellingregularitemsortenderthesale.
Layaway Pickup
Note: Ifyoutrytomodifyalayawaylineiteminsalemode,the
systempromptsthatallchangestolayawayitemsmustbedonein
layawaymode.YoumustselecttheLayawaymenuoptiontoreturnto
thelayawaymode.
8.
Whenyouarereadytotenderthetransaction,selecttheAddTendersoptionor
press[Enter]withoutaddinganymoreitems.
9.
ChooseapaymenttenderfromthetenderlistandselectOk.
10. Enterthetenderamountandpress[Enter].
11. Thesystemprintsreceiptsasrequired.
Thereceiptsforthesaleincludethelayawayinformation.Paymentisshownonthe
receipt,alongwiththelayawayaccountnumber.Otherlayawayinformation(payment
schedule,terms,amountlefttopay,nextpaymentduedateandamount,etc.)mayalso
beincludedonthereceipt,dependingonyoursystemsconfiguration.
Layaway Pickup
1.
2.
3.
WhenthesystemdisplaystheLayawaySearchform,enteryoursearchcriteriaand
selectProcessorscanthecustomerslayawayreceiptbarcode.Thesearchmaybe
basedonthesefields:
*
LayawayID
Customername
CustomerID
Layaway Pickup
Customerphonenumber
Note: Ifacustomerisassociatedwiththesaleandhasatleastone
openlayawayaccount,thesystemmayautomaticallydisplayalistof
openaccountsforthiscustomer.
Thesystemdisplaysalistofalllayawaysthat
matchthecriteriayouentered,includingthe
statusofeach.
4.
Usetheupanddownarrowkeystohighlightthe
layawayaccountyouwanttoselectfromthelist
andselecttheSelect&Continueoptiontoview
thelayawayaccountinformation.
Note: SincelayawaysMUSThaveacustomerassignedatsetup,the
systemassignsthelayawaycustomerinformationtothesale
automaticallyatthispointifnocustomerwasassignedatthestartof
thistransaction.
Layaway Pickup
5.
SelectthePickUpItemoption.
Figure 10-17: Pick Up Layaway Item
6.
Thesystemdisplaysthelayawayitems.Selectitem(s)forpickup.Youcanselectall
itemsinthelistatoncebyselectingthePickUpAlloption.
Figure 10-18: Pickup Items List
7.
Afteryouhaveselectedalloftheitemstobepickedup,press[Enter].
Layaway Pickup
Note: Ifyouselectanineligibleitem,thesystemdisplaysamessage
explainingwhytheitemcannotbepickedup.ItemswithCancelled,
Closed,orPickedstatuscannotbepickedup.
ThesystemupdatestheitemstatusonthescreentoPickedUpaseachitemisselected
forpickup.Thestatusispermanentlyupdatedonlywhenthetransactionissuccessfully
completed.
Figure 10-19: Layaway Items Marked for Pickup
IntheexampleshowninFigure1019above,therearethreeitemsavailableforpickup
andthecustomerhaschosentopickuptwoitems.Inthisscenario,thetwoitemsfor
pickuparemarkedwithPickedUpstatus,andtheotheritemismarkedwithOpen
status.
Note: Basedonyourstorepolicy,itempricesmaybechangedto
matchcurrentsaleprices.Anycreditsmaybeappliedtootheritemson
layawayorrefundediftherearenootherlayawayitems.
Layaway Pickup
8.
Afteryouhaveselectedallofthelayawaypickupitems,selectAddTendersorExit
Layaway:
SelecttheExitLayawayoptionifthiscustomerwantstopurchaseotheritemsto
takeoutofthestore.Whenthelayawaytransactioniscomplete,thesystem
returnstothesalescreenwhereyoucancontinuesellingitems.
SelecttheAddTendersoptionifthiscustomerisnotpurchasingotheritemsto
takeoutofthestore.Whenthelayawaytransactioniscomplete,thesystem
automaticallypromptsfortenderinformation.
Note: Ifthereareanyopenitems
remaininginthelayaway,youmaybe
promptedtosetupanewlayaway
schedulefortheopenitems.If
prompted,entertheinformationas
required.Whenpromptedtochangethe
schedulestartdate,youmaykeepthe
scheduledpaymentdatesascurrently
setup,oryoucanchangethescheduled
paymentdates.
9.
Thesystemdisplaysanyremainingamountduetopickuptheselecteditems.Select
atenderfromthetenderlistandchooseOk.
Note: Theminimumamountdueisthebalancefortheitemsbeing
pickedupplusaspecifiedpercentageofanyitemsremainingon
layaway.
10. Enterthetenderpaymentamountandpress[Enter].Thesystemcreatesreceiptsfor
thetransactionasrequiredbyyourstorepolicy.
Additional Options for Layaway Accounts

Alayawayaccountmaybemodifiedduringtheinitialcreationofthelayawayaccount
untilthesetuphasbeencompleted.
Editing Items on a Layaway Account

Note: Theeditoptionsshownheremaydifferfromtheoptionsyou
haveavailableduetosystemconfigurationandyourstorepolicy.
Whileyouareinthelayawaymodeduringthesetupofanewlayawayaccount,select
theEditAccountoption.
Optionsforeditingalayawayincludeaddingadiscount,addingacoupon,addingor
editingalineitemcomment,andsomeadditionaloptionsasshownontheChangeItem
menu.
Figure 10-20: Edit Account Menu Options
Add Coupon
Toaddacouponalayawayaccount:
1.
FromtheEditAccountMenuOptions,selectAddCoupon.
2.
EnterorScantheCouponID.The
systemvalidatesthecouponandif
available,deductstheamountinthe
ViewPort.
Add Discount
Toaddadiscount:
1.
FromtheEditAccountMenuOptions,selectAddDiscount.
2.
SelectAddItemDiscountorAddGroupDiscount.
Figure 10-21: Discount List
ForItemDiscountseeItemLevelDiscounts.
ForGroupDiscountseeGroupDiscounts.
Note: WhenyougotothereferencepagesforItemandGroup
discountsthegraphicsshowadifferentbackgroundcolor,butthe
stepsarethesameasaddingdiscountstoasale.
Change Item
Tochangealayawayitem:
1.
FromtheEditAccountMenuOptions,selectChangeItem.
2.
SelectanyoftheseoptionsontheChangeItemmenu:
Figure 10-22: Change Item Menu Options
ChangeQuantity
ChangePrice
ChangeTaxRate/TaxAmount
VoidLine
Add/Modify/Delete(Void)Discounts
ChangeCommissionedAssociates
AddorEditLineItemComments
SeeModifyingLineItemsinaSaleforproceduraldetailsabouteditingitems.
Note: TheinstructionsformodifyingLineItemsinaSalecontain
graphicswithadifferentbackgroundcolorthantheLayawayscreens.
Althoughthecolorsaredifferent,theinstructionsarethesame.
Add and View Layaway Comments

Youmayaddacommenttoalayawayaccount.
Note: Thisdiffersfromalineitemcommentwhichpertainsonlytoa
specificitemonthelayaway.
1.
First,selecttheaccountforwhichyouwanttoenteracomment.AttheRegisterSale
screen,selectExtendedTransactionandLayaway.Whenthesystemdisplaysthe
LayawaySearchform,enteryourcriteriaandselectProcess.
2.
SelecttheEditAccountoption.

3.
AttheEditAccountmenu,selecttheAddCommentoption.
Figure 10-23: Edit Account Menu Options
4.
Enterthetextofthecommentandpress[Enter].
Figure 10-24: Layaway Account Comment Entry Form
Commentsareassociatedwiththedatetheywereentered,theemployeenumberof
thepersonenteringcomments,andthetextofthecomment.Previouscomments
cannotbechanged.ThisdetailinformationisalsoavailableinLayawayMaintenance
(BackOfficeprocessing).
5.
Toviewcommentsaboutthelayawayaccount,selecttheMoreoptiononthe
LayawayMenu,andselecttheViewCommentsoption.
Note: TheViewCommentsoptionisonlyactiveifacommentexists
fortheaccountyouareviewing.
Figure 10-25: Layaway Comments
Add Items To An Existing Layaway

Note: Thisisaconfigurableoptionandmaynotbeallowedaccording
toyourstorepolicy.Ifyourstoredoesnotallowadditionalitemstobe
addedtoanexistingaccountatalatertime,youmustsetupanew
layawayaccountforthecustomer.
Youmayaddadditionalitemstoanexistinglayawayaccountaslongasyoudonot
exceedthetotalnumberofitemsallowedontheaccount.Ifyourlayawaypolicyallowsa
customertohavemultipleopenlayawayaccounts,thesystemenforcesthisruleagainst
thecurrentlayawayaccountbeingcreatedormaintained.
Thesystemdisplaysamessagewhenyouattempttoexceedthenumberofitemsthatare
allowedonalayawayaccount.
Note: Youmaynotaddalayawayitemiftheassociatedcustomers
accountisdelinquent.
1.
AttheRegisterSalescreen,selectExtendedTransactionandLayaway.Whenthe
systemdisplaystheLayawaySearchform,enteryourcriteriaandselectProcess.
2.
Ifnecessary,usetheupanddownarrowkeystoscrollthroughthelistofaccounts.
Selectanopenlayawayaccountfromthelist,thenchoosetheSelect&Continue
option.
3.
EnterorscananitemIDandpress[Enter].
Figure 10-26: Enter New Item ID to the Layaway
ThesystemaddstheitemanddisplaysitintheViewPort.

Thesystemvalidateseachitem,includingitssuitabilityforinclusioninalayaway,
andreturnsthedescription,price,andtaxinformation.
4.
Continueprocessingthelayawayaccountasusual.
Gift Receipts for Layaway Items

Giftreceiptsareavailableforallpickeduplayawayitems.SeePrintingaGiftReceiptfor
moredetails.
Cancel a Layaway Account

manual.
1.
AttheRegisterSalescreen,selectExtendedTransactionandLayaway.Whenthe
systemdisplaystheLayawaySearchform,enteryourcriteriaandselectProcess.
Note: Ifyouassociatedacustomerwiththesalestransaction,Oracle
RetailXstorePointofServiceretrievesanylayawayaccountsforthat
customer.Youdonotneedtoconductasearch.
2.
Ifnecessary,usetheupanddownarrowkeystoscrollthroughthelistofaccounts.
Selectanopenlayawayaccountfromthelist,thenchoosetheSelect&Continue
option.
3.
Withthelayawayaccountinformationdisplayed,selecttheCancelLayawayoption
fromthemenu.
4.
Thesystempromptsyoutoconfirmwhetherornotthecustomerispresentatthe
timeofcancellation.Select[Y]forYesor[N]forNo.
Figure 10-27: Customer Present Prompt
.
Note: Ifthecustomerisnotpresent,the
systemrequiresthattheaccountbe
closedbyusingtheLayawayAccounts
MaintenancefunctionintheBackOffice.
Press[Enter]toclosethemessage
prompt.
5.
Ifthecustomerispresent,thesystemdisplaysaconfirmationprompt.SelectYesto
confirmthecancellationoftheaccount.
Figure 10-28: Prompt to Confirm Cancellation of Layaway Account

Whenyouexitfromthelayaway,therefundamountisdisplayedontheRegisterSale
screen.
Figure 10-29: Cancellation of Layaway
6.
Completethetransactionbyselectingarefundtenderfromthelist.
Figure 10-30: Refund Tender List
Note: Additionalpromptsmaydisplaydependingonthetendertype
selected.Forexample,iftheHomeOfficeCheckoptionisselected,the
customersaddressinformationisdisplayedandmaybeedited.The
tenderlistisrestrictedtoonlythosetendertypespermittedasrefunds
forcancellationofalayawayaccount.
Receiptsarecreatedwhichcontainthecanceledlayawayinformation.
Automatic Prompting: Accounts Requiring Attention

Whenyouassociateacustomerwithasaletransaction,thesystemmayautomatically
determinethatthecustomerhasalayawayaccountthatrequiresattention.Inthiscase,
thesystemmaydisplayapromptsimilartothoseshownandlistedbelow,depending
uponthereasonthatattentionisneeded.
Figure 10-31: Sale Prompt - Customer With Delinquent Account
Layawaymodepromptsyoumaysee:
*
IfaLayawaypaymentisdue,theprompt
indicates:
Asofdate,thiscustomerhasaLayawaypayment
dueof$x.Wouldthecustomerliketomakethe
paymentnow?
Ifapaymentisoverdue,thepromptindicates:
ThiscustomerhasanoverdueLayawaybalance
of$x.Anoverduepenaltyof$yhasalsobeen
applied,makingthetotalbalancedue$z.Would
thecustomerliketopaytheoverduebalance
now?
IftheLayawaycontainsitemsthatcanbepickedup,thepromptindicates:
ThiscustomerhasLayawayitemsthatarereadyforpickup.Wouldthe
customerliketopickuptheseitemsnow?
Takeanyactionontheaccountasdeterminedbyyourstorepolicy.
View Layaway Payment History

manual.
1.
AttheSalescreen,selectExtendedTransactionandLayaway.Whenthesystem
displaystheLayawaySearchform,enteryourcriteriaandselectProcess.
2.
Selecttheaccountforwhichyouwanttoviewpaymenthistory.
3.
Withtheaccountinformationdisplayed,selecttheLayawayDetailsoption.
4.
AttheLayawayDetailsmenu,selecttheViewPaymentHistoryoption.
Figure 10-32: Layaway Details Menu
5.
Thesystemdisplaysthepaymentinformationforthisaccount.
Figure 10-33: Layaway Payment History
Theinformationshownhereincludesthepaymentdate,status,paymenttypeand
paymenttypeitemId(initialdepositandpayments),paymentamount,storeID,register
ID,andtransactionsequenceID.
View Layaway Payment Schedule

1.
2.
Selecttheaccountforwhichyouwanttoviewpaymentscheduleinformation.
3.
4.
AttheLayawayDetailsmenu,selecttheViewPaymentScheduleoption(Figure 10
32).

Thesystemdisplaysthepaymentscheduleinformationforthisaccount.
Figure 10-34: Layaway Payment Schedule
Theinformationshownhereincludesthedateswhenpaymentsaredueandthe
suggestedpaymentamountoneachdate.
Note: Onlyonesetofpaymenttermsisretainedbythesystem.
View Layaway Activity History

1.
2.
Selecttheaccountforwhichyouwanttoviewlayawayactivityinformation.
3.
4.
AttheLayawayDetailsmenu,selecttheViewActivityHistoryoption(Figure 10
32).
Thesystemdisplaystheactivityhistoryinformationforthisaccount.
Figure 10-35: Layaway Activity History
Theinformationshownhereincludestheactivitydate,status,activitytype,itemID,
activityamount,storeID,registerID,andtransactionsequenceID.Dependingonhow
activetheaccounthasbeen,youmayneedtousethescrollbarinthewindowtosee
additionalinformation.
Searching for Detailed Layaway Account Information

FormoreinformationaboutLayawayMaintenanceandotherBackOfficemaintenance
functions,refertotheOracleRetailXstorePointofServiceManagersGuide.
11
Special Order Transactions
Overview
ASpecialOrdertransactionistypicallyperformedwhenacustomerwantstopurchase
anitemthatisnotcurrentlyavailableinthestore.Theitemmaybeoutofstockor
unavailableforanyreason.Aspecialorderitemmaybeanysaleableitemfromthe
storesinventory.Noninventoryitemsmayalsobespecialorderedifyourstorepolicy
permitsit.
Whenanitemisoutofstock,thecustomercannottakepossessionoftheitem
immediately,sothestoreordersitfromavendor,warehouse,oranotherstore.Whenthe
specialorderitemarrivesinthestore,itisshippedtothecustomerorthecustomeris
notifiedtopickitupatthestore.
TheSpecialOrderfunctionincludestheorderentryprocessforaspecialorderitem,
enteringtherelatedcustomerinformation,andprocessinganyspecialfeesthatmaybe
associatedwiththespecialorder.
Setting Up a New Special Order

manual.
1.
AttheSalescreen,selectExtendedTransaction.
2.
SelecttheSpecialOrderoptionfromtheExtendedTransactionmenu.
Special Order Transactions 277

3.
Setuptheorder:
Ifnocustomerisassociatedwiththetransaction,
selecttheSetUpNewoptionattheSpecialOrder
Searchform.Gotostep4.
Figure 11-1: Special Order Search Form
Ifacustomerisassociatedwiththetransaction,
selectNewattheNoSpecialOrderfoundprompt.
Skiptostep5.
Figure 11-2: No Special Order Found prompt
Tip: Tosearchforanexistingspecialorderaccount,enterthesearch
criteriainformationattheSpecialOrderSearchformandselect
Process.Theremustbeanentryinatleastonefield.Youmaytypea
partialentry,suchasthefirstfewlettersofthecustomerslastnamein
theLastNamefieldtofindallaccountswheretheownerslastname
beginswiththelettersyouentered.
4.
Ifacustomerhasnotbeenassociatedwiththissale,OracleRetailXstorePointof
Servicepromptsforcustomerinformation.Entertheinformationandpress[Enter]
tocontinue.
Whenthecustomersrecordhasbeenlocated,orinformationaddedtothedatabase,
thecustomersrecordisassociatedwiththistransaction.
Note: FormoreinformationabouttheChangeCountryoption,see
SearchForm.
5.
AttheSpecialOrderShipOptionsform,selectwherethespecialorderistobe
shipped:
Figure 11-4: Shipping/Pick Up Options
Ifthecustomerisgoingtoreturntothestoretopickuptheitem,selecttheTo
Storeoption.
Ifthecustomerwouldliketohavetheitemshippeddirectlytoanotherlocation,
selecttheToCustomeroption.
Dependingupontheoptionchosenabove,proceedasfollows:
Table 11-1: Shipping Options

If you chose...
Then...
ShiptoStore
ContinuewithShippingaSpecialOrderItemtotheStore.
ShiptoCustomer
ContinuewithShippingSpecialOrderItemstothe
Customer.
Shipping a Special Order Item to the Store

1.
AttheSpecialOrderscreen,scanorentertheitemIDforthespecialorder.Allitems
areenteredasspecialorderitemsinthismode.
Note: ToaddWishListitem(s)totheSpecialOrder,selectView
CustomerandthenselecttheWishListtab(seePurchasingWishList
Item(s)).
Figure 11-5: Special Order Screen
Note: Whenenteringitemsforaspecialorder,youmaybenotified
thattheitemisinstock.Youcanchoosetospecialordertheitem
anyway,orreturntothesaletoselltheitemfromstockmerchandise.If
anitemcannotbeaddedtoaspecialorder,youarepromptedwitha
messageindicatingthattheitemisineligibleforaspecialorder.
2.
Dependinguponyourstorepolicy,youmaybepromptedtoenterthedateyou
expecttoreceivetheitematthestore.Ifprompted,enterthedateyouexpectto
receivetheitemandpress[Enter].
Figure 11-6: Expected Receipt Date Prompt
3.
Whenfinishedenteringspecialorderitems,selectoneofthefollowingoptionsfrom
theSpecialOrderscreentocontinue:
SelecttheExitSpecialOrderoptiontoreturntotheRegisterSalescreento
continuesellingregularitems.
SelecttheCompleteTransactionoptiontocompletethetransactionandbegin
thetenderingprocess.
4.
Atthepromptforthespecialorderdeposit,enterthedollaramount(withouta
decimalpoint)thatthecustomerwantstoapplytothespecialorder,andpress
[Enter].
Figure 11-7: Special Order Deposit Prompt
Note: Thisoptionisonlyavailableforitemsshippedtothestorefor
pickup.Whenitemsareshippeddirectlytothecustomer,theymustbe
paidinfull.
5.
Ifyouchosetocontinuesellingregularitems(ExitSpecialOrdermenuoption),the
RegisterSalescreendisplays.ThespecialorderitemsareshownontheViewPort
alongwiththeregularitemsinthesaleasshowninFigure118below.Anyfeesfor
thespecialorderareshownassaleitems.
Figure 11-8: Register Sale with Special Order Item
A)SpecialOrderItem
B)RegularSaleItems
Note: YourstorepolicydetermineswhetherornotaSpecialOrder
maybemixedwithothertypesofsalesinthesametransaction.

6.
Ifyouchosetotenderthesale,thetenderlistisdisplayed.Tenderthesaleusingthe
normalprocedure.Whenthetransactioniscomplete,thesystemcreatesreceiptsas
requiredbyyourstorepolicy.
Figure 11-9: Sample Sale Transaction Receipt

(with special order item)
Figure 11-10: Sample Special Order Receipt
Note: AbouttheSaleTransactionReceipt
Inthisexample,thesolditemcountis2indicatingthatthecustomeris
takingtwoitemsfromthestoreatthistime.Thespecialorderitemis
notincludedinthiscount.
Shipping Special Order Items to the Customer

1.
Atthepromptforshippingdestinationinformation,enter/verifythecustomerand
addressinformationforthisspecialorderandselecttheSaveChangesoption.
Figure 11-11: Shipping Destination Address Form
Note: FormoreinformationabouttheChangeCountryoption,see
SearchForm.
2.
AttheSpecialOrderscreen,scanorentertheitemIDtobespecialordered.Allitems
areenteredasspecialorderitems(Figure 115).
Note: Whenenteringitemsforaspecialorderyoumaybenotified
thattheitemisinstock.Youcanchoosetospecialordertheitem
anyway,orreturntothesaletoselltheitemfromstockmerchandise.If
anitemcannotbeaddedtoaspecialorder,OracleRetailXstorePoint
ofServicepromptsyouwithamessageindicatingtheitemisineligible
foraspecialorder.
3.
Dependinguponyourstorepolicy,
youmaybepromptedtoenterthe
dateyouexpecttoreceivetheitemat
thestore.Enterthedateyouexpectto
receivetheitemandpress[Enter].
4.
Whenfinishedenteringspecialorderitems,selectoneofthefollowingoptionsto
continue:
continuesellingregularitems(ifyourstorepolicypermitsthis).
SelecttheCompleteTransactionoptiontocompletethetransactionandbegin
thetenderingprocess.
5.
Dependinguponyoursystemsconfiguration,youmaybepromptedthatashipping
feehasbeenautomaticallyaddedtothespecialorder.Ifprompted,press[Enter]to
acknowledgethisprompt.
6.
Ifyouchosetoexitthespecialordertosellmoreregularitems,theRegisterSale
screendisplays.ThespecialorderitemsareshownontheViewPortalongwiththe
regularitemsinthesale.
7.
Ifyouchosetotenderthesale,thetenderlistisdisplayed.Tenderthesaleusingthe
normaltenderingprocess.
Whenthetransactioniscomplete,thesystemcreatesreceiptsasrequiredbyyour
storepolicy.
Note: Thespecialordermustbepaidinfullforitemsshippeddirectly
tothecustomer.
Special Order Setup/Maintenance Options
Figure 11-12: Special Order Menu Options
Note: TheViewcommentsoptionontheSpecialOrdermenuwill
onlybeactivewhenacommentisassociatedwiththisspecialorder
account.
Duringaspecialordersetuptransactionyoucanalsoperformthefollowingactivities
beforetenderingthesale:
Ifyoucansellnonmerchandiseitemsthatareeligibleforspecialorder,referto
AddingNonMerchandiseItemstotheSaleformoreinformation.
Lookupoptiontofindtheitemnumber.Whenyoulookupanitemwhileina
specialordertransaction,choosetheAddItemmenuoptionontheitemlookup
resultsscreentoaddtheitemtothespecialorder.RefertoSearchingforItems
UsingItemLookupformoreinformation.
Toviewthespecialorderhistory,refertoViewingSpecialOrderHistory.
Toaddawarrantytoanitem,seeAddingaWarrantytoaSpecialOrderItem.
Tomodifythespecialorderaccount,selecttheEditAccountoptionfromthe
SpecialOrderscreenmenu.
Viewing Special Order History

Usingtheseeditaccountoptionsyoucanaddacoupon,addadiscount,addacomment
abouttheaccount,andchangealineitem.RefertoChapter ,ModifyingaSale
Transactionformoreinformationabouttheseoptions.
Figure 11-13: Special Order Edit Account Menu Options
About changing an item

Lineitemchanges(ChangeItemmenuoption)includeoptionssuchaschangingthe
itemquantity,changingtheitemprice,changingtheitemtax,voidingaline,
modifyingandvoidingadiscount,changingthecommissionedassociate,changing
theexpecteddatefortheitem,andadding/editinglineitemcomments.
Note: Ifyoumodifyalineiteminthespecialordersale,theentire
specialorderisrecalculated.Ifanadditionaldepositmustbemade,
youarepromptedtoenterthedepositamount.Ifthechangemakesthe
specialorderoverpaid,arefundisissued.
RefertoModifyingLineItemsinaSaleformoreinformationabouttheseoptions.
Important: Allchangestospecialorderitems
mustbedoneattheSpecialOrderscreen.You
cannotchangespecialorderitemsatthesale
screen.
Tochangeitemquantities,refertoChangingtheItemQuantity.
Tooverrideaprice,refertoChangingtheItemPrice.
Tochangethetaxrate/amount,refertoChangingItemTaxes.
Tovoidanitem,refertoVoidinganItem.
Toadd/change/deletediscounts,refertoAddingaDiscount/AwardtoanItemor
Transaction.
Tospecialordergiftregistryitems,refertoSellingGiftRegistryitems.
Tochangethecommissionedsaleassociateforthesale,refertoChangingthe
CommissionedAssociate.
Tochangetheexpectedarrivaldateforanitem,refertoChangingtheItem
ExpectedDate.
Toadd/editalineitemcomment,refertoAdding/EditingaLineItemComment.
Viewing Special Order History

1.
FromtheSpecialOrderscreenmenu(Figure 1112),selecttheViewHistoryoption.
Adding a Warranty to a Special Order Item
OracleRetailXstorePointofServicedisplaystheSpecialOrderaccountinformation,
includingthestatusofeachitem.
Figure 11-14: Special Order History Screen
2.
Press[Enter]toclosetheSpecialOrderHistoryscreen.
Adding a Warranty to a Special Order Item

Ifanitemonthespecialorderiseligibleforawarranty,theWarrantyoptiononthe
SpecialOrdermenuisactive.Ifnoitemsonthespecialorderareeligibleforawarranty,
thisoptionisnotavailable.
1.
FromtheSpecialOrderscreenmenu,selecttheWarrantyoption.
2.
Followthepromptstoaddawarrantytoanitemortochangethewarrantyowner.
RefertoWarrantyandServicePlanTransactionsformoreinformationabout
warranties.
Changing the Item Expected Date
Changing the Item Expected Date

1.
SelectEditAccount(Figure 1112).
2.
SelectChangeItem(Figure 1113).
3.
SelecttheChangeExpectedDateoptionfromtheSpecialOrderChangeItemmenu.
Figure 11-15: Special Order Change Item Menu - Change Expected Date Option
4.
Usetheupanddownarrowkeystoselecttheitemandpress[Enter]tocontinue.
5.
EntertheexpectedarrivaldatefortheitemintheSpecialOrderExpectedDate
promptandpress[Enter]tocontinue.
Figure 11-16: Special Order Expected Date Prompt
Thenewexpectedarrivaldateisassignedtotheitem.
Picking Up a Special Order

Ifthecustomerhadthespecialorderitem(s)deliveredtothestore,usethefollowing
procedureforpickinguptheitem(s).
Note: Ifyouenterthecustomers
informationatthebeginningofasale
andthecustomersspecialorderitem
hasbeenreceivedatthestore,amessage
displaysindicatingtheorderhasbeen
receivedandisreadyforpickup.Press
[Enter]toacknowledgethemessageand
continuewithstep1below.
1.
AttheRegisterSalescreen,selectExtendedTransaction>SpecialOrderfromthe
ExtendedTransactionmenu.
Note: Ifthecustomerhasalreadybeenassociatedwiththespecial
order,selectthespecialorderaccountfromthelistofaccountsas
showninstep3.
2.
AttheSpecialOrderSearchform,enter/scantherequiredsearchcriteriaandselect
theProcessoption.
3.
Ifmultiplespecialordersmatchtheenteredcriteria,selecttheappropriatespecial
orderfromthelistandpress[Enter]tocontinue.
Figure 11-17: List of Special Orders
Note: AspecialorderwithaCLOSEDstatuscannotbeaccessed.If
youselectaclosedaccount,thesystemnotifiesyouthattheaccountis
closed.
4.
AttheSpecialOrderAccountscreen,selectthePickUpItemoptiontocontinue.
Figure 11-18: Special Order Account Screen
Note: ThePickUpItemoptionisonlyactiveifatleastoneitemonthe
accounthasbeenreceived.
5.
Toselectasingleitemfromthelist,usetheupanddownarrowkeystohighlightit,
pressthe[Spacebar]andpress[Enter].Topickupalloftheitemsthatareready,
selectthePickupAlloption.
Figure 11-19: List of Special Order Items Ready for Pickup
TheitemstatusischangedfromReceivedtoPickedUpontheViewPortasshown
below.
Figure 11-20: View Port Status - After Pickup
6.
Whenfinishedselectingthespecialorderpickupitems,chooseoneofthefollowing
optionstocontinue:
continuesellingregularitems.TheRegisterSalescreendisplaysandthespecial
orderitemsareshownontheViewPortalongwiththeregularitemsinthesale.
<OR>
SelecttheAddTendersoptionorpress[Enter]tocompletethetransaction.The
tenderlistisdisplayedandyoucantenderthesaleusingthenormaltendering
process.
Canceling a Special Order
Special Order Pickup Options

Duringaspecialorderpickuptransaction,youcanalsoperformthefollowingactivities
beforetenderingthesale:
Toaddorviewcommentsaboutthetransaction,refertoSpecialOrderSetup/
MaintenanceOptions.
Toviewthespecialorderhistory,refertoViewingSpecialOrderHistory.
Tocancelthespecialorder,refertoCancelingaSpecialOrder.
Editing Special Order Pickup Items

Ifallowedbyyourstorepolicy,youcanusethefollowingoptionstomodifyalineitem
inthespecialorderpickuptransaction.
Tochangethecommissionedsaleassociateforthesale,refertoChangingthe
CommissionedAssociateformoreinformation.
Tochangethetaxrate/amount,refertoChangingItemTaxesformore
information.
Toadd/change/deletediscounts,refertoItemLevelDiscountsformore
information.
Toremoveanitemfromthespecialorder,refertoVoidinganItemformore
information.

Ifthecustomerhadthespecialorderitem(s)deliveredtothestore,usethefollowing
procedureforcancelingtheitem(s).Tocancelagiftregistryorder,besuretoassignthe
giftregistrypriortocancelingtheorder(seeSellingGiftRegistryitems).
1.
2.
SelecttheSpecialOrderoptionfromtheExtendedTransactionmenu.
Note: Ifthecustomerhasalreadybeenassociatedwiththespecial
order,selectthespecialorderaccountfromthelistofaccountsas
showninstep4below.
3.
AttheSpecialOrderSearchform,enter/scantherequiredsearchcriteriaandselect
theProcessoption.
4.
Ifmultiplespecialordersmatchtheenteredcriteria,selecttheappropriatespecial
orderfromthelistandpress[Enter]tocontinue.
Figure 11-21: List of Special Orders
Note: AspecialorderwithaCLOSEDstatuscannotbeaccessed.If
youselectaclosedaccount,thesystemnotifiesyouthattheaccountis
closed.
5.
AttheSpecialOrderAccountscreen,selecttheCancelSpecialOrderoptionto
continue.
Figure 11-22: Special Order Account Screen

6.
Whenprompted,answerwhetherornotthe
customerispresent:
SelectNoifthecustomerisnotpresent.Whenthecustomerisnotpresent,youmust
usetheBackOfficeescrowprocesstocancelthespecialorder.
a.
Press[Enter]toclosethemessageprompt.ThesystemreturnstotheSpecial
Orderscreen.
Figure 11-23: Use Back Office Prompt
b. SelectExitSpecialOrdertoreturntosalemode.Formoreinformationabout
handlingescrowaccounts,refertotheOracleRetailXstorePointofService
ManagersGuide.
SelectYesifthecustomerispresent.
a.
Whenprompted,selectYestoconfirmyouwanttocancelthespecialorder.The
systemreturnstothesalescreenandtherefundamountisshowontheView
Port.
Figure 11-24: Sale Screen With Refund
b. Tendertherefundandreturnanyamountduebacktothecustomer.
c.
Thesystemcreatesreceiptsasneeded.
12
Work Order Transactions
Overview
WorkOrdersarelaborservicesrequestedbyacustomerandperformedbytheretailer
oranoutsidecontractor.Theymaybefurthersubclassifiedasrepairsoralterations.
ThesystemprovidesWorkOrdertrackingfunctionalitythatallowsaretailertotakein
merchandisefromthecustomerandassociateitwithaPOStrackingrecord.Therecord
identifiestheproduct,itsvalue,condition,customerinformation,andtheworktobe
done.ThekindsofworkthatareperformedonaproductarecalledWorkOrdertasks.
Repairserviceistypicallyfoundinretailenvironmentsthatsellandservice
watches,athleticequipment,andfootwear.Repairservicesusuallyfocusonthe
repairing,settingup,orfittingofproductsfortheretailcustomer.Anexampleof
arepairisfixingaflattireatabicycleshop.AsetupexampleisaHotTub
purchaseinwhichinstallersarerequiredtoconnectthefilterandheating
systems.
Repairsmayvarydependingontheservicebeingperformed.Forinstance,a
sportinggoodsoutletmaytracktheserviceassociatedwiththesizingand
drillingofabowlingballasarepairservice.Thesimilaritiesofthisprocessand
theiractualrepairactivitiesallowretailerstoutilizethesamePOSfunctionto
performmultipleactivities.
Alterationservicesareprimarilyfoundinclothingretaillocations.Retailers
provideanimportantservicebyalteringthegarmentsthattheyselltotheir
customers.Thisservicemaybeabillableactivitytothecustomeroritmaybe
withoutcost.Someretailersextendthisoffertononcustomersorevento
customerswhohaveaproductforalterationthatwasnotpurchasedthrougha
particularoutlet;thisisgenerallyperformedasavalueaddedservicetoloyal
customers.
TasksarethedetailoperationsthatareperformedonaWorkOrderitemand
canbeselectedfromalist.Thesystemalsomaintainsafixedrateofcostforthe
task,adescription,andafreeformcommentfieldthatmaybeusedtodescribe
thetasktobeperformed.Forexample,acommentmaycontainthespecifictext
toengraveorembroideronanitem.
Work Order Transactions 297
Creating a New Work Order

manual.
Aworkordermustbeassociatedwitharegularsaletransactionandacustomername.
1.
2.
AttheExtendedTransactionmenu,selecttheWorkOrderoption.
Figure 12-1: Extended Transaction Menu
Note: Thesystemdoesnotallowyoutocreateaworkorderunless
youhavetherequiredsecurityprivileges.
3.
Thenextstepsdependuponwhetherornotacustomerhasbeenassociatedwiththe
saletransaction:
If no customer is associated with the transaction

1) Ifnocustomerisassociatedwiththetransaction,thesystemdisplaysthe
WorkOrderSearchformshownhere.
Figure 12-2: Work Order Search Form
2) SelectSetUpNew.
Note: Tosearchforanexistingworkorder,enteryoursearchcriteria
andselecttheProcessoption.
3) ThesystemdisplaystheCustomerSearchform.Entersearchcriteriaand
selectProcess.
Selectacustomertoassociatewiththetransaction.
Whencustomerassociationiscomplete,gotostep4.

If a customer is associated with the transaction
Ifacustomerisassociatedwiththetransaction,thesystemautomaticallysearchesfor
workordersforthecustomer.
Ifanestablishedworkorderisnotfound,themessageshownheredisplays.
Figure 12-4: No Matching Work Orders Message
)
)
SelectSetUpNewtocreateanewworkorder.
Gotostep4.
Ifanestablishedworkorderisfound,theworkorderaccountsareshownina
list.
Figure 12-5: Work Order Accounts List
SelectSetUpNewtocreateanewworkorder.
Gotostep4below.
4.
Thesystempromptsforthesourceofinformationabouttheitemthatisreferenced
intheworkorder.
Figure 12-6: Work Order Item Source Prompt
5.
Selectoneofthefollowingoptionsandpress[Enter]:
CurrentTransaction:Theitemisinthecurrentsaletransaction.Thisoptionis
onlyavailableifthereisatleastoneiteminthecurrentsaletransaction.See
WorkOrderItemIntheCurrentSaleTransaction.
ItemNotonFile:Theitemrequiringworkisnotinthesystem.SeeWorkOrder
ItemItemNotonFile.
PreviousTransactionwithReceipt:Theitemisidentifiedonthereceiptfroma
previoustransaction.SeeWorkOrderItemUsingOriginalTransaction
Receipt.
CustomerHistory:Findtheitembysearchingthecustomerspreviouspurchase
transactionhistory.SeeWorkOrderItemCustomerHistory.
NoReceipt:Theitemhasnoreceiptavailableorisnotreferencedonareceipt.
SeeWorkOrderItemNoReceipt;ManualItemEntry.
CustomerHistory:Findtheitembysearchingthecustomerspreviouspurchase
transactionhistory.SeeWorkOrderItemCustomerHistory.
Work Order Item In the Current Sale Transaction

1.
Thesystemdisplaysalistofitemsthatareeligibleforaworkorderinthecurrent
transaction.
Figure 12-7: Items Eligible For Work Order
Tip: Somemerchandiseornonmerchandiseitems(forexample,
loyaltycards,giftcards,giftcertificatesandwarranties)arenot
includedinthelistofitemseligibleforworkorderprocessing.
2.
Usetheupanddownarrowkeystohighlightanitemfromthecurrentsalethatisto
beincludedintheworkorderandpress[Enter].Youcanselectmultipleitemsfrom
thelistbypressingthe[Spacebar]toselectandaddeachitemtotheworkorder.The
systemaddstheselecteditem(s)totheworkorder.
3.
Thesystempromptsyoutospecifyifthereisanotheritemtobeaddedtothework
order:
Figure 12-8: Prompt for Additional Work Order Items
Ifyouneedtoaddadditionalitemstothisworkorder,selecttheEnterMore
Itemsoption.Thesystemreturnstothepromptforworkorderitemsource.See
Figure 126.
<OR>
4.
Iftherearenomoreitemsforthisworkorder,selecttheContinueoption.The
systemdisplaystheworkordercategories.
Thenextstepintheprocessistoselectaworkordercategory.ContinuewithWork
OrderCategories.
Work Order Item Using Original Transaction Receipt

1.
Thesystempromptsyoutoenterinformationfromtheoriginaltransactionreceipt.
YoumayindicatewhetherornotthereceiptisagiftreceiptbyselectingYesorNoin
theGiftReceiptdropdownlist.
Figure 12-9: Original Transaction Search Form

2.
Scantheoriginalreceiptbarcodefromthereceipt,orenterthereceiptinformation
manuallyandselectProcess.
3.
Thesystemdisplaysalistofeligibleitemsfromtheoriginaltransactionandprompts
youtoselecttheitem(s)fortheworkorder.
Figure 12-10: Previous Transaction Item List
Note: Ifapplicable,youcanselectmultipleitemsfromthelistby
pressingthe[Spacebar]toselectandaddeachitemtotheworkorder.
Ifnoitemsintheoriginaltransactionareeligibleforaworkorder,orif
theoriginaltransactioncannotbefound,thesystemdisplaysa
messagenotifyingyouthattherearenoeligibleitemsavailablefora
workorder.
4.
Selecttheitemandpress[Enter].Thesystemaddstheitemtotheworkorder.
5.
order:
Figure 12-11: Additional Work Order Items Prompt
Figure 126.
<OR>
6.
OrderCategories.
Work Order Item No Receipt; Manual Item Entry

1.
AtthepromptforanitemID,entertheItemIDandpress[Enter],orscantheitem.
Figure 12-12: Item ID Prompt
Note: IfyoudonotknowtheitemIDbutyoursystemhasaWork
OrderSKU,youcanenterthatinsteadoftheactualitemID.Youcan
alsouseItemNotOnFilefunctionalitytocapturetheitem
information.
2.
Iftheitemsvaluehasnotbeendeterminedbytheitemselection(valueiszero),enter
thevalueandpress[Enter].
3.
Ifprompted,enteratextdescriptionfortheitemandpress[Enter].
4.
order:
Itemsoption.Thesystemreturnstothepromptforworkorderitemsource.
SeeFigure 126.
<OR>
5.
OrderCategories.
Work Order Item Customer History

1.
Thesystemdisplaysalistofitemsthecustomerhaspurchasedpreviously.
Figure 12-14: Customer History-Previous Items Purchased
2.
Usetheupanddownarrowkeystoscrollthroughthelistandfindtheitem(s)for
theworkorder.Selecttheitem(s)andpress[Enter].Thesystemaddstheselected
item(s)totheworkorder.
Note: Youcanselectmultipleitemsfromtheitemlistbypressingthe
[Spacebar]toselectandaddeachitemtotheworkorder.
3.
order:
Figure 126.
<OR>
4.
OrderCategories.
Work Order Item Item Not on File

1.
Atthepromptforanitemdescription,enteratextdescriptionfortheitemandpress
[Enter].
Figure 12-16: Item Description Prompt
2.
Atthepromptforitemvalue,entertheitemsvalueandpress[Enter].
Figure 12-17: Item Value Prompt
Work Order Categories

3.
order:
Itemsoption.Thesystemreturnstothepromptforworkorderitemsource.
SeeFigure 126.
<OR>
4.
OrderCategories.

Onceyouhaveidentifiedtheitem(s)fortheworkorder,youarepromptedtoselecta
workordercategory.Categoriesmayincluderepairs,alterations,oranyothercategories
thataredeterminedbyyourstoreoperations.
Forexample,repairsmayincludeworkordercategoriessuchasjewelryandwatch
repairs.Workorderalterationsmayincludecategoriessuchasmensclothingand
childrensclothing.
1.
Thesystemdisplaysthelistofworkordercategories.Usetheupanddownarrow
keystochooseacategoryandpress[Enter].
Figure 12-19: Work Order Categories
Note: TheHomeOfficedefinestheWorkOrderAlterationandRepair
categories.
2.
Dependinguponyoursystemsconfiguration,additionalpromptsforinformation
maybedisplayedbasedontheworkordercategoryyouselected.Forexample:
*
PricingcategoryExamplesincludeNoCharge,Warranty,andChargeable.
WarrantyContractNumberThesystempromptsfortheWarrantyPlan
Number.

3.
Youmaybepromptedtosearchforalocationwheretheworkwillbeperformed.If
youdontknowalocation,leavethefieldsblankandselectProcesstoshowall
availablevendors.
Figure 12-20: Work Order Location Search Form
4.
Thesystemdisplaysalistofservicelocations.Selectalocationandpress[Enter].
Figure 12-21: Work Order Vendor List
Note: Toaccommodateinhouseworkordersorasinglelocation
whereworkordersareperformed,thesystemmaybeconfiguredto
skipthelocationselection.
5.
Thesystemdisplaysthetasksthatcanbeperformedontheitem,baseduponthe
servicelocationthatyouselected.
Figure 12-22: Work Order Tasks List
Note: Ataskmaynothaveacostassociatedwithit.Ifitdoesnothave
acost,itmaybeanestimate.Estimatesmustbeconvertedtoactual
amountsbeforethecustomercanpickuptheitem.Pricecategories
suchasNoChargeandWarrantyhavezeroamountsintheCharge
columnontheTaskListform.
6.
Addataskactivitytotheworkorderbyusingtheupanddownarrowkeystoselect
thetaskandpress[Enter].
Thesystemdisplaysthesummaryinformationfortheworkorder.
Figure 12-23: Work Order Summary Information

7.
Youcanmodifytheworkorderorcompletethetransaction:
Note: YoucannotorderoffofaWishListwhencreatingaWork
Order.Youcan,however,addandremovewishlistitemsbyselecting
ViewCustomerandthentheWishListtab(seePurchasingWishList
Item(s)).
Tomodifytheworkorderandaddadditionalinformation,selectfromthefollowing
optionsasneeded:
RefertoModifyingaWorkOrderfordetailedinformationabouteachoftheoptions
shownhere.
Tocompletethisworkordersetupprocess,selectonethefollowingoptions:
*
SelecttheAddTenderoptionortheCompleteTransactionoptionto
completeandtenderthetransaction.Ifpromptedforaworkorderdeposit,
enteradepositamountoracceptthedefaultamountandtenderthe
transaction.
<OR>
SelecttheExitWorkOrderoptiontoreturntothesaleifthecustomerwould
liketocontinuepurchasingadditionalitems.Ifpromptedforaworkorder
deposit,enteradepositamountoracceptthedefaultamountandcontinue
sellingitemsattheSalescreen.
Note: YourstorepolicydeterminesiftheWorkOrdertransactioncan
bemixedwiththesaleofotheritemsontheSalescreen.
Thesystemdisplaystheworkorderinformationthatyouenteredduringthesetup
process.
Figure 12-24: Sale Screen - Work Order Setup Account Information
Whenyoutenderthetransaction,thesystemcreatesreceiptsasrequiredbyyourstores
policy.
Note: Ifthelocationrequiresashipperorareceiver,thesystemwill
createashippingdocument.Oncetheitem(s)areshipped,thesystem
willcreateareceivingdocument.Thedocumentscreatedforwork
ordershippingandreceivingaremanagedintheBackOfficeWork
Ordermodule.RefertotheOracleRetailXstorePointofServiceManagers
Guideformoreinformation.

Receipt Samples:
Customer Sale Receipt Sample
Work Order Receipt, Customer Copy

Sample
Work Order Receipt, Store Copy Sample
Work Order Receipt, Vendor Copy Sample
Modifying a Work Order

Oneormoretasksmaybeassociatedwithaworkorder,andtheycanbemodified
duringorafteritscreation.Iftheworkorderisstillbeingcreated,selecttheTaskMaint
optionwhileintheWorkOrdersmode.
Ifthetransactioninwhichtheworkorderwascreatedhasbeencompleted:
1.
Createanewsaletransaction.
2.
3.
AttheExtendedTransactionmenu,selectWorkOrders.Ifacustomerisassociated
withthetransaction,OracleRetailXstorePointofServicedisplaysalistofwork
ordersforthecustomer.Ifacustomerisnotassociatedwiththetransaction,enterthe
workordersearchcriteriatolocatetheworkorder.
4.
Selecttheworkorderthatincludesthetaskyouwanttoeditandtheworkorderis
displayed.
5.
FromtheWorkOrdermenu,selecttheTaskMaintoption.
Figure 12-25: Work Order Menu
Task Maintenance
Taskmaintenancefunctionsallowyoutomodifytheworkordertasksbyaddingnew
tasks,deletingworkordertasks,andaddingadditionalinformationpertainingtoa
specifictask.
Figure 12-26: Task Maintenance Menu
Note: Thestatusoftheworkorder(shipped,received,etc.)
determinestheoptionsavailablehere.
ThefollowingTaskMaintenanceoptionsareavailable:
AddTaskSelectthisoptiontocreateanadditionaltaskontheworkorder.
a.
Thesystemdisplaystheworkordertasksthatareavailablefortheworkorder
servicelocation.
b. Selectataskfromthelistandpress[Enter].
c.
Thesystemaddsthenewtasktotheworkorder.
DeleteTaskSelectthisoptiontoremoveataskfromtheworkorder.
a.
Thesystemdisplaysalistofthetasksonthecurrentworkorder.
b. Selectthetasktobedeletedfromtheworkorderandpress[Enter].
c.
Thesystemremovesthetaskbyvoidingthelineitemandanyassociated
informationfromtheworkorder.
AddDiscountSelectthisoptiontoaddadiscounttotheworkordertask.
a.
Thesystemdisplaysalistofdiscountsthatmaybeappliedtotheworkorder
task.
b. Selectthetypeofdiscounttobeappliedtotheworkordertaskandpress
[Enter].
c.
Selectthetasktobediscountedandpress[Enter].
d. Selectthediscountfromthelistofavailablediscountsandpress[Enter].
e.
Ifprompted,selectareasonforthediscount,andenteranyotherinformationas
neededwhenprompted.
f.
Thesystemappliesthediscounttothetask(ifpermittedbystorepolicy).
ConvertEstimateSelectthisoptiontochangeanestimatedcostamounttoan
actualcostamount.Anestimatedcostisabestguessforthefinalcostofperforming
thetask,anditisassignedwhentheworkorderiscreated.Afterthetaskis

completed,theactualcostisknown,andtheestimatecanbeconvertedsothatthe
finalpricecanbecalculated.
Note: TheConvertEstimateoptionisonlyavailablewhenan
estimatedtaskisontheworkorder.
a.
Thesystemdisplaysalistofthetasksthathaveestimatedcostsonthecurrent
workorder.
b. Selectthetasktobeconvertedtoanactualcostamountandpress[Enter].
c.
Thesystemdisplaysalistofthetaskswithactualcoststhatareapplicabletothe
workordercategory(repairs,alterations,etc.).
Note: Foreachtaskthathasanestimatedcost,thereisa
correspondingtaskwiththeactualcost.Theseweresetupbythe
HomeOfficeduringtheconfigurationprocessforyoursystem.
d. Selectthemostappropriatetaskanditsactualcostfortheworkorderandpress
[Enter].
e.
Thesystemreplacestheestimatedcostofthetaskwiththeconverted,actual
cost,ontheworkorder.
AddInstructionSelectthisoptiontoenterinformationaltextinstructionsforthe
workorder.
a.
Thesystemdisplaysalistofthetasksonthecurrentworkorder.
b. Selectthetasktobeassociatedwiththeinstructionsandpress[Enter].
c.
Thesystemdisplaysatextentryform.Youcanaddnewinformation,change
existinginformation,ordeleteanyexistinginformation.Press[Enter]afteryou
enteryourcommentorinstructions.
d. Thesystemassociatesthecommentsorinstructionswiththetask.
Item Maintenance
Theitemmaintenancefunctionsallowyoutochangetheworkorderiteminformationby
addingnewitems,deletingitemsfromtheworkorder,oreditinganitemsvalueand
description.Theitemsmaycomefromseveraldifferentsourcesincludingthecurrent
transaction,aprevioustransaction(withorwithoutareceipt),customerhistory,orit
maybeanitemnotfoundinthedatabase.Formoreinformationaboutthis,seestep5.
Oneormoreitemsmaybeassociatedwithaworkorder,andtheycanbemodified
duringorafteritscreation.Iftheworkorderisstillbeingcreated,selecttheItemMaint
optionwhileintheWorkOrdersmode.
1.
2.
3.
ordersforthecustomer.Ifacustomerisnotassociatedwiththetransactionatthis
point,entertheworkordersearchcriteriatolocatetheworkorder.
4.
Selecttheworkorderthatincludestheitemyouwanttoeditandtheworkorderis
displayed.
5.
FromtheWorkOrdermenu,choosetheItemMaintoption(Figure 1225).
ThefollowingItemMaintenanceoptionsareavailable:
Figure 12-27: Item Maintenance Menu -Delete Not Available
AddItemSelectthisoptiontoaddadditionalitemstotheworkorder.
1) Thesystempromptsforthesourceofinformationaboutthenewitemtobe
referencedintheworkorder.
Refertotheworkorderprocessbeginningwithstep4formoreinformation.
2) Enterallinformationforthisnewitemwhenprompted.Thesystemadds
theitemtothecurrentworkorder.
DeleteItemSelectthisoptiontoremoveanitemfromtheworkorder.
Note: TheDeleteItemoptionisonlyavailablewhentherearetwoor
moreitemsontheworkorder.
1) Thesystemdisplaysalistoftheitemsonthecurrentworkorder.
2) Selecttheitemtobedeletedfromtheworkorderandpress[Enter].
3) Thesystemremovestheitemfromtheworkorder.
EditItemValueSelectthisoptiontochangethevalueofanitemonthework
order.
2) Selecttheitemyouwanttochangeandpress[Enter].
3) Thesystempromptsyoutoenteranewvaluefortheselecteditem.
4) Enterthenewvalueandpress[Enter].
5) Thesystemupdatesthevalueoftheitemontheworkorder.
EditItemDescriptionSelectthisoptiontochangethetextdescriptionofan
itemontheworkorder.
2) Selecttheitemyouwanttochangeandpress[Enter].
3) Thesystempromptsyoutoenteranewtextdescriptionfortheselected
item.
4) Enterthenewdescriptionandpress[Enter].

5) Thesystemupdatesthedescriptionoftheitemontheworkorder.
Parts Maintenance
ThePartsMaintenancefunctionsallowyoutoaddordeletesupplementarypartsfroma
workorder.Apartmaybeanythingthatisrequiredtocompleteatask.Oneormore
partsmaybeassociatedwithaworkorder,andtheycanbeaddedordeletedduringor
afteritscreation.Iftheworkorderisstillbeingcreated,selectthePartsMaintoption
whileinWorkOrdermode.Ifthetransactioninwhichtheworkorderwascreatedhas
beencompleted:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Selecttheworkorderthatrequirestheadditionordeletionofapart.Thesystem
displaystheworkorder.
5.
FromtheWorkOrdermenu(Figure 1225),choosethePartsMaintoption.
ThefollowingPartsMaintenanceoptionsareavailable:
Figure 12-28: Parts Maintenance Menu
AddPartsSelectthisoptiontoenteranitemIDthatmustbepurchasedtocomplete
theworkorder.Itisincludedaspartoftheworkorderrecord.
a.
Thesystempromptsforthepartidentifiertobeaddedtotheworkorder.
b. EnterorscantheitemIDorUPCandpress[Enter].
c.
Thesystemupdatestheworkorderwiththeinformationforthesupplementary
parts.
DeletePartsSelectthisoptiontoremoveasupplementarypartfromaworkorder.
Note: TheDeletePartsoptionisonlyavailablewhenaparthasbeen
addedtothisaccount.
a.
Thesystemdisplaysalistofthesupplementarypartsonthecurrentworkorder.
b. Selectthesupplementaryparttobedeletedfromtheworkorderandpress
[Enter].
c.
Thesystemremovesthesupplementarypartfromtheworkorderandupdates
theworkorderaccountinformation.
Edit Line Item

EditLineItemfunctionsallowyoutochangethequantity,price,andtaxonalineitemin
theworkorder.
Aworkordermaycontainoneormorelineitems,andtheycanbeeditedduringorafter
itscreation.Iftheworkorderisstillbeingcreated,selecttheEditLineItemoptionwhile
intheWorkOrdersmode.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Selecttheworkorderthatincludesthelineitem(s)tobeedited.Thesystemdisplays
theworkorder.
5.
FromtheWorkOrdermenu(Figure 1225),choosetheEditLineItemoption.
ThefollowingEditLineItemoptionsareavailable:
Figure 12-29: Edit Line Item Menu
ChangeQuantitySelectthisoptiontochangethequantityofanitem.
a.
Thesystemdisplaysalistofthelineitemsonthecurrentworkorder.
b. Selectthelineitemtobechangedandpress[Enter].
c.
Thesystempromptsyoutoenteranewquantityfortheselecteditem.
d. Enterthenewquantityandpress[Enter].
e.
Thesystemupdatesthelineitemquantityontheworkorder.
Note: Ifthequantityyouenteredisnotallowedforthelineitem,the
systemdisplaysamessageindicatingthereasonthequantitychangeis
notallowed.Youmustacknowledgethismessagetocontinue.
ChangePriceSelectthisoptiontochangethepriceofanitem.
a.
c.
Thesystempromptsyoutoenteranewpricefortheselecteditem.
d. Enterthenewpriceandpress[Enter].

e.
Thesystemupdatesthelineitempriceontheworkorder.Ifthepriceyou
enteredisnotallowedforthelineitem,thesystemdisplaysamessageindicating
thereasonthepricechangeisnotallowed.Youmustacknowledgethismessage
tocontinue.
ChangeTaxSelectthisoptiontochangethetaxamountforanitem.Youcan
changetheitemstaxlocation,changetheitemtotaxexempt,orchangetheitems
taxamountorpercent.
a.
c.
Thesystempromptsyouforspecificinformationforthetypeoftaxchange
baseduponthetaxchangeoptionyouchose.RefertoChangingItemTaxesfor
d. Entertheinformationasrequired;thesystemupdatesthelineitemtaxonthe
workorder.
Work Order Maintenance
WorkOrdermaintenancefunctionsallowyoutoadd,change,andmaintainwork
orders.
Aworkordermaybeeditedduringorafteritscreation.Iftheworkorderisstillbeing
created,selecttheWorkOrderMaintoptionwhileintheWorkOrdersmode.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Selecttheworkorderthatyouwanttoedit.Thesystemdisplaystheworkorder.
5.
FromtheWorkOrdermenuFigure 1225,choosetheWorkOrderMaintoption.
ThefollowingWorkOrderMaintenanceoptionsareavailable:
Figure 12-30: Work Order Maintenance Menu
CancelWorkOrderSelectthisoptionfromtheWorkOrderMaintmenutocancel
anexistingworkorder.
a.
Withtheworkorderdisplayed,selecttheCancelWorkOrderoption.
b. Attheprompttoconfirmtheworkordercancellation,selectYes.
c.
ThesystemreturnstotheSalescreenwhereyoucanrefundanymoneydueto
thecustomer.
ChangePriceTypeSelectthisoptionfromtheWorkOrderMaintmenutochange
thepricefromactualtoestimatedorviceversa,ortochangefromchargeableto
warranty.Youmayalsoselectnocharge.Forexample,acustomermaynothavethe
warrantyinformationinhandwhentheworkorderissetup.Ifthecustomerreturns
atalaterdatewithproofofavalidwarranty,youcanusethisoptiontochangethe
workorderpricefromchargeabletofullwarrantyorlimitedwarranty.
a.
Thesystemdisplaystheworkorderpricecodelist.
Figure 12-31: Work Order Price Code List
b. Selectapricecodefromthelistandpress[Enter].
c.
Thesystemupdatesthecurrentworkorderchargetothenewprice.
EditApprovedAmountSelectthisoptiontochangetheamountthathasbeenpre
approvedbythecustomerfortherepairoralteration.
Figure 12-32: Prompt for Customer-Approved Amount
a.
Thesystempromptsfortheamountapprovedbythecustomerforthiswork
order.Theamountcurrentlyapprovedbythecustomerdisplaysbydefault.The
newamountenteredheremustbegreaterthantheamountforanytasksonthe
workorder,ifapplicable.
b. Entertheamountabovewhichthecustomermustbenotifiedbeforeactualwork
canbedonetotheitemandpress[Enter].
c.
Thesystemupdatesthecurrentworkorderwiththenewamount.
EditPrioritySelectthisoptiontochooseadifferentpriority.Thedefaultpriorityis
Normalwhentheworkorderissetup.
a.
Thesystemdisplaysalistofprioritylevelsforaworkorder.Forexample,
Normal,Priority,andUrgent.
Figure 12-33: Priority Levels

b. Selectanewpriorityfromthelistandpress[Enter].
c.
Thesystemupdatesthecurrentworkorderwiththenewpriority.
EditNoticeDateSelectthisoptiontochangethedatethatanoticewassenttothe
customer.
a.
Thesystempromptsforthedatethecustomerwaslastnotifiedaboutthiswork
order.
Figure 12-34: Customer Notice Date Entry Prompt
b. Enterthedatethecustomerwasmostrecentlynotifiedaboutthisworkorder
andpress[Enter].
c.
Thesystemupdatesthecurrentworkorderwiththenewcustomernotification
date.
EditFinishDateSelectthisoptiontochangethedatethefinisheditemhasbeen
promisedtothecustomer.Thedatecanbechangedfromthedefaultdateassigned
whentheworkorderwassetuporiginally.
a.
Thesystempromptsforthenewdatetheworkorderrepair/alterationwillbe
completed).
Figure 12-35: Prompt for a New Expected Finish Date
b. Enterthedatethisworkorderwillbefinishedandpress[Enter].Thismustbea
futuredate.
c.
Thesystemupdatesthecurrentworkorderwiththenewdatetheitemrepair/
alterationwillbecompleted.
EditServiceLocationSelectthisoptiontochooseadifferentlocationwherework
willbeperformed.
a.
Thesystempromptsforthenewservicelocationwheretheworkwillbe
performed.YoumayentersearchcriteriaandselectProcessorjustselect
Processtodisplayalllocations.
Figure 12-36: Service Location Search Form
b. Whenthelistofservicelocationsdisplays,selectalocationandpress[Enter].
c.
Thesystemupdatesthecurrentworkorderwiththenewservicelocation.
EditContactMethodSelectthisoptiontomodifythemethodofcommunication
usedtocontactacustomer.
a.
Thesystemdisplaysalistofcustomercontactmethods.Forexample,Cell
Phone,HomePhone,Email,etc.
Figure 12-37: Contact Method List
b. Selectacontactmethodfromthelistandpress[Enter].
c.
Thesystemupdatesthecurrentworkorderwiththenewcustomercontact
methodinformation.
PickupWorkOrderSelectthisoptionwhenacompletedworkorderisreadyfor
customerpickup.Thisoptionisonlyavailablewhentheworkorderitemisfinished
andreadyforcustomerpickup.RefertoPickingUpaCompletedWorkOrderfor
moreinformation.
EditAccountStatusSelectthisoptiontochooseadifferentstatusforthework
order.

a.
Thesystemdisplaysalistofworkorderstatusoptions.Forexample,ReadyFor
Pickup,InProgress,Pending,etc.
Figure 12-38: Account Status List
b. Selectanewworkorderstatusfromthelistandpress[Enter].
c.
Thesystemupdatesthestatusofthecurrentworkorder.
Note: IfyoutrytochangethestatusoftheworkordertoReadyFor
Pickup,thesystemnotifiesyouifthereareanytaskswithestimated
pricesontheworkorder.Youmustconvertestimatedpricestoactual
pricesbeforeyoucancontinue.Acknowledgethispromptandconvert
allestimatedpricestoactualprices.RefertoTaskMaintenanceforthe
proceduretomaketheconversion.
Work Order History

WorkOrderHistoryandCommentsfunctionsallowyoutoviewthehistoryofthework
orderandaddcommentstoit.Iftheworkorderisstillbeingcreated,selecttheHistory/
CommentsoptionwhileintheWorkOrdersmode.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Selecttheworkorderthatyouwanttoedit.Thesystemdisplaystheworkorder.
5.
FromtheWorkOrdermenuFigure 1225,choosetheHistory/Commentsoption.
ThefollowingHistory/Commentsfunctionsareavailable:
Figure 12-39: History/Comments Menu
ViewHistorySelectthisoptiontoseetheworkorderaccounthistory.The
informationshownhereincludestheaccountnumber,setupdate,status,and
balancedue.
a.
Thesystemdisplaysaformshowingtheworkorderaccountinformation.You
mayusetheupanddownarrowkeystoscrollthroughthescreenifthereare
morelinesthancanbedisplayedatonce.
Figure 12-40: Work Order History Screen
b. Press[Enter]toclosetheformandreturntotheWorkOrderSummaryscreen.
Picking Up a Completed Work Order
ViewCommentsSelectthisoptiontoseeanycommentsassociatedwiththework
order.
a.
Thesystemdisplaysanycommentsassociatedwiththisworkorderaccount.
Youmayusetheupanddownarrowkeystoscrollthroughthescreenifthere
aremorecommentsthancanbedisplayedatonce.
Figure 12-41: Work Order Comments Display
b. Press[Enter]toclosethecommentsformandreturntotheWorkOrder
Summaryscreen.
AddCommentSelectthisoptiontoaddacommenttothisworkorder.
a.
Thesystemdisplaysafreetextcommentform.
Figure 12-42: Entry Form for Work Order Comments
b. Typeacommenttobeassociatedwiththisworkorderaccount.
c.
Press[Enter]toclosethecommententryformandreturntotheWorkOrder
Summaryscreen.

Whenacustomerisassociatedwithasaletransaction,thesystemmayautomatically
notifyyouifthecustomerhasaworkorderthatrequiresattention.Forexample,you
maybepromptedifthecustomersworkorderisreadyforpickup.Press[Enter]to
acknowledgethisprompt.
Figure 12-43: Work Order Requires Attention Prompt
1.
AttheSalescreen,selectExtendedTransactionandtheWorkOrderoptiontopick
upworkorderitemsortoviewworkorderaccountinformation.
2.
AttheWorkOrderSearchform,ifprompted,selecttheworkorderaccountfromthe
listandpress[Enter].Iftheworkorderisnotlisted,enterthesearchcriteriaforthe
workorder,orscanthecustomersworkorderreceipt.
3.
Withtheworkorderdisplayed,selecttheWorkOrderMaintenanceoption.
Figure 12-44: Work Order - Ready For Pickup Status

4.
FromtheWorkOrderMaintenancemenu,selectthePickupWorkOrdermenu
buttonoption.
Figure 12-45: Work Order Ready For Pickup - Work Order Maintenance Menu
5.
ThesystemaddsthecompletedworkorderitemtotheSalescreen.Tenderthe
transactiontocompletetheworkorder.
Figure 12-46: Work Order on the Sale Screen
13
Warranty and Service Plan Transactions
Overview
Awarranty/serviceplanisapromisemadebyamanufacturerorsellertosupporta
productafteritspurchase.Typically,thisinvolvesthepurchaseofacontractthatcovers
thecostsofpartsandserviceonanitembeyondthemanufacturersoriginalwarranty
period.
Additionalbenefitsmaybeofferedduringthemanufacturerswarrantyandthroughout
theentirecoverageperiod.Awarranty/serviceplanmaybeofferedtoacustomerduring
asalestransaction.Itmayalsobeusedtobringthecustomerbacktothestorewhenthe
planincludesanoptionforperiodicmerchandiseinspections.
Warranty/serviceplanspecificationsaredefinedanddownloadedfromthehomeoffice.
Note: Thetermswarranty/serviceplan,warrantyplan,warranty,and
planareusedinterchangeablyinthisguide.
Warranty and Service Plan Transactions 331
Selling a Warranty/Service Plan

1.
Whenyousellanitemthatiseligibleforawarrantyorserviceplan,thesystem
automaticallydisplaysalistofplansthatareavailableforthespecificitem.
Figure 13-1: Warranty Plans
Tip:
Itemsthatareeligibleforwarrantyplansbuthavenotbeen
associatedwithanyplanshowtheNoWarrantyPurchased
ontheViewPort.
symbol
Onlywarrantyplansthatapplytotheitemareshowninthislist.
Table 13-1: Warranty Plans
If the customer...
then...
wantstopurchaseawarranty/
serviceplan,
selectawarrantyplanfromthelist.
SeeFigure 131.
selecttheAddPlanoptiontoaddthewarranty
item(asanonmerchandiseitem)tothesale.
gotostep2below.
doesnotwanttopurchasea
warranty/serviceplan,
press[Esc]toreturntothesaleandcontinueselling
items.
Note: TheNoWarrantyPurchasedsymbol
indicatesthatthewarrantyforthisitemwas
declined.
tenderthetransactionwhenthesaleiscomplete.
Ifthecustomerdecidestopurchasethewarrantyafteryou
escapefromthewarrantyplanscreenbutbeforetenderingyoucan
addthewarrantytotheitemfromtheExtendedTransactionmenu.Refer
toToAddaWarranty/ServicePlantoanItemIntheCurrent
Transactionfortheprocedure.
Tip:
2.
Afterthewarrantyitemisaddedtothesaleasanonmerchandiseitem,thesystem
promptsforthecustomertobeassociatedwiththiswarranty.
Note: Sinceawarranty/serviceplanmusthaveanowner,youmust
associateacustomernamewiththeplan.Theplanownermaybea
differentpersonthanthecustomerwhopurchasestheitemandthe
warranty/serviceplan.Forexample,thecustomermaypurchasean
itemasagiftandalsowantstoassignthewarrantytotheperson
receivingthegift.

If a customer is associated with this sale
Whenacustomerisassociatedwiththissale,thesystempromptsyoutoverifythat
thiscurrentcustomerownsthewarranty/serviceplan.
Figure 13-2: Warranty Customer Prompt
SelectYesifthecustomerassociatedwiththecurrentsaleisalsotheperson
tobenamedonthewarranty/serviceplan.Thesystemaddsthewarranty
customersnametothewarrantyplan.
Figure 13-3: Sale Customer Same As Warranty Plan Owner
SelectNotoassociateadifferentcustomerwiththiswarranty/serviceplan.
Thesystempromptsforcustomerinformation.Enterthewarranty
customersinformationasrequired.Thewarrantycustomersnameisadded
tothewarrantyplan.
Figure 13-4: Sale Customer Different than the Warranty Plan Owner
If no customer is currently associated with this sale

Whennocustomerisassociatedwiththissale,thesystempromptsforwarranty
customerinformation.
1) Enterthecustomersinformationasrequired.
2) Thesystempromptstoconfirmthatthisisthecustomerwhowillownthe
warrantyplan.
SelectYesifthisisthecustomertobenamedonthewarranty/serviceplan.Thesystemadds
thewarrantycustomersnametothewarrantyplan.
SelectNoifthisisnotthecorrectwarrantycustomersname.Thesystemrepromptsfora
customersnameforthewarrantyplan.
3.
Whenthesaletransactionistendered,thesystemcreatesreceiptsasrequiredby
yourstorespolicy.
Figure 13-6: Warranty Receipt Example
Figure 13-5: Customer Sale Receipt With Warranty Item

Example
Adding a Warranty/Service Plan After a Purchase

Acustomermaydecidetopurchaseawarranty/serviceplanafterpurchasinganitem.
Forexample,theitemmayhavebeenpurchasedasagiftandtherecipientwouldliketo
purchaseawarrantyfortheitem.Perhapsthecustomerhasreconsideredthewarranty
optionandreturnstothestorelatertopurchasethewarranty.Youcanalsoadda
warrantyplaninthecurrenttransactionifthecustomerdeclinesthewarrantyatfirst
andreconsidersthedecisionbeforethetransactionistendered.
Note: Warranty/ServicePlansareonlyavailablefordesignateditems
asdeterminedbythehomeoffice.
1.
Inasaletransaction,selectExtendedTransaction.
2.
SelecttheWarrantyoptiontoviewtheWarrantymenu.
YouhavethefollowingoptionsontheWarrantymenu:
Figure 13-7: Warranty Menu
AddWarrantySelectthisoptiontoaddawarrantytoapreviouslypurchased
item.SeeAddingaWarranty/ServicePlantoanItem.
ChangeCustomerSelectthisoptiontochangetheownerofthewarrantywhen
thewarrantyinformationisdisplayedontheViewPort.SeeChangingthe
Warranty/ServicePlanCustomer.
Note: Validationpromptsyoumaysee
Ifyoutrytoaddawarranty/serviceplan
toineligibleitems,OracleRetailXstore
PointofServicedisplaysamessage
indicatingthattherearenowarranty
eligibleitemsinthetransaction.
Acknowledgethismessagebypressing
[Enter]orselectingOktocontinue.
Ifyoutrytochangewarrantycustomer
informationinatransactionthatdoesnot
includeanywarranties,OracleRetailXstore
PointofServicedisplaysamessageindicating
thattherearenowarrantiesinthetransaction.
Acknowledgethismessagebypressing[Enter]
orselectingOktocontinue.
Adding a Warranty/Service Plan to an Item

1.
SelecttheAddWarrantyoptionfromtheWarrantymenu.SeeFigure 137.
Thesystempromptsyoutoselectasourceforlocatingapreviouslypurchaseditem
thatwillbecoveredbyawarranty/serviceplan:
Figure 13-8: Add Item Warranty Options
SelectCurrentTransactioniftheitemisinthecurrenttransaction.Usethisoption
forcustomerswhooriginallydeclinethewarranty/serviceplanbutchangetheir
mindsbeforethetransactionistendered.SeeToAddaWarranty/ServicePlantoan
ItemIntheCurrentTransaction.
SelectCustomerHistorytolocatetheiteminthecustomerspurchaserecord.A
customermustbeassociatedwiththetransaction,otherwise,amessagedisplaysand
indicatesthatnoitemsareeligibleforawarranty.Usethisoptionifthecustomer
doesnothavetheoriginalreceipt,butthepurchaserecordcanbefoundinthe
purchasehistoryforthecustomer.SeeToAddaWarranty/ServicePlantoanItem
UsingCustomerHistoryInformation.
SelectPreviousTransactionwithReceiptifthecustomerhastheoriginalreceiptfor
theitem.Thesystemretrievestheiteminformationfromtheoriginalreceipt.SeeTo
AddaWarranty/ServicePlantoanItemUsingtheCustomersOriginalSale
Receipt.
SelectManualEntrytoentertheiteminformationmanually.Usethisoptionifthe
customerdoesnothavetheoriginalreceiptandthepurchaserecordcannotbefound
inthepurchasehistoryforthecustomer.SeeToAddaWarranty/ServicePlantoan
ItemManualEntry.
To Add a Warranty/Service Plan to an Item

In the Current Transaction
Usethisoptionforcustomerswhooriginallydeclinethewarranty/serviceplanforan
eligibleitembutchangetheirmindsbeforethetransactionistendered.
Ifthecustomerdeclinedtopurchasethewarrantyforaniteminthecurrentsale,the
NoWarrantyPurchasedsymboldisplaysnexttotheiteminformationontheViewPort.
Figure 13-9: Sale With Declined Warranty Item
1.
Topurchaseawarranty/serviceplanforthisitem,selectExtendedTransaction>
Warranty>AddWarranty.
2.
Thesystemdisplaysalistofsourcesfortheitemthatwillhavethewarranty.Select
CurrentTransactionfromthelistofitemsources.
Figure 13-10: Locate Item for Warranty - Current Transaction Option
3.
Thesystemdisplaysalistofwarrantyeligibleitemsinthetransaction.Selectthe
itemthatwillbeassociatedwiththewarrantyandpress[Enter].
Figure 13-11: List Of Items Eligible For A Warranty/Service Plan

4.
Thesystemdisplaysalistofwarrantyplansthatcanbeassociatedwiththeitem.
SelectthewarrantyplanoptionfromthelistandselecttheAddPlanoptiontoadd
thewarrantyplan(asanonmerchandiseitem)tothesale.
Figure 13-12: Warranty Plan Options for the Selected Item
5.
Thesystempromptsforthecustomertobeassociatedwiththiswarranty.Referto
step2formoreinformationaboutassociatingacustomerwithawarranty/service
plan.
Whenyoutenderthesaletransaction,thesystemcreatesareceiptwiththewarranty
details.

Using Customer History Information
Usethisoptiontolocatetheiteminthecustomerspurchasehistoryrecord.
1.
Inasaletransaction,selectExtendedTransaction>Warranty>AddWarranty.
2.
SelecttheCustomerHistoryoptionfromthelistofsourcesandpress[Enter].
Figure 13-13: Locate Item - Customer History Option
3.
Thesystemdisplaysalistofwarrantyeligibleitemsthecustomerhaspurchased.
Selecttheitemthecustomerwouldliketopurchaseawarrantyplanforandpress
[Enter].
Figure 13-14: Customer History-Previous Items Purchased

4.
Thesystemdisplaysalistofwarrantyplanoptionsassociatedwiththisitem.Select
thewarrantyplanoptionfromthelist,andselecttheAddPlanoptiontoaddthe
warrantyplan(asanonmerchandiseitem)tothesale.
Figure 13-15: Warranty Plan Options for the Selected Item
5.
plan.
details.

Using the Customers Original Sale Receipt
Usethisoptionwhenthecustomerhastheoriginalreceiptfortheitem.Thesystem
retrievestheiteminformationfromtheoriginaltransactionreceipt.
1.
2.
SelectthePreviousTransactionWithReceiptoptionfromthelistofwarrantyitem
sourceandpress[Enter].
Figure 13-16: Locate Item - Previous Transaction With Receipt Option
3.
Atthepromptfororiginaltransactioninformation,scanthebarcodefromthe
originalreceipt,orentertherequiredoriginaltransactioninformationandselect
Processtocontinue.
Thesystemfindstheoriginaltransactioninformationinthedatabaseanddisplaysa
listofitemsfoundinthetransactionthatareeligibleforawarrantyplan.
Figure 13-17: Original Transaction Item(s) Eligible for a Warranty Plan
Note: Onlywarrantyeligibleitemsareshowninthislist.
4.
Selecttheitemtobecoveredbyawarrantyplanandpress[Enter]tocontinue.

Thesystemdisplaysalistofwarrantyplansthatareapplicabletothisitem.
Figure 13-18: Warranty Plan List
5.
SelectthewarrantyplanoptionfromthelistandselecttheAddPlanoptiontoadd
thewarrantyitem(asanonmerchandiseitem)tothesale.
6.
plan.
details.

Manual Entry
Usethisoptionifthecustomerdoesnothavetheoriginalreceiptandthepurchase
recordcannotbefoundinthepurchasehistoryforthecustomer.
1.
2.
SelecttheManualEntryoptionfromthelistofwarrantysourcesandpress[Enter].
Figure 13-19: Locate Item - Manual Entry Option
Changing the Warranty/Service Plan Customer
3.
Thesystempromptsforthewarrantieditem.TypetheitemIDandpress[Enter],or
scantheitembarcode.
Figure 13-20: Warrantied Item ID Prompt
4.
Ifprompted,enterthepriceofthewarrantieditem,withoutadecimalpoint,and
press[Enter]tocontinue.
Figure 13-21: Warrantied Item Price Prompt
Thesystemdisplaysalistofplanoptionsassociatedwiththisitem.
Figure 13-22: Warranty Plans Associated with the Item
5.
Selectawarrantyplanfromthelist.ChoosetheAddPlanoptiontoincludeit(asa
nonmerchandiseitem)inthesale.
6.
plan.
details.

Usethisprocesstochangetheownerofthewarranty/serviceplan.

1.
AttheSalescreen,withthewarrantysaletransactiondisplayedintheViewPort,
selectExtendedTransaction>Warranty>ChangeCustomer.
Figure 13-23: Warranty Menu - Change Customer Option
2.
Thesystemdisplaysalistofthewarrantiesonthecurrenttransaction.Selectthe
warranty/serviceplanyouwanttoupdateandpress[Enter].
Figure 13-24: List Of Warranties on the Current Transaction
3.
Thesystempromptsforcustomerinformation.Entertheinformationforthenew
warranty/serviceplanownerasrequiredbyyourstorespolicy.
Thesystemupdatesthewarrantyplan
informationwiththenewwarrantycustomers
nameandinformation.
Whenthesaletransactioniscompleted,thesystemcreatesareceiptwiththe
warrantydetails.
14
Order Transactions via Order Broker
Overview
OracleRetailOrderBrokerCloudService(formerlyknownasMICROSRetailLocate)is
anoptionalmodulethatcanbeinterfacedwithOracleRetailXstorePointofServiceto
provideinformationaboutinventoryavailabilityacrossallsaleschannels.
UsingthisOrderfunctionality,youcansellanitemthatisnotinstockatyourstoreand
theOrderBrokerCloudServicemoduleautomaticallyselectsthebestlocationtofulfill
thecustomersorderacrosstheenterprise.
Therearemultiplepurchasingoptionsavailable,suchassamestorepickup,different
storepickup,anddeliverytoacustomerspecifiedaddress.Youcantrackandmaintain
theordersusingtheBackOfficeCustomerMaintenancefunction.SeetheOracleRetail
XstorePointofServiceManagersGuideformoreinformationaboutBackOffice
processing.
Note: OrderBrokerorderscannotbesetupwithothertransaction
types.Onceyouaddaniteminaregularsaleorreturntransaction,you
cannotsetupaneworder.
Message Bar Alerts

Note: Toviewthemessagebarinformationhere,youmusthavea
touchscreenoramouse.Thisadditionalinformationisviewonly.
Clickthemessagebartoviewinformationaboutnewordersthatrequireyourattention.
New Order Statistics:
TotalNewOrdersThetotalnumberofneworders.
ShipOrdersThenumberoforderswaitingtobeshippedfromthisstore.
CustomerPickUpOrdersThenumberoforderstobepickedupinthisstore.
ItemsAwaitingPickThenumberofitemsthatmustbesetasidefortheorders.
AverageOrderAgeTheaverageageoftheordersawaitingfulfillment,indays
andhours,orminutes.
OldestOrderAgeTheageoftheoldestorderawaitingfulfillment,indaysand
hours,orminutes.
UnfulfillableOrdersThenumberofitemsthatcannotbefilled.Whenanorder
isrejected,thestatusbecomesunfulfillable.
Order Transactions via Order Broker 347
Overview
SeetheOracleRetailXstorePointofServiceManagers
Guideformoreinformationaboutprocessingordersin
thebackoffice.
Available Options for Orders

Pickup Other Store
Ifanitemisnotavailableinyourstore,usethisoptiontofindanotherstorelocation
wheretheitemiscurrentlyavailable.Thecustomercanpickuptheitemfromthatstore
onceitisinastatusofReadyforPickUp.Inthisscenario,bothordercreationandorder
fulfillmentisbeingdonebytheOracleRetailXstorePointofServicesystem.Inventory
comesoutofthefulfillingstore.InOracleRetailXstorePointofService,thisordertypeis
definedasPickup.
Customer Delivery
Ifanitemisnotavailableinyourstore,usethisoptiontohavetheitemshippeddirectly
tothecustomershome(orspecifiedaddress).OrdercreationisdonebytheOracleRetail
XstorePointofServicesystem.Inthisscenario,orderfulfillmentmaybedonebythe
OracleRetailXstorePointofServicesystem,orbyanexternalsystem.Inventorycomes
outofthefulfillinglocation.InOracleRetailXstorePointofService,thisordertypeis
definedasDelivery.
Pickup This Store
Ifanitemisnotavailableinyourstore,usethisoptiontohavetheitemshippedtoyour
storeforpickupatalatertime.Inthisscenario,ordercreationandorderfulfillmentare
bothhandledbythesameOracleRetailXstorePointofServicestorelocation.Inventory
issourcedoutofanotherlocationandshippedtotheOracleRetailXstorePointof
Servicelocation.InOracleRetailXstorePointofService,thisordertypeisdefinedas
TransferPickup.
Web/Phone Order (Fulfillment only)
Ifthecustomerusesanotherchannel(forexample,web,callcenter,etc.)tocreatean
orderforpickupataselectedOracleRetailXstorePointofServicestorelocation,your
storemaybeidentifiedasthefulfillinglocation.InOracleRetailXstorePointofService,
thisordertypeisdefinedasWebPickup.
Note: RefertotheOracleRetailXstorePointofServiceManagersGuide
formoreinformationaboutfulfillingorders.
Overview
Order Status
Thefollowingtabledescribesorderanditemstatusvalues:
Table 14-1: Order and Item Status Values
Order Status Value
Item Status Value
OpenIfoneoftheitemsisinthefollowing
NewIndicatestheitemhasbeenaddedto
status:neworder,polled,accepted,orin
transit.
theorder.
Note: Itispossibleforanopenorderto
beunderreviewandunabletobe
processedduringthistime.Refertothe
OracleRetailXstorePointofService
ManagersGuide.
ReadyforPickUpAllitemsarein
PolledIndicatesthesource/fulfilling
locationgottheitemrequest.
AcceptedIndicatesthesourcelocationhas
confirmeditcansatisfytheorderrequest.
ReservedIndicatestheitemhasbeenput
asideforthecustomeratthesource/fulfilling
location.
reservedorreceivedstatus(canalsoinclude
cancelleditem).
InTransitIndicatestheitemhasbeen
ReadytoShipThisisapplicableonlyfor
ReceivedIndicatestheitemhasbeen
customerdeliveryordelayedpickup(aka
pickupfromthisstore).Allitemsmustbe
reservedorcancelled.
CompleteTheorderhasbeencompleted.
CancelledAllitemsarecancelled.
UnfulfillableAllitemsareunfulfillableor
amixofunfulfillableandcancelled.
Unfulfillableitemsarethosethathavebeen
rejectedeithermanuallybythereceivingstore
orautomaticallybytheOrderBroker.
shipped.
receivedinthestore.
FulfilledIndicatestheitemhasbeenpicked
up/delivered.
CancelledIndicatestheitemhasbeen
cancelled.
RejectedIndicatesthesourcelocationhas
rejectedtheorderandtheitemissourcedfrom
anotherlocation.Thestatusoftheorder
becomesunfulfillable.
UnfulfillableIndicatestheitemhasbeen
rejectedandanalternativelocationcouldnot
bedetermined.
Order Broker Order Processing

AcustomerisrequiredforOrderBrokerorders.Youmustassignacustomertothe
transactionwhenyouselecttheOrdermenuoptionifyoudidnotdosoatthebeginning
ofthetransaction.Toassociateacustomerwiththeorder,selectCustomerOptions,
AssignCustomeroptionsattheSalescreen.
Ifthecustomerisnotinthedatabase,thesystemdisplaysamessageindicatingthe
customerwasnotfound.YoumustselecttheNewoptiontosetupthecustomerbefore
theordersetupcancontinue.RefertoAssociatingaCustomerwiththeSaleformore
informationaboutsettingupacustomer.
Searching for Order Broker Orders

1.
2.
AttheExtendedTransactionmenu,selecttheOrderoption.
BasedonwhetherornotacustomerhasbeenassigneddeterminesOracleRetailXstore
PointofServicebehavior:
If
then
Acustomerhas
beenassociated
withthis
transaction.
Thesystemautomaticallysearchesthedatabasetolocateanyopenorder
accountsforthiscustomer.
Ifanyordersarefound,
anotificationprompt
displays.Followthe
instructionsonthe
prompttocontinue
withthetransaction.
IfnoOrderBroker
orderaccountisfound,OracleRetailXstorePoint
ofServiceprovidesoptionstosetupaneworder
(New)ortoperformanothersearch(Order
Search).
SelectNewtosetupanewOrder.Continue
withSettingUpaNewOrder.
<OR>
SelectOrderSearchtoopentheOrder
Searchformtosearchforanexistingorder.
Acustomerhasnot
beenassociated
withthis
transaction.
ThesystemdisplaystheOrderSearchform.
EntersearchcriteriaandselectProcesstosearchforanexistingorder.
<OR>
SelectNewtoentercustomerinformation,thencontinuewithSettingUpa
NewOrder.
3.
Ifmultipleordersmatchtheenteredcriteria,select
theappropriateorderfromthelistandpress
[Enter]tocontinue.
Setting Up a New Order

Onceacustomerhasbeenassignedtotheorder,continuewithordersetupprocessing.
Selectthetypeoforder:
Figure 14-1: Order Type Menu Options
CustomerDelivery:Ifanitemisnotavailableinyourstore,usethisoptionto
havetheitemshippeddirectlytothecustomershome(orspecifiedaddress).
ThisordertypeisdefinedasDeliverytypeinOracleRetailXstorePointof
Service.ContinuewithForCustomerDelivery.
PickupOtherStore:Ifanitemisnotavailableinyourstore,usethisoptionto
findanotherstorelocationinwhichtheitemiscurrentlyavailable.Theother
storereservestheitem,andholdsituntilthecustomerpicksitup.Thisorder
typeisdefinedasPickuptypeinOracleRetailXstorePointofService.Continue
withForPickupOtherStore.
PickupThisStore:Ifanitemisnotavailableinyourstore,usethisoptionto
havetheitemshippedtoyourstoreforpickupatalatertime.Thisordertypeis
definedasTransferPickuptypeinOracleRetailXstorePointofService.
ContinuewithForPickupThisStore.
For Customer Delivery

...continuedfromCustomerDelivery
1.
CompletetheCustomerOrderformfordeliveryinformationandselectProcess.
Bydefault,theformispopulatedwiththecustomersaddressinformation,butmay
bechanged.Toensurethecustomerreceivesemailnotificationabouttheorder
status,verifytheemailaddressiscorrect.
Figure 14-2: Customer Order Form
2.
AttheOrderscreen,scanorentertheitemId.
Note: ToaddWishListitem(s)totheOrderBrokerCloudServiceorder,
selectViewCustomerandthenselecttheWishListtab(seePurchasing
WishListItem(s)).
Figure 14-3: Order Screen - For Customer Delivery
Lookupoptiontofindtheitemnumber.
Ifsystemrecordsindicatetheitemisavailableinyourstore,youareprompted
whetherornottoordertheitemanyway.SelectYesattheprompttocontinue
withorderprocessing,selectNotoreturntosalemodeandselltheitemfrom
yourcurrentinventory.
Iftheitemisnotonfile,youarepromptedwiththismessage.Press[Enter]to
closethemessageandreturntotheOrderscreen.
Figure 14-4: Not On File Prompt
Iftheitemcannotbelocated,youarepromptedwiththismessage.Press[Enter]
toclosethemessageandreturntotheOrderscreen.
Figure 14-5: Could Not Be Located Prompt
3.
AttheLocateItemresultslist,selectthefulfillinglocationfromthelistoflocations
withtheitemavailable.Fordeliveryorders,thesystemautomaticallysearchesfor
fulfillinglocationsbasedonthedeliveryaddress,andreturnsalistofvalidlocations.
Informationshownhereincludesthefulfillinglocationnameandaddress,the
distancebetweenthefulfillinglocationandthedeliveryaddress,andtheonhand
quantityatthefulfillinglocation.Ifthequantityforalocationiszero,theword
DropShipdisplaysintheQuantitycolumn.Ifthequantityforalocationisless
thantherequestedquantity,thewordBackorderdisplaysintheQuantitycolumn.
Figure 14-6: Locate Item Results List - For Delivery Order
4.
SelecttheshippingdeliverymethodfromtheShippingMethodoptionslistand
press[Enter].
Figure 14-7: Shipping Method Options
TheitemisaddedtotheorderandshownontheViewPortalongwiththefulfilling
(source)locationanddeliveryinformation.
5.
Whenyouarefinishedaddingorderitems,selectAddTendersorExitOrderto
tenderandcompletethesale.Customerdeliveryordersmustbepaidinfull.
Figure 14-8: Customer Delivery Order Screen
For Pickup Other Store

...continuedfromPickupOtherStore

1.
Note: ToaddWishListitem(s)totheOrderBrokerorder,selectView
Item(s)).
Figure 14-9: Order Screen - For Pickup Other Store
Iftheitemisnotonfile,youarepromptedwiththis
message.Press[Enter]toclosethemessageand
returntotheOrderscreen.
Iftheitemcannotbelocated,youarepromptedwiththismessage.Press[Enter]
toclosethemessageandreturntotheOrderscreen.
Figure 14-10: Cannot Be Located Prompt
2.
AttheLocateItemform,enterthesearchcriteriatofindanotherstoretofulfillthe
orderandselectProcess.Thedefaultinformationshownhereisbasedonthe
customersaddress,butcanbechanged.
Figure 14-11: Locate Item Form - For Pickup Other Store
Note: Youarepromptedifthesearchforafulfillingstoreisnot
successfulwiththespecifiedcriteria.Press[Enter]toclosetheprompt
andyoucanreenterthesearchcriteriatotryagain.
3.
withtheitemavailable.Informationshownhereincludesthefulfillinglocation
nameandaddress,thedistancebetweenthefulfillinglocationandtheaddress
specifiedinthesearch,andtheonhandquantityatthefulfillinglocation.
Ifthequantityforalocationiszero,thewordDropShipdisplaysintheQuantity
column.Ifthequantityforalocationislessthantherequestedquantity,theword
BackorderdisplaysintheQuantitycolumn.

Figure 14-12: Locate Item Results List - Pickup Other Store Results
Important: TheLocateItemResultsListmaynotdisplayonyour
screendependingonyourstoresconfigurations.Ifyourstoreis
configuredforGroupShipmentorSplitShipment,OrderBrokerwill
automaticallyassignastoretotheorder.
4.
TheitemisaddedtotheorderandshownontheViewPortalongwiththelocation
information:
Figure 14-13: View Port - For Customer Pickup Other Store Order
5.
Whenyouarefinishedaddingitems,selectCompleteTransactionorExitOrder.
For Pickup This Store
6.
7.
Atthepromptfortheorderdeposit,enterthedollaramount(withoutadecimal
point)thatthecustomerwantstoapplytotheorder,andpress[Enter].
IfyouselectedCompleteTransactionthesystemdisplaysthetenderlist.
IfyouselectedExitOrderthesystemreturnstoSalemode.
Tendertheorderusingthenormaltenderingprocess.

...continuedfromPickupThisStore
1.
Note: ToaddWishListitem(s)totheOrderBrokerorder,selectView
Item(s)).
Figure 14-14: Order Screen - For Pickup This Store
Iftheitemisnotonfile,youarepromptedwiththis
message.Press[Enter]toclosethemessageand
returntotheOrderscreen.
Iftheitemcannotbelocated,youareprompted
withthismessage.Press[Enter]toclosethe
messageandreturntotheOrderscreen.
Figure 14-15: Cannot Be Located Prompt
2.
withtheitemavailable.
Figure 14-16: Locate Item Results List
Forpickupthisstoreorders,thesystemautomaticallysearchesforfulfillinglocations
basedonyourstoreaddress,andreturnsalistofvalidlocations.
Informationshownhereincludesthefulfillinglocationnameandaddress,the
distancebetweenthefulfillinglocationandyourstore,andtheonhandquantityat
thefulfillinglocation.
Ifthequantityforalocationiszero,thewordDropShipdisplaysintheQuantity
column.Ifthequantityforalocationislessthantherequestedquantity,theword
BackorderdisplaysintheQuantitycolumn.
Important: TheLocateItemResultsListmaynotdisplayonyour
screendependingonyourstoresconfigurations.Ifyourstoreis
configuredforGroupShipmentorSplitShipmentOracleRetailOrder
BrokerCloudServicewillautomaticallyassignastoretotheorder.
3.
4.
Ifyoursystemissetuptospecifyashippingmethod,selecttheshippingmethod
fromthelistwhenpromptedandpress[Enter].Theitemisaddedtotheorderand
shownontheViewPortalongwiththelocationinformation.
Figure 14-17: View Port - For Customer Pickup At This Store Order
5.
Whenyouarefinishedaddingitems,selectCompleteTransactionorExitOrder.
6.
Atthepromptfortheorderdeposit,enterthedollaramount(withoutadecimal
point)thatthecustomerwantstoapplytotheorder,andpress[Enter].
7.
IfyouselectedCompleteTransactionthesystemdisplaysthetenderlist.
IfyouselectedExitOrderthesystemreturnstoSalemode.
Tendertheorderusingthenormaltenderingprocess.
Editing Order Items at Setup

Duringanordersetuptransactionyoucanalsoperformthefollowingactivitiesbefore
tenderingthesale.OrderitemscanonlybemodifiedinOrdermode.
Cancelling an Order
Tochangeorderinformation,selectfromthefollowingoptions:
Figure 14-18: Change Order Menu Options
Tochangethedeliveryinformation(whenapplicable)selecttheEditDeliveryInfo
option,andcompletethedeliveryform.
Toadd/change/deletediscounts,selecttheAddDiscountoption.RefertoAddinga
Discount/AwardtoanItemorTransaction.
Toaddoreditcommentsassociatedwiththisorder,selecttheEditOrderNotes
optionandtypeacommentabouttheorder.
Tochangealineitemontheorder,selecttheChangeItemoption.Thefollowing
menuoptionsdisplay:
Figure 14-19: Change Line Item Menu Options
Tochangeitemquantities,refertoChangingtheItemQuantityformore
information.
Tooverrideaprice,refertoChangingtheItemQuantityformore
information.
Tochangethetaxrate/amount,refertoChangingItemTaxes.
Tovoidanitem,refertoVoidinganItemformoreinformation.
Tochangethecommissionedsaleassociateforthesale,refertoChanging
theCommissionedAssociateformoreinformation.
Toaddoreditcommentsassociatedwithalineitemontheorder,selectthe
EditLineNotesoptionandtypeacommentoreditanexistingcomment
aboutthelineitem.
Cancelling an Order
Note: IfyouarecancellingaDeliveryorPickUpThisStore,the
customermustreturntowheretheyplacedtheordertocancel.Ifthe
itemhasbeenreservedamessagepromptwilldisplayindicatingthat
youmustunreservetheitemintheBackOfficebeforecancellingthe
order.
1.
2.
3.
Searchandselecttheordertobecancelled.SeeSearchingforOrderBrokerOrders.
Cancelling an Order
4.
FromtheOrderscreen,selecttheCancelOrderoption.
5.
Selecttheitemsyouwishtocancel.Ifcancelling
theentireorder,usetheSelectAllbutton.
6.
Whenprompted,selectYestoconfirmyouwantto
canceltheorder.
Figure 14-20: Cancel Order Confirmation Prompt
Note: CanceledorderdetailisavailablefromtheBackOfficeOrder
Maintenancefunction.SeetheOracleRetailXstorePointofService
ManagersGuideformoreinformationaboutmaintainingOrders.
Picking Up an Order
7.
Selectareasonforthecancellationandpress[Enter].
Figure 14-21: Select A Reason List
8.
Processthetransactionasrequired,returninganyrefundamountstothecustomer.
SeeProcessingTendersformoreinformationaboutprocessingrefundtenders.
Picking Up an Order
Ifthecustomerhadtheorderitem(s)deliveredtothisstore,usethefollowingprocedure
topickuptheitem(s).
Note: Ifyouenterthecustomersinformationatthebeginningofa
saleandthecustomersorderitemhasbeenreceivedatthestore,a
messagemaydisplayindicatingtheorderhasbeenreceivedandis
readyforpickup.Press[Enter]toacknowledgethemessageand
continuewithstep1below.
1.
2.
3.
Searchandselecttheorderyouwishtopickup.SeeSearchingforOrderBroker
Orders.
4.
Attheorderscreen,selectPickupItemstopickuptheitemsontheorder.
Picking Up an Order
5.
SelecteachitemfromthePickupItemslistandpress[Enter],orselectPickupAllto
selectallitemsatonce.
Figure 14-22: Pickup Items List
TheitemstatusontheViewPortchangesfromReceivedtoFulfilledindicatingthe
itemhasbeenpickedup.SeeOrderandItemStatusvaluesformoreinformation
aboutvalidorderanditemstatuses.
Figure 14-23: Order Screen - Fulfilled Status
6.
SelectExitOrderorAddTenderstocompletetheorder:
SelectExitOrdertoreturntothesalescreenwhereyoucanaddregularsale
itemstothetransaction.
SelectAddTenderstodisplaytheTenderlist.SeeProcessingTendersformore
informationabouttenderingthetransaction.
15
Pre-Sale Accounts
Overview
APreSaletransactionistypicallyperformedwhenacustomerwantstopurchasean
itemthatisnotcurrentlyavailableforsaleinthestore.PreSaletransactionshavethe
followingrequirements:
Thetransactionmustbeassociatedwithacustomer.
Thetransactionmustbepaidinfullatsetup.
Onlyitemsonfilecanbeaddedtothetransaction.
AllPreSaleitemsmustbepickedupatthesametime,partialpickupsarenot
allowed.
PreSaleaccountscannotbecanceledifthecustomerisnotpresent.
Pre-Sale Account Transactions

1.
2.
AttheExtendedTransactionmenu,selectthePreSaleoption.
3.
Thenextstepsdependonwhetherornotacustomerisassociatedwiththecurrent
transaction:
Ifyouhaveassignedacustomer,seeIfacustomerisassociatedwiththe
transaction.
Ifyouhavenotassignedacustomer,seeIfacustomerhasnotbeenassociated
withthetransaction.
Pre-Sale Accounts 367
Pre-Sale Account Transactions

Whenacustomerhasbeenassociatedwiththecurrenttransaction,thesystem
automaticallysearchesthedatabasetolocateanyopenPreSaleaccountsforthis
customer.
IfnoPreSaleaccountsarefound,youhavethefollowingoptions:
Figure 15-1: No Pre-Sale Accounts Found
SelectSetUpNewtocreateaPreSaleaccountforthiscustomer.Continue
withCreatingaNewPreSaleAccount.
SelectSearchtoentercriteriatofindaPreSaleaccount.SeeSearchingfora
PreSaleAccount
IfaPreSaleaccountisfound,youhavethefollowingoptions:
Figure 15-2: Pre-Sale Account Found
SelectSetUpNewtocreateanewPreSaleaccount.ContinuewithCreating
aNewPreSaleAccount.
Press[Enter]toviewtheselectedPreSaleaccount.
Creating a New Pre-Sale Account

If a customer has not been associated with the transaction
Whenthereisnocustomerassociatedwiththecurrenttransaction,thePreSale
Searchformdisplays.Youhavethefollowingoptions:
Figure 15-3: Pre-Sale Search Form
SelectSetUpNewtocreateanewPreSaleaccount.Afterassociatinga
customerwiththetransaction,continuewithCreatingaNewPreSaleAccount.
TosearchforaPreSaleaccount,entersearchcriteriaandselectProcess.See
SearchingforaPreSaleAccount.
SelectBacktoreturntotheSalescreen.

1.
Afteracustomerisassociatedwiththetransaction,scanorenterthePreSaleitem
Id.
Note: ToaddWishListitem(s)tothePreSale,selectViewCustomer
Figure 15-4: Pre-Sale Item Id Prompt
2.
YouhavethefollowingoptionsatthePreSalescreenbeforetendering:
Figure 15-5: Pre-Sale Screen
YoucanscananotherPreSaleitem.
Youcanchangeanitemby:
*
Addingadiscount(SeeAddingaDiscount/AwardtoanItemor
Transaction).
Changingtheitemprice(ChangingtheItemPrice).
Voidingalineitem(VoidinganItem).
Voidingadiscount(thisisonlyavailableforitemswithadiscountapplied,
andusesthesameprocessasvoidinganitem).
Searching for a Pre-Sale Account
3.
AfteraddingitemstothePreSale,dooneofthefollowingtocompletethePreSale
setup:
SelectExitPreSaletoexitPreSalemodeandreturntosalemodebefore
tenderingthesale.
<OR>
4.
SelectCompleteTransactiontocompletethePreSalesetup.
Whenprompted,press[Enter]toacceptthedepositamount.PreSaleitemsmustbe
paidinfullatsetup.
Figure 15-6: Pre-Sale Deposit Amount Prompt

YoucannotovertenderaPreSale.
Youcannotoverridethedepositamount.PreSaleitemsmustbepaidin
fullatsetup.
PreSaleitemsmayonlybemodifiedinthePreSalescreen.
YoucannotchangethePreSaleitemquantity.
5.
IfyouselectedCompleteTransaction,tenderthesale.IfyouselectedExitPreSale,
youarereturnedtothesalescreenbeforetenderingthesale.
Searching for a Pre-Sale Account

1.
TosearchforaPreSaleaccount,entersearchcriteriainthePreSaleSearchform.
Figure 15-7: Pre-Sale Search Form
Picking Up Pre-Sale Items
2.
AccountIDThePreSaleaccountidentifier.
LastNameThePreSaleaccountownerslastname.
FirstNameThePreSaleaccountownersfirstname.
CustomerIDThePreSaleaccountownerscustomerId.
Phone#ThePreSaleaccountownersphonenumber.
SelectProcess.
IftherearenoPreSaleaccountsmatchingyoursearchcriteria,youwillseea
messageindicatingnoaccountswerefound.SeeFigure 151.
IfatleastonePreSaleaccountmatchesyoursearchcriteria,theaccountor
accountsarelistedinthePreSaleAccountSearchResultsForm.SeeFigure 152.

1.
2.
3.
FindthePreSaleAccount:
4.
Ifprompted,entersearchcriteriatofindthePreSaleAccount.
Ifacustomerhasbeenassociatedwiththetransaction,OracleRetailXstorePoint
ofServicereturnsalistofPreSaleaccountsforthecustomer.
SelectaPreSaleaccountfromthelist,thenpress[Enter].
Figure 15-8: Pre-Sale Account List
5.
AtthePreSaleAccountscreen,selectPickUpItem.
Figure 15-9: Pre-Sale Account Screen - Item Received
6.
Ifprompted,selectYestopickupallthePreSaleitems.SelectingNoreturnstothe
PreSaleAccountscreen.
Note: ThispromptonlydisplayswhentherearemultiplePreSale
itemsontheaccount
Figure 15-10: Pick Up Items Confirmation Prompt
Cancelling a Pre-Sale Account

7.
ThesystemreturnstothePreSaleAccountscreenandallitemsaremarkedas
PickedUp.
Figure 15-11: Pre-Sale Account Screen - Multiple Items Picked Up Example
8.
Completethetransaction:
SelectCompleteTransactiontocompletethetransaction.SeeEmailReceipt
Optionsformoreinformationaboutreceipts.
<OR>
SelectExitPreSaletoreturntotheSalescreenbeforetenderingthesale.

1.
2.
3.
FindthePreSaleAccount:
Ifprompted,entersearchcriteriatofindthePreSaleAccount.
ofServicereturnsalistofPreSaleaccountsforthecustomer.
4.
SelectaPreSaleaccountfromthelist,thenpress[Enter].
Figure 15-12: Pre-Sale Account List
5.
AtthePreSaleAccountscreen,selectCancelPreSale.
Figure 15-13: Pre-Sale Account Screen

6.
Whenprompted,selectYestoconfirmyouwanttocancelthisPreSaleaccount.
SelectingNoreturnstothePreSaleAccountscreen.
Figure 15-14: Cancel Pre-Sale Account Confirmation Prompt
7.
Whenprompted,selectYestoconfirmthecustomerispresent.
Figure 15-15: Customer Is Present Confirmation Prompt
Note: Ifthecustomerisnotpresent,selectNo.PreSaleAccounts
cannotbecanceledifthecustomerisnotpresent.
Press[Enter]toclosethepromptandreturntothePreSaleAccount
screen.
8.
ThesystemreturnstoSalemodewhereyoucanrefundthecustomersdeposit.
Figure 15-16: Sale Screen - Refund Deposit
16
Hold Account Transactions
Overview
AHoldAccounttransactionistypicallyperformedwhencustomersplantopurchase
merchandise,butwouldlikethestoretoholdtheitem(s)forashortperiodoftimeso
theycanreturntothestorelatertocompletethepurchaseandpickupthereserved
items.Youmustassociateacustomerwiththetransactiontoensuretheyreceivethe
reserveditemsoncetheyreturn.

1.
2.
AttheExtendedTransactionmenu,selecttheHoldoption.
3.
Thenextstepsdependonwhetherornotacustomerisassociatedwiththecurrent
transaction:
Ifyouhaveassignedacustomer,seeIfacustomerisassociatedwiththe
transaction.
Ifyouhavenotassignedacustomer,seeIfacustomerhasnotbeenassociated
withthetransaction.
Hold Account Transactions 379

Whenacustomerhasbeenassociatedwiththecurrenttransaction,thesystem
automaticallysearchesthedatabasetolocateanyopenHoldaccountsforthis
customer.
IfnoHoldaccountsarefound,youhavethefollowingoptions:
Figure 16-1: No Hold Accounts Found
SelectSetUpNewtocreateaHoldaccountforthiscustomer.Continuewith
CreatingaNewHoldAccount.
SelectSearchtoentercriteriatofindaHoldaccount.SeeSearchingfora
HoldAccount.
IfaHoldaccountisfound,youhavethefollowingoptions:
Figure 16-2: Hold Account Found
SelectSetUpNewtocreateanewHoldaccount.ContinuewithCreatinga
NewHoldAccount.
Press[Enter]toviewtheselectedHoldaccount.
Creating a New Hold Account

If a customer has not been associated with the transaction
Whenthereisnocustomerassociatedwiththecurrenttransaction,theHoldSearch
formdisplays.Youhavethefollowingoptions:
Figure 16-3: Hold Search Form
SelectSetUpNewtocreateanewHoldaccount.Afterassociatingacustomer
withthetransaction,continuewithCreatingaNewHoldAccount.
TosearchforaHoldaccount,entersearchcriteriaandselectProcess.See
SearchingforaHoldAccount.
SelectBacktoreturntotheSalescreen.

1.
Afteracustomerisassociatedwiththetransaction,scanorentertheHolditemId.
Note: ToaddWishListitem(s)totheHold,selectViewCustomerand
thenselecttheWishListtab(seePurchasingWishListItem(s)).
Figure 16-4: Hold Item Id Prompt
2.
YouhavethefollowingoptionsattheHoldscreenbeforetendering:
Figure 16-5: Hold Screen - Item Added
YoucanscananotherHolditem.
Searching for a Hold Account
3.
Youcanchangeanitemby:
*
Addingadiscount(AddingaDiscount/AwardtoanItemorTransaction).
Changingtheitemprice(ChangingtheItemPrice).
Voidingalineitem(VoidinganItem).
Voidingadiscount(thisisonlyavailableforitemswithadiscountapplied,
andusesthesameprocessasvoidinganitem).
AfteraddingitemstotheHoldaccount,dooneofthefollowingtocompletethe
accountsetup:
SelectExitHoldtoexitHoldmodeandreturntosalemodebeforecompleting
theHoldaccountsetup.
<OR>
SelectCompleteTransactiontocompletetheHoldaccountsetup.
HolditemsmayonlybemodifiedintheHoldscreen.
YoucannotchangetheHolditemquantity.
Searching for a Hold Account

1.
TosearchforaHoldaccount,entersearchcriteriaintheHoldSearchform.
Figure 16-6: Hold Search Form
2.
AccountIDTheHoldaccountidentifier.
LastNameTheHoldaccountownerslastname.
FirstNameTheHoldaccountownersfirstname.
CustomerIDTheHoldaccountownerscustomerId.
Phone#TheHoldaccountownersphonenumber.
SelectProcess.
IftherearenoHoldaccountsmatchingyoursearchcriteria,amessagedisplays
indicatingnoaccountswerefound.SeeFigure 161.
Picking Up Hold Items
IfatleastoneHoldaccountmatchesyoursearchcriteria,theaccountoraccounts
arelistedintheHoldAccountSearchResultsForm.SeeFigure 162.

1.
2.
3.
FindtheHoldAccount:
4.
Ifprompted,entersearchcriteriatofindtheHoldAccount.
ofServicereturnsalistofHoldaccountsforthecustomer.
SelectaHoldaccountfromthelist,thenpress[Enter].
Figure 16-7: Hold Account List
5.
AttheHoldAccountscreen,selectPickUpItem.
Figure 16-8: Hold Account Screen Button Options
6.
Ifprompted,selectYestopickupalltheHolditems.SelectingNoreturnstothe
HoldAccountscreen.
Note: ThispromptonlydisplayswhentherearemultipleHolditems
ontheaccount.
Figure 16-9: Pick Up Items Confirmation Prompt
7.
ThesystemreturnstotheHoldAccountscreenandallitemsaremarkedasPicked
Up.
Figure 16-10: Hold Account Screen - Items Picked Up
Cancelling a Hold Account

8.
Completethetransaction:
SelectAddTenderstocompletethetransaction.SeeEmailReceiptOptionsfor
moreinformationaboutreceipts.
<OR>
SelectExitHoldtoreturntotheSalescreenbeforecompletingthetransaction.

1.
2.
3.
FindtheHoldAccount:
4.
Ifprompted,entersearchcriteriatofindtheHoldAccount.
ofServicereturnsalistofHoldaccountsforthecustomer.
SelectaHoldaccountfromthelist,thenpress
[Enter].
5.
AttheHoldAccountscreen,selectCancelHold.
Figure 16-11: Hold Account Screen Button Options
6.
Whenprompted,selectYestoconfirmyouwanttocancelthisHoldaccount.
SelectingNoreturnstotheHoldAccountscreen.
Figure 16-12: Cancel Hold Account Confirmation Prompt
7.
ThesystemreturnstoSalemodewhereyoucancompletethecancelprocess.
17
Gift Registry
Overview
TheGiftRegistryfeatureisatooltoassistthecustomerinpurchasinggiftsforsomeone
registered.Itemsinasaletransactioncanbeassociatedtoaregistry,additionally,gift
registriescanbesetupandmaintainedinthesystemfromtheBackOffice.GiftRegistry
isavailableifyouareusingOracleRetailCustomerEngagementCloudServices
(formerlyMICROSRetailRelate).ThefollowingcanbedoneintheRegistermodeof
OracleRetailXstorePointofService:
SellingGiftRegistryitems
Returning/CancellingGiftRegistryitems
Selling Gift Registry items

Tosellanitemoffofagiftregistry,youmustfirstassignthegiftregistrytothesaleor
order.GiftregistrysalescanbeaddedtospecialordersaswellasOracleRetailOrder
BrokerCloudService(formerlyMICROSRetailLocate)orders.
Assign the Gift Registry

Ifyoursystemisoffline,youcannotaccessthegift
registryfromCustomerEngagement.However,ifyouvealready
accessedthegiftregistryandaremakingmodifications,theregistry
updatesonceyoursystemisbackonline.
Important:
Note: Iftheprintedgiftregistryisavailable,scanthebarcodeto
assignthegiftregistrytothesale.
1.
FromtheSalescreen,selecttheRegisterOptionsmenubutton.
Gift Registry 389

2.
FromtheRegisterOptionsmenu,selecttheAssignGiftRegistrymenubutton.
Figure 17-1: Register Options Menu - Assign Gift Registry
3.
EnterthesearchcriteriaandselectProcess.
Figure 17-2: Gift Registry Search
4.
Selectthedesiredregistryfromthereturnedlistandpress[Enter].
Figure 17-3: Gift Registry Search Results
5.
TheSalescreendisplays.Enteranitemfromthegiftregistrytopurchase.Theview
portdisplaysagiftregistrynumberandgiftreceipt
icon.
Figure 17-4: Sale with Gift Registry Item
Gift Registry 391
Returning/Cancelling Gift Registry items

6.
CompletetheSale.SeeEnteringItemsintotheSaleScreenandSaleTenders.
Note: Xstoreautomaticallyprintsagift
receiptforGiftRegistryitemsbasedon
yourstoresconfiguration.
Returning/Cancelling Gift Registry items

Ifanitemispurchasedinaregularsaletransaction,assignedtoagiftregistry,andthena
verifiedreturnisdoneonthattransactionlater,Xstoreautomaticallyupdatesthe
purchasequantityontheregistryasaresultofthereturn.
ForOrderBrokerordersyoumustassignthegiftregistrymanuallypriortoenteringthe
returnorcancellingtheorder.
1.
Assignthecustomertoasale(seeAssociatingaCustomerwiththeSale).
ForOrderBrokerorders,assignthegiftregistry.Select
RegisterOptions>AssignGiftRegistry(seeAssigntheGift
Registry).
Important:
2.
Returntheitemorcanceltheorder:
Returntheitem(seeReturnTransactions).
Canceltheorder(seeCancellinganOrder).
18
Task Management
Overview
TaskManagementisafeaturethatencompassestasksassignedtoassociatesinastorefor
completionaswellastasksthatarecustomerfocusedsuchasappointments.Taskshave
workflowsassociatedwiththemsoatanytimeamanagercaneasilyseethecurrent
statusofthetask.
ForOracleRetailCustomerEngagementCloudServices(formerlyMICROSRetail
Relate)users,thissectionalsoincludesinstructionsonhowtousetheBlackBookfeature
tofocusonyourprimarycustomers.
Thefollowinginstructionsarefoundinthischapter:
ViewingandMaintainingYourTasks
ViewingYourBlackBook[CustomerEngagementOnly]
Task Management 393
Viewing and Maintaining Your Tasks

UsetheMyTasksscreentoviewandmaintainyourtasks.
Accessing the My Tasks Screen

AccesstheMyTasksscreenthroughtheRegisterLoginscreenortheBackOffice.The
functionalityisthesame,however,theRegisterscreenhasagreenbackgroundandthe
BackOfficescreenhasablackbackground:
Register Login Screen
Back Office
SelecttheMyTasksmenuoption.
FromtheBackOfficemainmenu,select
AssociateTasks>MyTasks.TheTask
Listdisplays.
EnteryourEmployeeIDandpassword.
Press[Enter].TheTaskListdisplays.
Note: Ifyouuseabiometricdevicefor
employeeauthentication,youarenot
promptedforapassword.
Figure 18-1: Task List - Register
Figure 18-2: Task List - Back Office
Viewing Task Information

AssociateswithaManagersecuritylevelorhighercanviewthelistoftasksforall
employees,aswellasthestoretasks.Associateswithanysecuritylevelbelowthe
Managerlevelcanonlyviewtasksassignedtothemorassignedtotheirgroup(s).
TheMyTasksscreendisplaysalltasksvisibletoyou.Themenuoptionsavailableare
basedonthetaskstatusandtheassociatedworkflow.
Figure 18-3: My Tasks Screen
TheMyTaskscreendisplaysthefollowingfields:
Table 18-1: Task List Fields
Field
Description
Priority(P)
TheImportanceofthetask(High(
orLow(
),Medium(none),
).
Date
Thedatethetaskshouldbestarted.
StartTime
Thetimethetaskshouldbegin.
Duration
Thelengthoftimeforthetask.
Activity
Typeoftask.
Description
Detaileddescriptionthetask.
Customer
Thecustomerassociatedwiththetask.Ifacustomeris
associatedwiththetask,thetaskcanbeviewedfromthe
CustomerMaintenanceTasktabaswell,seeTasksTab.
Task Management 395

Table 18-1: Task List Fields
Field
Description
Status
Indicatestheprogressofthetask:
OpenTheappointmentisopen,butnotstarted.
InProgressTheappointmenthasbeenstarted,butnot
completed.
CancelledTheappointmenthasbeencancelledand
cannotbereopenedoredited.
ClosedTheappointmenthasbeencompletedandcannot
bereopenedoredited.
Associate
Theemployeeoremployeegroupresponsiblefor
completingthetask.
Viewing Notes
Themostrecentnoteassociatedwiththetaskdisplaysbeneaththetaskrow:
Figure 18-4: View Recent Note
Toviewallnotesassociatedwiththetask,selectViewNotesmenuoption.
Figure 18-5: Associate Task Notes
Filtering Tasks
Usethefilterbartoviewspecificinformation.SearchbyAssociate,Activity,StartDate,
EndDate,orStatus.YoursecurityprivilegesdeterminewhichAssociatesyoucanview.
Tofilter:
1.
SelectoneofthefollowingHeadings:
AssociateyoursecurityprivilegesdeterminewhichAssociatesyoucanview.
SelectavalueandthenselectOk.
ActivitySelectavalueandthenselectOk.
StatusSelectavalueandthenselectOk.
StartDateoverridethedefaultvalue.
EndDateoverridethedefaultvalue.
Figure 18-6: Filter Bar
OracleRetailXstorePointofServicedisplaystasksthatmeetyourfiltervalues.
Note: Youcanalsousethefollowingmenuoptionstofilter:
AssociateListFilter
ActivityListFilter
StatusListFilter
Sorting Columns
Selectaheadingtosortinformationbydescending
orascending
order.
Figure 18-7: Task List Sort Columns - Date
Viewing Customer Information

Toviewcustomerinformation:
1.
SelectthetaskassociatedwiththecustomerandthenselecttheViewCustomer
menuoption.TheCustomerMaintenancescreendisplaystheContactInformation
tab.
2.
Toviewalltasksassociatedwiththecustomer,selecttheTaskstab.SeeTasksTab.
3.
SelectCanceltoreturntotheTaskList.
Adding a Task
1.
FromtheMyTasksscreenortheCustomerMaintenanceTasktab,selectAddTask.
TheTaskDetailspromptdisplays.
Task Management 397

2.
Enterthefollowingtaskinformation:
Figure 18-8: Task Details - Add Task
Note: AdminandEventtypetaskscannotbeaddedthroughXstore.
AdminandEventtypetasksmaystillbeviewedonthetasklist.
Table 18-2: Task Details Options

Field
Description
Type
Selectapredefinedtaskcategory.Thecategoriesare
customizedbyyourhomeoffice.
Description
Enteradetaileddescriptionofthetaskyouarecreating.
Priority
Selectthepriorityofthetask(High,Medium,orLow).
StartDate
Enterthedatethetaskshouldbestarted.
EndDate
Enterthedatethetaskshouldbecompleted.
StartTime
Enterthetimethetaskshouldbegin.Ifyouenterthetimeas
military,OracleRetailXstorePointofServicewillconvert
thetimewhenyoupress[Enter].
EndTime
Enterthetimethetaskshouldend.Ifyouenterthetimeas
military,OracleRetailXstorePointofServicewillconvert
thetimewhenyoupress[Enter].
Visibility
Selectthegroupthatcanviewthetask(Store,Employee
Group,orEmployee).
Note: IfusingCustomerEngagementtasks,
EmployeeGroupvisibilityisnotanoption.
Table 18-2: Task Details Options

Field
Description
AssignedTo
ThisoptionisonlyeditableiftheVisibilityfieldissetto
EmployeeGrouporEmployee.Selectfromthelist.
Note: TheemployeemustexistinCustomer
Engagement.Ifnot,OracleRetailXstorePointof
Servicewillindicatetheusersuppliedisnotavalid
CustomerEngagementuser.
3.
Ifneeded,assignacustomertothetask:
a.
SelecttheAssignCustomerbutton.
b. EnteryoursearchcriteriaandthenselectProcess.
c.
Ifalistofmatchingcustomerrecordsisfound,selectacustomerfromthelist
andchooseoneoftheseoptions:
*
Select&ContinueAssignstheselectednametothetask.
printing.SeeViewingaCustomerRecord.Onceyouaredoneviewingor
editingtherecord,selectAssignandContinueoptiontoassociatethe
customersinformationtothetask.
database.SeeAddingaNewCustomerRecord.
IfyouareaddingataskfromtheCustomerMaintenance
screen,youdonothavetheoptiontoaddthecustomertothetask.
OracleRetailXstorePointofServicewillautomaticallyassignthetask
tothecustomer.
Important:
4.
SelectSave.ThetaskdisplaysontheTaskList,seeFigure 183.
Adding Notes
1.
FromtheMyTasksscreenortheCustomerMaintenanceTaskstab,selectthe
appointment.
2.
SelectAddNote.
Task Management 399

3.
EnterthetextofyournoteandthenselectOk.
Figure 18-9: Task Details - Enter Notes
4.
Thenotedisplaysbeneaththetaskrow.Toviewadditionalnotes,selectViewNotes.
Figure 18-10: My Tasks screen - Note
Editing a Task
1.
FromtheMyTasksscreenortheCustomerMaintenanceTaskstab,selectthetask
youwishtoedit.
2.
SelectEditTask.TheTaskDetailspromptdisplays.Modifyinformationasneeded.
Grayedoutfieldscannotbemodified.Yoursecurityprivilegemaypreventyoufrom
beingabletomodifythevisibilityandassignedtofields.
Figure 18-11: Task Details
3.
Tomodifytheassignedcustomer,selectAssignCustomer(seestep3).
Viewing Your Black Book [CUSTOMERENGAGEMENTONLY]
4.
SelectSave.Thetaskisupdatedwiththenewinformationanddisplaysonthe
AssociateTaskscreen.
Updating Task Progress

ThestatusoftaskscanonlybeupdatedthroughtheMyTasksmenuoption.Youcannot
updatethestatusfromtheCustomerMaintenancescreen.
Toupdatethestatusofatask:
1.
FromtheMyTasksscreen,selectthetask.
2.
Selectastatusmenuoption.Allstatusmenuoptionsmaynotbevisibledepending
onthecurrentstatusofthetask.OracleRetailXstorePointofServicedisplaysthe
nextstatusoptionsintheworkflow.Menuoptionsinclude:
BeginTaskSetsthestatustoInprogress.
ReopenTaskSetsthestatustoOpen.
CompleteTaskSetsthestatustoClosedandcannotbereopenedoredited.A
verificationpromptdisplays,selectYesifapplicable.
CancelTaskSetsthestatustoCancelledandcannotbereopenedoredited.A
verificationpromptdisplays,selectYesifapplicable.
Thetaskstatusisupdated.
Figure 18-12: Begin Task Option - In Progress Status
Viewing Your Black Book [CUSTOMER ENGAGEMENT ONLY]

UsetheBlackBookfeaturetoviewyourprimarycustomerscontactinformation.The
BlackBookfeatureisonlyavailabletoOracleRetailCustomerEngagementCloud
Services(formerlyMICROSRetailRelate)users.Yoursecurityprivilegesdeterminethe
associatesandcustomersyoucanaccess.
ToviewtheBlackBookscreen:
1.
OpentheBackOfficeMainMenuandthenselectAssociateTasks>BlackBook.
2.
Dependingonyoursecurityprivilegeseither:
TheMyCustomerscreendisplays.
<OR>
TheAssociateFilterpromptdisplays.Selectanassociateandpress[Enter].The
MyCustomersscreendisplays.
Tip: Toviewthecustomersforadifferentassociate,selectBack.
SelectanassociatefromtheAssociateFilterpromptandpress[Enter].
Task Management 401
Viewing Your Black Book [CUSTOMERENGAGEMENTONLY]
Figure 18-13: My Customers Screen
TheMyCustomersScreendisplaysthefollowing:
Table 18-3: My Customers Screen Fields
Field
Description
CustomerName
Theprimarycustomersname.
Email
Theprimarycustomersemailaddress.
Phone
Theprimarycustomersphonenumber.

ToviewacustomerrecordfromtheBlackBook:
1.
SelectacustomerfromthelistandthenselectViewCustomer.TheCustomer
MaintenancePurchaseHistorytabdisplays.SeePurchaseHistoryTab.
2.
SelectBacktoreturntotheMyCustomersscreen.
19
Miscellaneous Transactions
Overview
Miscellaneoustransactionsarethoseactivitiesthatmaynotbedirectlyrelatedtoa
specificsaletransaction,butofferimportantandusefulfunctions.Likesaletransactions,
theseactivitiesarealsologgedbythesystemforaccountabilityandreportingpurposes.
Thischapterdescribesthefollowingmiscellaneoustransactionprocesses:
Clockinginandclockingoutprocess(seeClockingInandClockingOut).
Balanceinquiryprocess(seeBalanceInquiry).
Changepasswordprocess(seeChangingYourPassword).
Viewingyourtimecardrecord(seeViewingYourTimecard).
Viewingyourworkschedule(seeViewing/PrintingYourWorkSchedule).
ViewingOtherEmployeesSchedules(seeViewingOtherEmployeesSchedules).
HouseAccountPayments(seeHouseAccountPayment).
PostVoids(seePostVoid).
NoSales(seeNoSale).
Locking/UnlockingaRegister(seeLock/UnlockaRegister).
Miscellaneous Transactions 403
Clocking In and Clocking Out

Dependinguponyourstorepolicy,youmayberequiredtoclockinbeforeloggingin.
Youmayalsoberequiredtoclockinandoutformealbreaks.Ifmealbreakclockoutand
clockinisenforced,youcannotclockbackinafteramealbreakuntilaspecifiedperiod
oftimehaselapsed.
Inorderforyourtimecardtoaccuratelyreflectthenumberofhoursworked,youmust
clockinandoutbyperformingthefollowingsteps.
Clocking In
1.
AttheLoginscreen,selecttheClockIn/Outoption.Thesystemknowsyourclockin
status.Ifyouareclockedinyouarepromptedtoclockout;ifyouarenotclockedin
youarepromptedtodoso.ThisoptionisavailableatboththeRegisterLoginscreen
andtheBackOfficeLoginscreen.
Tip:
Touchscreenusersswipetheclockareatoclockinorclockout.
Figure 19-1: Register Login Screen
Note: Afterloggingin,ifyouarerequired
toclockin,OracleRetailXstorePointof
Servicepromptsyoutodothatby
displayingamessage.SelectYesandgoto
step4.
2.
ScanorenteryouremployeeIDattheClockIn/
Outprompt.
3.
AttheClockIn/OutEmployeePassword
prompt,enteryourpasswordandpress[Enter]tocontinue.
4.
Ifprompted,usetheupanddownarrowkeystoselectaworkcodeforyourcurrent
activityandpress[Enter]tocontinue.
Figure 19-2: Work Code List
Youarenowclockedinandthesystemmayprintaclockinreceiptforyourrecords.
Clocking Out
1.
AttheLoginscreen,selecttheClockIn/Outoption.Thesystemknowsyourclockin
status.Ifyouareclockedinyouarepromptedtoclockout;ifyouarenotclockedin
youarepromptedtodoso.ThisoptionisavailableatboththeRegisterLoginscreen
andtheBackOfficeLoginscreen.
2.
ScanorenteryouremployeeIDattheClockIn/OutEmployeeIDpromptandpress
[Enter].
BiometricFingerprintdevice,an
EmployeeIDpromptdisplays.Usethe
devicetoscanyourfingerprintrather
thanenteringyouruserIDand
password.Youmayalsoscanortypeyouruseridandpasswordatthis
promptifneeded.
3.
AttheClockIn/OutEmployeePasswordprompt,enteryourpasswordandpress
[Enter]tocontinue.

4.
Youmaybeaskedwhetheryouwanttoclockoutorifyouwouldliketoclockinfor
anewworkactivity:
Figure 19-3: Clock Out/New Work Code Prompt
Toclockoutfortheday,selecttheClockOutoption.Youarenowclockedout
forthedayandthesystemmayprintaclockoutreceiptforyourrecords.
Tochangeyourworkcodeassignment,selecttheChangeWorkCodeoption.
Selectingthisoptionautomaticallyclocksyououtforyourcurrentworkcode
assignmentandpromptsyoutoselectanewworkcode.Thesystemthen
automaticallyclocksyoubackinforthenewassignment.Thesystemmayalso
printbothaclockoutreceiptforyouroldworkcodeactivityandaclockin
receiptforyournewworkcodeactivity.
Clocking In and Out from Meal Breaks

Ifyourstorepolicyenforcesmealbreakclockoutandclockin,youcannotclockbackin
afteramealbreakuntilaspecifiedperiodoftimehaselapsed.
Ifaminimumclockedintimeintervalisused
IfyourstorepolicyrequiresaminimumclockedintimeintervalforaMealBreakwork
code(forexample,30minutes),youcannotclockoutearlyfromyourmealbreak.An
overrideisallowedwithaManagerspermission.
1.
Totakeyourmealbreak,selecttheClockIn/Outbuttonfromthemainmenu,enter
yourIDandpasswordwhenprompted,andchoosethemealbreakoptionfromthe
WorkCodeslist.
Figure 19-4: Work Codes List
Thesystemautomaticallyclocksyououtfromthecurrentworkcodeandclocksyou
intothemealbreakworkcode.
2.
Ifyoutrytoclockout(ortoclockinwithadifferentworkcode)fromthemealbreak
before30minuteshaveelapsed,thenthemessageshownhereisdisplayed.
Figure 19-5: Try To Clock Out Early Message
Ifaminimumclockedouttimeintervalisused
Ifyourstorepolicyissetupforaminimumclockedouttimeintervalforabreak(for
example,30minutes),youcannotclockbackinearly.
Ineffect,thismeansthatonceyouhaveclockedoutduringyourshift,youcannotclock
backinagainforatleast30minutes.
AnoverrideisallowedwithaManagerspermission.
1.
Totakeyourbreakatsomepointafteryourinitialclockinfortheday,selectthe
ClockIn/Outbuttonfromthemainmenu,enteryourIDandpasswordwhen
prompted,andchoosetoclockout.
Balance Inquiry
Youareclockedoutfromthecurrentworkcode.
2.
Ifyoutrytoclockbackintothesystembefore30minuteshaveelapsed,thenthe
messageshownhereisdisplayed.(Theworkcodeinthisexamplehasbeenreplaced
byXXXXXXXX.)
Figure 19-6: Try To Clock In Early Message
Balance Inquiry
Giftcardsandstorecreditvouchersmaybeusedasatenderuntilthetotalvalueofthe
accounthasbeenused.Sincetheamountleftonacardorvouchercannotbevisiblyseen,
thisfunctionelectronicallycheckstheaccountrecordandtellsyoutheremainingvalue
ontheaccount.YoucanalsouseBalanceInquirytolookupanencodeditemspriceona
giftreceipt.
Usethebalanceinquiryprocesstochecktheamountremainingonacustomersstore
creditvoucher,giftcardorgiftcertificate,andanitemspricefromagiftreceipt.
Note: Dependingupontheconfigurationofyoursystem,thisoption
maybeavailablefromseveraldifferentlocations.Beforeloggingin,
BalanceInquiryisavailablefromtheRegisterLoginscreenandfrom
theTillOptionsmenu.Afterloggingin,BalanceInquiryisavailable
fromboththeRegisterOptionsmenuandtheBackOfficeMainMenu.
TheprocedurethatfollowsdescribeshowtoaccessBalanceInquiry
fromtheRegisterLoginscreen.
1.
SelectBalanceInquiryattheRegisterLoginscreentoviewtheinquiryfunctions
availableinyourstore.
Balance Inquiry
2.
Selectthetypeofinquiryyouwanttoperformbyselectingtheappropriateoption
fromtheBalanceInquirymenu.
Figure 19-7: Balance Inquiry Menu Options
3.
Attheprompt,entertheinformationasprompted:acardnumber,accountnumber,
orgiftreceiptinformation.
Figure 19-8: Store Credit Number Prompt
Figure 19-9: Gift Receipt Prompt
Note: Theinformationrequiredherevariesaccordingtothetypeof
balanceinquiryyouareperforming.Entertheapplicableinformation
andpress[Enter]tocontinue.
4.
Thesystemretrievestheaccountbalance/giftreceiptinformationanddisplaysthe
informationonthescreen.
Figure 19-10: Available Account Balance
Figure 19-11: Item Price From Gift Receipt
Ifapplicable,press[Y]toprintareceiptforthisbalanceinformation.
<OR>
Changing Your Password
Ifapplicable,press[N]ifyoudonotneedaprintedreceiptforthisbalance
information.
Iftheoptiontoprintareceiptisnotavailable,press[Enter]toclosetheprompt.
Note: Thesystemdisplaysamessageifthe
accountisclosedorcannotbelocated.
Ifadealordiscountwasappliedtothegiftitem
atthetimeofpurchase,youcannotuseBalance
Inquirytolookuptheprice.Noitempricecodeis
printedonthereceipt.
Whenabalanceinquiryforastorecreditorgift
certificateisperformed,OracleRetailXstore
PointofServicefirstdetermineswhichcurrencythestorecreditorgift
certificateisin.Ifthiscurrencyisdifferentthanyourstoreslocal
currency,thentheforeigntenderamountofthestorecreditorgift
certificateisautomaticallyconvertedtothelocaltenderandamount
usingthecurrentexchangerateonfile.Thislocalizationisshownon
thescreenandonthereceipt,ifprinted.
5.
Ifyouchosetoprintareceipt,theinformationshownonthereceiptincludesthe
dateofthisinquiry,thecardoraccountinformation(masked),andtheavailable
balanceonthecardoraccount.
Figure 19-12: Sample Balance Inquiry Receipt

TheChangePasswordoptionisavailablefromtheRegisterLoginscreenortheBack
OfficeLoginscreenbeforeyoulogin.
1.
SelecttheChangePasswordoptionfromtheRegisterLoginscreenortheBack
OfficeLoginscreen.OracleRetailXstorePointofServicepromptsforyouremployee
ID.
2.
TypeorscanyouremployeeIDattheChangePasswordpromptandpress[Enter].If
fingerprintscansaresupported,scanyourfingerattheprompt.
Figure 19-13: Change Password Login Screen
3.
Atthepromptforyourpassword,enteryourcurrentpasswordandpress[Enter].
Note:Ifyouscannedyourfinger,thispromptisnotdisplayed.
Figure 19-14: Enter Current Password Prompt

4.
Youarenowpromptedtoenterandconfirmyournewpassword.Typeyournew
passwordinthefirstfieldandtypethepasswordagaintoconfirmitinthefield
below.
Figure 19-15: New Password Prompt
Tip: PasswordsmaybecasesensitivesonoticewhethertheCaps
Lockkeyisonoroffwhenyouenterandconfirmyournewpassword.
5.
SelectProcesstostoreyournewpassword.Ifthesystemacceptsthepassword,a
confirmationmessageisshownindicatingyourpasswordhasbeenchanged.Press
[Enter]toacknowledgethispromptandreturntotheRegisterLoginscreen.
Note: Thesystemmayenforcecertainrulesregardingpasswords,
suchastheminimumnumberofcharactersrequiredorwhetheryou
canreuseanoldpassword.
Ifyournewpasswordisnotvalid,press[Enter]toacknowledgethe
Validationpromptandtryagain.
To Change Your Password with Challenge Questions

Ifyourstoreisconfiguredtousepasswordchallengequestions,youcanresetyour
passwordwithoutknowingyourcurrentpasswordbyansweringasetofquestions.The
answerstothequestionsareestablishedusingtheBackOfficeseetheOracleRetailXstore
PointofServiceManagersGuide.
1.
SelecttheChangePasswordoptionfromtheRegisterLoginscreenortheBack
OfficeLoginscreen.OracleRetailXstorePointofServicepromptsforyouremployee
ID.
Figure 19-16: Change Password Menu Option
2.
TypeorscanyouremployeeIDattheChangePasswordpromptandpress[Enter].If
fingerprintscansaresupported,scanyourfingerattheprompt.
3.
SelecttheForgotPasswordmenubutton.
Figure 19-17: Forgot Password Menu Option
4.
Enteryourlastnameforverification.
Figure 19-18: Change Password Verification
Viewing Your Timecard

5.
Foreachchallengequestion,typetheanswerandthenselectNextQuestion.Forthe
lastquestion,selectProcess.
Figure 19-19: Example Challenge Question
6.
Onceyouveansweredallthequestionscorrectly,theNewPasswordprompt
displays.Typeyournewpasswordinthefirstfieldandtypethepasswordagainto
confirmitinthefieldbelow.
Figure 19-20: New Password Prompt
7.
SelectProcesstosaveyournewpassword.Ifthesystemacceptsthepassword,a
confirmationmessageisshownindicatingyourpasswordhasbeenchanged.
8.
Press[Enter]toacknowledgethispromptandreturntotheRegisterLoginscreen.
Note: Thesystemmayenforcecertainrulesregardingpasswords,
suchastheminimumnumberofcharactersrequiredorwhetheryou
canreuseanoldpassword.
Ifyournewpasswordisnotvalid,press[Enter]toacknowledgethe
validationpromptandtryagain.

Usethefollowingproceduretoreviewyourtimecard.Thisoptionisavailableatboththe
RegisterLoginscreenandtheBackOfficeLoginscreen.
1.
AteitherLoginScreen,selecttheViewSchedule&Timeoption.
2.
SelecttheViewTimecardoption.
3.
ScanorenteryouremployeeIDattheView
TimecardEmployeeIDpromptandpress
[Enter].
4.
AttheViewTimecardEmployeePasswordprompt,typeyourpasswordandpress
[Enter]tocontinue.
Note: Ifyouuseabiometricdeviceforemployeeauthentication,you
arenotpromptedforapassword.
5.
Yourtimecardentriesforthecurrentpayrollweekaredisplayed.Thisscreenis
viewonly,howeveryoucanaddacommentthatwillbelinkedtoyourtimecardfor
thispayrollweek.
Figure 19-21: Timecard Maintenance Screen
Note: Toviewyourtimecard/scheduleforadifferentweek,selectthe
PayrollDatesoptionandselectaweekfromthelist.
Adding a Comment to Your Timecard Record

1.
Withyourtimecardrecorddisplayed,selectNextTab.TheTimecardComment
screendisplays.
2.
AttheTimecardCommentscreen,selecttheAddCommentoption.
Viewing/Printing Your Work Schedule

3.
TypeacommentintheAddCommentformandpress[Enter].
Figure 19-22: Timecard Add Comment Form
Thecommentisnowassociatedwiththisrecordas
indicatedbytheSeeCommenttextatthebottomof
theTimecardMaintenancescreen.
4.
Toviewtimecardcomments,selecttheTimecard
Commenttab.
Figure 19-23: Timecard Comment
Allcommentsthatareassociatedwiththistimecardrecordaredisplayed.Inadditionto
thecomment,thedateandtimethecommentwasenteredandtheIDofthepersonwho
enteredthecommentarealsoshown.

Usethefollowingproceduretoviewyourworkschedule.Thisoptionisavailableatboth
theRegisterLoginscreenandtheBackOfficeLoginscreen.
1.
2.
SelecttheViewScheduleoption.
3.
ScanorenteryouremployeeIDattheViewScheduleEmployeeIDpromptand
press[Enter].
4.
AttheViewScheduleEmployeePasswordprompt,typeyourpasswordandpress
[Enter]tocontinue.
Thesystemdisplaystheworkscheduleforthecurrentpayrollweek.
Figure 19-24: Employee Schedule Screen - Weekly Summary
Theinformationshownhereincludesthehoursandyourworkassignmentforeachday
oftheweekandthetotalnumberofhoursandbreaktimescheduledfortheweek.
5.
Withyourscheduledisplayed,youhavethefollowingoptionshere:
SelectthePreviousWeekoptiontoviewlastweeksschedule.
SelecttheNextWeekoptiontoviewyourworkschedulefornextweek.
SelecttheScheduleDatesoptiontoviewaspecificweeksworkschedule:
Thesystemdisplaysalistofscheduleweekdates.
Figure 19-25: Schedule Week Dates
Viewing Other Employees Schedules

Usetheupanddownarrowkeystoselectascheduleweekdatefromthelistand
press[Enter]toviewyourworkschedulefortheselectedweek.
Printing Your Schedule

Toprintacopyofyourscheduleforthedisplayedweek,selectthePrintSchedulefrom
theEmployeeScheduleScreen.Thesystemprintsthescheduleonthereceiptprinter.
Figure 19-26: Printed Schedule Example
Viewing Other Employees Schedules

Usethefollowingproceduretoviewalistofassociatesthatarescheduledtoworkona
specificday.
1.
2.
SelecttheViewScheduledEmployeesoption.
3.
ScanorenteryouremployeeIDattheViewScheduleEmployeeIDpromptand
press[Enter].
4.
AttheViewScheduleEmployeePasswordprompt,typeyourpasswordandpress
[Enter]tocontinue.
Thesystemdisplaysalistofassociatesscheduledtoworkonthisday.
Figure 19-27: List of Scheduled Employees
House Account Payment
Theinformationshownhereincludeseachassociatesname,workcode,andthe
scheduledshifthours.
5.
Toviewtheemployeesscheduledtoworktomorrowandonfuturedates,selectthe
NextDayoption.ToViewtheemployeesthatwerescheduledtoworkyesterday
andpreviousdays,selectthePreviousDayoption.

Thisfunctionallowsyoutoacceptacustomerpaymentthatisappliedtowardthe
balanceowedbyacustomer.Thetendertypesthatareacceptableforpaymentare
definedinyoursystemsconfiguration.HouseAccountpaymentsmaybeincludedas
partofaregularregistersaleorasthesoleitem(payment)inasale.
Receiving a House Account Payment

1.
Associateacustomerwiththetransaction.UsetheCustomerSearchscreentofind
thecustomerorcompanythatismakingthepayment.
2.
AttheSalescreen,selectRegisterOptions.
3.
AttheRegisterOptionsmenu,selectHouseAccountPayment.
4.
Selecttheauthorizedbuyermakingthepaymenttotheaccountandpress[Enter].
Figure 19-28: House Account Authorized Buyer List
5.
Enterthepaymentamountandpress[Enter].
Figure 19-29: House Account Payment Amount Prompt

6.
Ifprompted,enterthedateofthepaymentstatementonwhichthepaymentshould
appearandpress[Enter].
Figure 19-30: House Account Payment Statement Date Prompt
7.
Ifprompted,entertheInvoiceNumberagainstwhichthepaymentisappliedand
press[Enter].
Figure 19-31: House Account Payment Invoice Number Prompt
8.
9.
Thesystemmayaskifanymorepaymentinvoicenumbersmustbeenteredinthis
transaction:
ChooseYesifmoreinvoicenumbersmustbeenteredinthistransaction.Goto
step7.
ChooseNotoreturntotheRegisterOptionsscreen.
ChooseanotheroptionattheRegisterOptionsmenuorselectBacktoreturntothe
Salescreen.
10. CompletethetransactionbyselectingtheAddTendersoption.Selectatendertype
andchooseOk.
Note: PaymentsmadetoaHouse
Accountcannotbetenderedusinga
HouseAccounttender.
11. Enterthetenderamountandpress[Enter].
12. Whenthesystemasksifthesaleiscomplete,selectYes.
Reversing a House Account Payment

Usethisfunctiontoreverseapaymentonahouseaccount.
1.
Associateacustomerwiththetransaction.UsetheCustomerSearchscreentofind
thecustomerorcompanythatisreversingthepayment.
2.
AttheSalescreen,selectRegisterOptions.
3.
AttheRegisterOptionsmenu,selectHouseAccountReversal.
4.
Ifthecustomerhasmorethanonehouseaccount,selecttheaccountfromthelist.
5.
Whenprompted,selectapaymenttobereversedandpress[Enter].
Figure 19-32: House Account Payments List

6.
Selectareasonforthehouseaccountreversalandpress[Enter].
Figure 19-33: House Account Reversal Reason Code List
7.
Whenprompted,typeadditionalinformationaboutthishouseaccountpayment
reversalandpress[Enter].
Figure 19-34: House Account Reversal Comment Prompt
Post Void
8.
ThehouseaccountpaymentreversalamountisshownintheViewPort.Press[Esc]
toreturntotheSalescreenandtenderthepaymentreversalrefund.
Figure 19-35: House Account Payment Reversal
Post Void
PerformingaPostVoidtransactionchangesthestatusofasaletransactiontoVoid.All
recordsinthesystemareresetasiftheyhadneveroccurredduringtheoriginal
transaction.Forexample,apostvoidadjuststhetendertotalsforthetillinvolvedinthe
transaction.
Atransactionmaybepostvoidedonlyonthedayitiscreated.PostVoidsmaybe
performedonadifferentregisterfromtheonewheretheoriginaltransactionwas
executed.
Certainkindsofsaletransactionsmayinvolveextendedtransactionsthatoccuroutside
thesystem.Forexample,specialorders,workordersandlayawaysareextended
transactions.Althoughthesystemchecksforsuchconditionswhenapostvoidis
executed,someaspectsofthetransactionmayneedtobereversedbyanadditional
transactionsuchasareturn.Ifthesystemdetectsanextendedtransaction,youare
promptedaboutwhetherornotyouwanttocontinuethepostvoidprocess.
APostVoidtransactionmaybeperformedfromtheRegisterorfromtheBackOffice,
dependinguponyoursystemsconfigurationandstorepolicy.IntheBackOfficeitis
availableontheMainMenuandalsofromtheElectronicJournal.
Performing a Post Void from the Register

1.
AttheRegisterLoginscreen,selectManageTillsandlogintodisplaytheManage
Tillsmenu,thenselectTillOptions>PostVoid.
Post Void
Or,attheSalescreen,selectRegisterOptions>TillOptions>PostVoid
2.
Whenthesystempromptsforthetransactionbarcode,scanthereceiptbarcodeor
entertheinformationmanuallyandselectProcess.
Figure 19-36: Prompt for Transaction Barcode
Note: Ifyouscanorenterabarcodefora
transactiontypethatcannotbepost
voided(suchasasuspendedtransaction),
thesystemdisplaysamessageinforming
youthatthetransactioncannotbepost
voided.
Post Void
3.
Thesystemdisplaysamessagethatpromptsyoutoconfirmthatyouwanttopost
voidthetransaction.SelectYestocontinueorNoifyouhavechangedyourmind.
Figure 19-37: Prompt to Confirm Post Void
4.
Thesystemmayrequirethatyouselectareasonforpostvoidingatransaction,
dependinguponyourstorepolicy.Ifprompted,selectareasonfromthelistand
selectOk.Usetheupanddownarrowkeystoscrollthroughthelist.
Figure 19-38: List of Post Void Reasons
5.
YoursystemmayalsobeconfiguredtorequireacommententryaboutthePostVoid
transaction.Ifitdoes,afreeformtextscreendisplayswhereyoucantypea
comment.Thekindofinformationyouentermaybedeterminedbyyourstore
policy.Afterenteringacomment,selectOk.
Note: Ifawardswereusedtoreducethecustomerscostonthe
originaltransaction,theawardsarereversedafterthePostVoid
transactionandaddedbacktothecustomersaccount.
No Sale
Thesystemvoidsthetransaction,printsvoidreceiptsforyourrecords,andreturns
tothepreviousscreenwhereyoucancontinueworking.
Figure 19-39: Void Receipt Example
No Sale
UsetheNoSaleoptiontoopenthecashdrawerforareasonotherthananormalsale
transaction.
1.
Tillsmenu,thenselectTillOptions>NoSale.
Or,attheSalescreen,selectRegisterOptions>TillOptions>NoSale.
2.
Thesystempromptsyoutoselectthereasonyouareopeningthecashdrawer.Select
areasonfromthelistandpress[Enter].
Figure 19-40: No Sale Reason List
3.
Thesystemmaypromptyoutoenteracommentaboutthereasonforopeningthe
cashdrawer.Ifitisrequired,enterthepertinentinformationinthecommententry
formandpress[Enter].
Lock/Unlock a Register
ThesystemprintsaNoSalereceiptforyourrecords.
Figure 19-41: No Sale Receipt Sample
Yoursystemmaybeconfiguredtoautomaticallylogoutanassociateafteraspecified
periodoftimeifthereisnosystemactivity.However,youmayneedtotemporarilyleave
aregisterbeforethatoccurs.Inthatcase,youcanlocktheregistertopreventanother
personfromusingthesystemwhileyouareaway.
Locking a Register
1.
Tillsmenu,andthenselectTillOptions>LockRegister.
Or,attheSalescreen,selectRegisterOptions>LockRegister.
2.
Thesystemdisplaysamessageindicatingthatthesystemisnowlocked.
Figure 19-42: Register Locked Screen
Note: Anyfunctionsthatmaystillbeavailablearedeterminedby
yourstorepolicy.
Important: Theregistermaybeunlockedonlybytheassociatewho
lockeditorsomeonewhohassufficientprivilegestounlockthe
register,suchasamanager.
Unlocking a Register
1.
EnteryouremployeeID(Figure 1942)andpress[Enter]tounlocktheregister.
2.
Enteryouremployeepasswordandpress[Enter]tocompletetheunlockprocess.
Thesystemisnowunlockedandavailableforpointofsalefunctions.
20
Flash Sales
Overview
FromtheregisteryoucanviewtheFlashSalesSummaryReportwhichprovidesan
instantsnapshotofsalesatthemomentthatyouselectit.Thereportdisplaysdataina
columnformataswellasingraphicformatwithbarchartsandpiecharts.
Youcansetthedateparametersthatareusedtoselectthedataincludedinthereport,
andtospecifywhetherornotzerovaluesaresuppressedandwhetherornotthecharts
areshown.SeeRunningtheFlashSalesSummaryReport.
Thereportmaybeviewedonlineandprintedimmediately,orsavedsothatitmaybe
viewedlater.Savedreportsmaybepreservedwiththeoriginalselectionparametersor
withtheoriginaldata.
AdditionalFlashSalesreportsareaccessiblefromtheBackOfficeReportsMenu.Refer
totheOracleRetailXstorePointofServiceManagersGuide,andtheOracleRetailXstore
PointofServiceReportsGuideforinformationabouttheotherFlashSalesReports.
Flash Sales 429
Onscreen Navigation for Flash Sales Report
Onscreen Navigation for Flash Sales Report

AlloftheFlashSalesReportshaveaconsistentinterfacefornavigatingthroughmulti
pagereports,changingthedisplaysize,printingreportsandsavingreportssothatthey
maybereused.
Afteryoumakeyourcriteriaselectionsandareportisdisplayedonthescreen,options
displayatthebottomofthescreen.
Figure 20-1: Report Navigation Options
Back:Returntothecriteriaselectionscreenforthereport.
PrintReport:Sendthereporttoaprinter.
SaveReport:Assignanametothereportsothatitcanbereusedlaterwithcurrent
criteriaorcurrentdata.
PreviousPage/NextPage:Gotothenextlowerpagenumberornexthigherpage
number.
TopofPage/BottomofPage:Gotothebeginningorendofthecurrentpagenumber.
FirstPage/LastPage:Jumptopage1orthelastpagenumberinthereport.
ZoomIn/ZoomOut:Increaseordecreasetheonscreenmagnificationofthetext.
Flash Sales Summary Report

TheFlashSalesSummaryReport(Figure 201)providescurrentsalesresultsforthe
entirestore.Itincludessalesresultsfromtwoperspectives:
SalesThecountoftransactionsandthedollaramountofthetransactionsinthe
followingcategories:grosssales,netsales,returns,discountsandtotaltax.
TendersThecountoftransactionsandthedollaramountforeachtendertypethatwas
usedsuchascash,variouscreditcards,storecredit,giftcertificates,etc.
ThelastpageoftheFlashSalesSummaryreportincludesapiechartofthetendersused
andabarchartofthesalesresults.
Running the Flash Sales Summary Report

1.
SelecttheFlashSalesoptionfromtheRegisterLoginmenu.
Thesystemdisplaysaformwhereyoucanenterandselectthereportscriteria.
Figure 20-2: Criteria Entry Form for Flash Sales Summary Report
2.
3.
Enteryourcriteriaintheformormakeaselectionfromadropdownlist:
StartDate/SpecificDate:Enteradateonthetoplineorselectarelativedate
fromthedropdownlist.
SuppressZeros:SelectY(Yes)orN(No)todeterminewhethervaluesofzero
display.
ShowChart:SelectY(Yes)orN(No)todeterminewhetheragraph(s)ofthe
datadisplaysonthelastpageofthereport.
Selectoneoftheseoptionstofinishyourreport:
RunReport:Executethereportanddisplaytheresultsonthescreen.
Print:Executethereportandsendtheresultstoaprinter.
Save:Keepthereportwiththecurrentdata,orsaveonlythereportparameters
torunthisspecificreportwiththeseparametersagain.
Flash Sales 431

a.
Ifyouchosetosavethereport,assignanametoyourreportsoitcanbeviewed
wheneverneeded.
Figure 20-3: Save Report Options
b. ChooseoneoftheoptionsintheReportSaveOptionsdropdownlist:
c.
SaveReportwithCurrentDataTosavethereportwiththecurrentvalues.
SaveReportParametersTosaveonlytheparameterstousethese
parametersasatemplatetogenerateanewreportatanothertime.
SelectOktosavethereport.Reportsaresavedtoyourpersonalreportareaand
canberetrievedfromtheBackOfficeMainMenubyselectingReportsandthe
SavedReportsoption.
Note: RefertotheOracleRetailXstorePointofServiceReportsGuidefor
moreinformationaboutsettingupandrunningreports.
Flash Sales Summary (Data) Sample
Figure 20-4: Flash Sales Summary Report
Flash Sales Summary (Graph) Sample
Figure 20-5: Flash Sales Summary Report - Graph View
Flash Sales 433
21
Register Open and Close
Overview
TheRegisterOpenandCloseproceduresexplainthestepsyoumustperformtoopen
andclosearegister.
Note: Duetothenumeroussystemconfigurationoptionsavailable,
menuoptionsarenotidentifiedbyafunctionkeynumber(F2,F3,etc.).
Instead,thenameonthebuttonisusedthroughoutthisguide.
Register Open (Cashier Activities)

Openingtheregisterisaprocessthatcanbequicklycompletedbymanagersor
associateswhohavethepropersecurityprivileges.Theprocessishighlyconfigurable
andyourprocessmaybedifferentfromtheinstructionsbelow.Everyefforthasbeen
madetoincludenotesorexamplesofadditionalstepsthatmaybeconfiguredforyour
store.
Note: Theopen/closeprocessesbelowincludethecountingoftillsto
showallstepstoclosetheregister.SeeChapter ,ManageTill
Optionsformoreinformationonthefunctionalityoftills.
1.
Whenyouattempttologintothesystem,Oracle
RetailXstorePointofServicedeterminesthestatus
oftheregisterandstore.Iftheregisterstatusis
closed,aRegisterClosedmessagedisplaysif
configuredtodoso.Press[Esc]toclosethemessage.
Register Open and Close 435
Theredregisterindicatoronthestatusbaralsoshowsthattheregisterisclosed.
Figure 21-1: Status Bar - Register Closed
Ifyouareusingatouchscreen,taptheredregisterstatusbarto
opentheregister.ThefocusbarpromptsforyouremployeeIDand
password.Entertheinformationwhenprompted.Proceedtostep7.
Tip:
2.
SelecttheBackOfficeoptionontheRegistermenutoopentheregisterfromthe
BackOfficeMainMenu.
Note: Accesstothebackofficefunctionsiscontrolledbysecurity
levels.YoumusthavethecorrectsecurityprivilegestoaccesstheBack
Office.
3.
OracleRetailXstorePointofServicepromptsfor
youremployeeIDtologintothebackoffice.Enter
youremployeeIDandthenpress[Enter].
BiometricFingerprintdevice,anEmployee
IDLoginpromptdisplays.Usethedeviceto
scanyourfingerprintratherthanentering
youruserIDandpassword.Note:scannedandkeyedentryisalso
supportedatthisprompt.
4.
OracleRetailXstorePointofServicepromptsforyouremployeepasswordto
completetheloginprocess.Enteryouremployeepasswordandthenpress[Enter].
5.
AttheBackOfficeMainMenu,selecttheOpen/CloseOptionsoptionandpress
[Enter],orpressthenumberassociatedwiththemenuoptiononthekeyboardto
displaytheOpen/CloseOptionsmenu.
Figure 21-2: Back Office Main Menu
6.
AttheOpen/CloseOptionsmenu,selecttheRegisterOpenoptionandpress[Enter],
orpressthenumberassociatedwiththemenuoptiononthekeyboard.
Figure 21-3: Open/Close Options Menu
Note: TheRegistermenuoptiontogglesbetweenopenandclose.If
theavailablemenuoptionisRegisterClose,theregisteriscurrently
open.IftheavailablemenuoptionisRegisterOpen,theregisteris
currentlyclosed.

7.
Xstoreprompts:Doyouwanttoopenthisregister?press[Y]toconfirmthatyou
wanttoopenthisregister.
Note: Thefollowingpromptsareoptionaldependingonyour
configuration:
Ifyourregisterhasmorethanonecash
drawer,youarepromptedtoselectthe
drawerfromalistofavailablecashdrawers.
Thesystemmaybeconfiguredtoprinta
RegisterOpenreceipt.
8.
TheCountSummaryscreendisplays,selectthetendertypetobecountedandthen
selecttheCountSelectedbuttontodisplaythetendergroupscountscreen.
Figure 21-4: Begin Count Summary Screen
9.
Entereachvalueasrequiredinthefocusbarofthecountscreenandpress[Enter].
Xstorewillhighlightthenextdenominationinthelist.
Note: Dependingupontheconfigurationofyoursystem,youmaybe
promptedtoenterthetotalopeningamountratherthanpromptedto
countbydenomination.SeeTenderCountScreenXstoreBase
Examples.
Figure 21-5: Denomination Count - Cash
10. SelectNextGrouptodisplaythenextcountscreen.
Tip:
SelectPriorGrouptogobacktothepreviouscountscreen.
11. Repeatsteps910untilalltendersarecountedandthenselectSummarytoreturnto
theCountSummaryscreen.
12. Reviewtheamounts.Ifthetotalsarecorrect,selecttheDoneCountingbutton.
ChecktheOver/Shortcolumntoseeifyourtillisbalancedwith
thesystemvaluesforeachtendertype.TomodifycountsseeEditing
TenderGroupCounts.
Tip:
13. Ifthestartingcashamountmatches,thesystempromptstoconfirmtheamountfor
allcashcurrenciesyouenteredandopenstheregisterafteryouacknowledgethe
systemamount.
Figure 21-6: Verify Begin Count Prompt
Register Close
Ifconfigured,thesystemprintsaBeginCountreceiptshowingtheamountof
startingcashinthetillandsignaturelinesforthecashierandmanagertosign
confirmingthisopenamount.
14. Ifthecurrencyamountsdonotmatch,thesystemdisplaysaprompttoeither
recountthetillortoacceptthedifference:
Figure 21-7: Starting Cash Difference Prompt
Press[Y]toaccepttheamountyoucountedandcontinueopeningthe
register.Youarepromptedtoenter/selectthereasonforthediscrepancy
betweenthecountedamountandtheexpectedamount.Youmaybe
requiredtoenteracommentandthenpress[Enter].
<OR>
*
Press[N]torecountthetill.
15. IfyoucountedthetillfromtheBackOffice,selecttheRegisteroptiontodisplaythe
registerscreen.Theregisterisnowopenandatillhasbeencountedandattachedto
thecurrentregister.Thesystemmayprintareceiptindicatingtheregisternumber
thatisopenandthecashierIDwhoisattheregister.
Figure 21-8: Register Open Receipt
Register Close
Theregistercloseprocesscanbeperformedbystoremanagersorassociateswhohave
thepropersecurityprivileges.Aregisterclosecanbecompletedanytimeduringthe
businessday.
Thisprocessishighlyconfigurableandyourprocessmaybedifferentthanthe
instructionsbelow.Everyefforthasbeenmadetoincludenotesorexamplesof
additionalstepsthatmaybeconfiguredforyourstore.
Register Close
Theproceduresdescribedinthissectionassumethattillaccountabilityisnotbeingused
(thisisaconfigurableoption).Formoreinformationontillaccountabilityandits
requirements,refertotheOracleRetailXstorePointofServiceManagersGuide.
Note: Theopen/closeinstructionsbelowincludethecountingoftills
toshowallstepstoclosetheregister.RefertoChapter ,ManageTill
Optionsformoreinformation.
1.
Fromtheregistertobeclosed,selecttheBackOfficeoptiononthemenu.Follow
anypromptstologintotheBackOfficeasrequired.
2.
AttheBackOfficeMainMenu,usetheupanddownarrowkeystoselectOpen/
CloseOptionsandpress[Enter],orpressthenumberassociatedwiththemenu
optiononthekeyboard.
Figure 21-9: Back Office Main Menu
3.
OracleRetailXstorePointofServicedisplaysthe
Open/CloseOptionsmenu.SelecttheRegisterClose
optionandpress[Enter],orpressthenumber
associatedwiththemenuoptiononthekeyboard.
Important: NotethattheRegisteroptiontogglesbetweenopenand
close.IftheoptionisRegisterClose,theregisteriscurrentlyopen.If
theoptionisRegisterOpen,theregisteriscurrentlyclosed.
4.
OracleRetailXstorePointofServicedisplaysaconfirmationprompt:Doyouwantto
closethisregister?Press[Y]toclosetheregister.
Note: Pressing[N]attheRegisterCloseconfirmationpromptcancels
theregistercloseprocessandreturnsyoutotheOpen/CloseOptions
menu.
Register Close
5.
ThecashdraweropensandOracleRetailXstorePointofServicedisplaystheClose
CountSummaryscreen.Eachcountgroup(tendertype)iscountedindividually.
Specificgroupsrequireadditionalinformationasdeterminedbythehomeoffice.
SelectthetendertypetobecountedandthenselecttheCountSelectedoptionto
displaythetendergroupscountscreen.
Figure 21-10: Close Count Summary Screen
Note: Dependingupontheconfigurationofyoursystemandyour
storepolicy,theover/shortamountsasshownabovemaynotbe
displayed.
Register Close
6.
Entereachvalueasrequiredinthefocusbarandpress[Enter].Thetendertypeyou
selectandyoursystemsconfigurationdeterminethetypeofcountyoumust
perform.ThefollowingtableshowsXstorebaseexamples.
Table 21-1: Tender Count Screen Xstore Base Examples

Tender Count
Example
CreditCard
ThefocusbarpromptstoentertheCountandthentheAmount.
(TotalsCount)
Cash(Denomination
Count)
ThefocusbarpromptstoentertheCountforeachdenomination.Inthe
examplebelow,theFiftydollardenominationisbeingcounted.Once
[Enter]ispressed,thesystemhighlightsthenextdenominationinthe
count.Theamountiscalculatedbasedonthequantityenteredand
displaysarunningtotalatthebottomofthescreen.
Register Close
Table 21-1: Tender Count Screen Xstore Base Examples
Tender Count
Example
Check
ThefocusbarpromptstoentertheSerial#andthentheAmount.The
systemcalculatestheamountbasedonthequantityenteredanddisplays
arunningtotalatthebottomofthescreen.
(TotalsCount)
Note: ATotalsCountpromptsforatotalnumberofthetendertype
andthetotalamount.
ADenominationCountrequiresthatyouspecifythenumberofitems
(Count)andthevalueofeachiteminthetendergroup(Amount)that
youselected.
Tip: Thetypeofcountislabeledontheupperleftportionofthe
countscreenviewport.Thetendertypeisidentifiedintheupperright
portionofthecountscreenviewport.
7.
SelectNextGrouptodisplaythenextcountscreen.
Tip:
SelectPriorGrouptogobacktothepreviouscountscreen.
8.
Repeatsteps67untilalltendersarecounted.SelectSummarytoreturntotheCount
Summaryscreen.
9.
Reviewtheamounts.Ifthetotalsarecorrect,selecttheDoneCountingbutton.
ChecktheOver/Shortcolumntoseeifyourtillisbalancedwith
thesystemvaluesforeachtendertype.TomodifycountsseeEditing
TenderGroupCounts.
Tip:
Register Close
10. Ifthetillisinbalance,aconfirmationmessage
displays.Press[Enter]tocontinuetheregisterclose.
11. Ifanytendersareoutofbalanceyourcountsdonot
matchthesystemexpectedamountsXstore
displaysalistoftendersthatareoutofbalance.
Figure 21-11: Tenders Out of Balance Prompt
SelectYestoacceptyourcountedamounts.Ifprompted,selectareasonfor
thecountdiscrepancyand/ortypeacommentaboutthediscrepancy.
<OR>
SelectNotorecountanytendersasneeded.OracleRetailXstorePointof
ServiceredisplaystheCloseCountscreenwhereyoucanmakeyour
changesasneeded.SeeEditingTenderGroupCounts.
12. Dependinguponyoursystemsconfiguration,you
maybepromptedwiththesuggesteddeposit
amount.
SelectAcceptDeposittoconfirmtheamountto
bedepositedandgotostep13.
SelectChangeDeposittoenteranamounttobe
deposited:
1) Youarepromptedtoentertheamounttobe
deposited.
Register Close
2) Entertheamountandpress[Enter]tocontinuetheregisterclose.
YoucanselecttheDepositCalculatoroptiontodisplaya
denominationcountscreenthatcanbeusedasacalculatorshowing
arunningtotalatthebottomofthescreenasyoucountthecash
amounttobedeposited.
Tip:
13. ThesystemmaybeconfiguredtoprintaClosedCountreceiptandaRegister
Closedreceipt.
Closethecashdrawerandthesystemclosestheregister.
Editing Tender Group Counts

Ifatendergroupisoutofbalance,youcanrecountanindividualtendergroupandedit
theoriginalcountyouenteredintothesystem.
1.
AttheCountSummaryscreen(Figure 2110),selectthetendergroupthatmustbe
recountedandselecttheCountSelectedoptiontodisplaythetendergroupcount
screen.
2.
Recountthetenderand
enterthenewcount
values.Mosttenders
allowyoutooverridethe
denominationcountby
selectingtherowand
thenaddingvaluesinto
thefocusbarprompts.
Whenyoupress[Enter]
thecountvaluechanges.
Forchecks,however,you
mustselecttheRemove
Countbuttontodelete
therowandthenreenter
theSerial#andAmount.
3.
SelecttheSummary
optiontoviewthe
changesandreturntotheTenderGroupSummaryscreen.
4.
Repeatsteps13foreachtendergroupthatisnotbalanced.Whenyouhave
completededitingthetendergroups,selecttheDoneCountingoption.Ifthereare
tendergroupsthatarestilloutofbalance,ascreendisplayspromptingwhetheryou
wanttorecountthetendersoracceptthecountandcontinuewiththeregisterclose
process.
5.
Dependinguponyoursystemsconfiguration,youmaybepromptedwiththe
suggesteddepositamount.Seestep11tocompletetheregistercloseprocess.
22
Store Open/Close
Overview
Whenthestoreisphysicallyclosedattheendofbusinesshours,theOracleRetailXstore
PointofServiceapplicationmayalsorunastoreclosetopreventtheoperationofcertain
businessfunctions.Fromanapplicationperspective,thestorecloseprocessclearsdaily
data,acceptsdownloadsfromcorporateheadquarters,purgesolddata,runsreports,
andpreparesyourstoretoopenforanewbusinessday.
Allcashregistersmustbeclosedbefore
thestorecloseprocesscanberun.Refer
toChapter ,RegisterOpenandClose
fortheregistercloseprocess.
Thestorecloseisdividedintoa
numberofseparateprocesses.Ifthe
systemmustberestarted,any
completedprocess,anyprocessthat
endedwitherrors,oranyprocessthatwasskippedisnotreprocessed.
Thestoremustbeopenedtoallowbusinesstransactionsinthesystem.
Store Close
Important: Storeopenandstorecloseactivitiesarecontrolledbyuser
security.Youmusthavethepropersecurityprivilegestoopenand
closethestore.RefertotheOracleRetailXstorePointofServiceManagers
Guidefordetailedinformationaboutopeningandclosingthestore.
Duringthestorecloseprocess,the
systemautomaticallyfindsandlists
anysuspendedtransactionsthatwere
notresumedduringthebusinessday.
Theassociateperformingthestore
closecaneithercancelthestoreclose
processatthispoint,orallowOracle
RetailXstorePointofServiceto
automaticallycancelalllistedtransactionsandcontinuewiththestoreclose.
Inaddition,thesystemmayalsolistanypendingordersthatrequireattention.The
associateperformingthestoreclosecaneithercancelthestorecloseprocess,orallow
OracleRetailXstorePointofServicetocontinuewiththestoreclose.Thependingorders
retainthesamestatusandarenotchangedinanywaybythisnotificationprompt.
Store Open/Close 447
Store Close
Whenthestoreisclosed,theStoreIndicatormaybeyelloworred,dependinguponyour
systemconfiguration,andtheRegisterIndicatorisred.Anexceptionmayoccurifthe
registerisbeingclosedremotely.Inthatcase,theRegisterIndicatorisyellowwhilethe
processesareoccurring,butitbecomesredwhenitiscompletelyclosed.
Figure 22-1: Register Login Screen - Store Closed
Note: Dependinguponyoursystemconfigurationandstorepolicy,
youmayhaveaccesstosomeregisterfunctionswhilethestoreis
closed.Forexample,youmaybeabletoclockinandout,andview
yourtimecardandscheduleinformation.
Youcannotlogintotheregisteruntilthestoreisopened.Ifyoutrytologinbefore
openingthestore,thesystempromptsyouthatyoucannotcontinueuntilthestoreis
opened.
Figure 22-2: Store Closed Message
Store Open
Press[Esc]toacknowledgethemessageandreturntotheRegisterLoginscreen.
Note: Thestoremustbeopenedbeforeyoucanloginandperform
transactions.
Thestoreopenproceduresignalstoallregistersthatthestoreisopen.
Oncethestoreisopen,salescannotberunguntiltheregisterisopened
andatilliscountedfortheregister.
RefertotheOracleRetailXstorePointofServiceManagersGuidefor
Store Open
Important: Storeopenandstorecloseactivitiesarecontrolledbyuser
security.Youmusthavethepropersecurityprivilegestoopenand
closethestore.RefertotheOracleRetailXstorePointofServiceManagers
Guidefordetailedinformationaboutopeningandclosingthestore.
Thestoreisopenedtoallowbusinesstransactionsinthesystem.Thestoremustbe
openedusingtheBackOfficeStoreOpenprocess.Oncethestoreisopen,youcannot
ringsalesuntiltheregisterisopenedandatilliscountedfortheregister.
Duringthestoreopenprocess,thesystemmayalsolistanypendingordersthatrequire
attention.Oncethestoreisopen,theassociatecantakeanyactionasneededonthe
orders.SeeChapter ,OrderTransactionsviaOrderBrokerformoreinformation
aboutprocessingorders.
Whenthestoreisopen,theStoreindicatoronthestatusbarisgreenindicatingthatthe
storeisopen.
Figure 22-3: Status Bar: Store Open - Register Closed
Whenboththestoreandtheregisterareopen,theStoreandRegisterindicatorsonthe
statusbararegreen.
Figure 22-4: Status Bar: Store Open - Register Open
Store Open/Close 449
23
Manage Till Options
Overview
Tilloptionsandmaintenancefunctionsareprimarilyrelatedtothemovementofmoney
intoandoutofatill(acashdrawer).TilloptionsincludePaidInandPaidOut,NoSale,
PostVoid,ForeignCurrencyMaint.,TenderExchange,andChangeFloat.Severalother
tillmaintenanceoptionsdealwiththecontrolandauditingoffundsinthetill.They
includeCashPickup,CashTransfer,TillAudit,andMidDayDeposit.Finally,theLock
Registeroptionprovidesphysicalsecurityforthetill.
arenotidentifiedbyafunctionkeynumber(F2,F3,etc.).Instead,the
nameonthebuttonisusedthroughouttheproceduresandprocesses.
ManyTillOptionsarecontrolledbyusersecurityandmaynotbe
availabletoallassociates.
Manage Till Options Login

TheseManageTillfunctionsareavailablefromeithertheTillOptionsmenuortheTill
MaintenancemenuundertheManageTillmenuoption.
RefertoNoSaleandLock/UnlockaRegisterformoreinformationabout
NoSaletransactionsandlocking/unlockingaregister.
RefertoPostVoidformoreinformationaboutPostVoidingatransaction.
RefertoStoreBankMaintenanceoptionsintheOracleRetailXstore
PointofServiceManagersGuideformoreinformationaboutmanagingthestore
bankandotherBackOfficefunctions.
Manage Till Options 451
Paid In-Paid Out
Paid In-Paid Out

Apaidintransactionallowsyoutomovefundsintoatillfromnonsalesources.Apaid
outtransactionmovesfundsoutofatillfornonrefundpurposes.Thesystems
configurationcontrolswhichassociatesareallowedtomovefundsinoroutofthetill.It
alsospecifiesthelistofvalidreasonsthatanassociatecanselectwhenperformingapaid
inorpaidouttransaction.Inaddition,thesystemsconfigurationcontrolswhetherornot
receiptsareproducedbythesetwotransactiontypes.
Paid Out Transaction

1.
Tillsmenu,thenselectTillOptionstodisplaytheTillOptionsmenu.
Or,attheSalescreen,selectRegisterOptions>TillOptionstodisplaytheTill
Optionsmenu.
2.
SelectthePaidOutoption.
Figure 23-1: Till Options Menu
3.
Thesystemdisplaysalistofpossiblereasonsfor
performingthepaidouttransaction.Chooseareason
fromthelistandselectOk.
4.
Dependinguponthereasonyouselected,youmaybe
promptedforadditionalinformation/comments.Enter
theinformationasrequiredandpress[Enter].
Paid In-Paid Out
5.
Entertheamountthatyouareremovingfromthetillandpress[Enter].
Figure 23-2: Paid Out Amount Prompt
Note: Ifyouexceedyourstoresmaximum
amountallowedforapaidouttransactionsyou
willseethismessage.Press[Enter]toclosethe
promptandreenteranewpaidoutamount.
6.
Removethecashandclosethecashdrawer.Thesystemprintsreceiptsasrequired
byyourstorepolicy.
Figure 23-3: Sample Paid Out Receipt
Paid In Transaction
1.
Optionsmenu.
Paid In-Paid Out

2.
SelectthePaidInoption.
3.
Ifyouarereturninganyfundsfromapreviouspaidouttransaction,enterthe
trackingnumberorscanthepaidouttransactionreceiptbarcodeandpress[Enter].
Otherwise,justpress[Enter]tobypassthisprompt.
Figure 23-5: Prompt for Paid Out Receipt Barcode
4.
Thesystemdisplaysapredefinedlistofpossible
reasonsforperformingthepaidintransaction.
Usetheupanddownarrowkeystochoosea
reasonfromthelistandselectOk.
Dependinguponthereasonyouselected,you
maybepromptedforadditionalinformation/
comments.Entertheinformationasrequiredand
press[Enter].
Tender Exchange
5.
Entertheamountthatyouareplacinginthetillandpress[Enter].
Figure 23-6: Paid In Amount Prompt
6.
Closethecashdrawer.Thesystemprintsreceiptsasrequiredbyyourstorespolicy.
Figure 23-7: Paid In Receipt
Note: Notethereferencetotheoriginalpaidouttransactionnumber
showninthisexample.Thisinformationassociatestheoriginalpaid
outtransactionwiththecurrentpaidintransactionforaccounting
purposes.
Tender Exchange
TheTenderExchangefunctionpermitsanassociatetoexchangeoneformoftenderfor
another.Thetypesoftenderthatmaybeexchangedandthethresholdexchange
amountsaredeterminedbyyourstorepolicy.
1.
<OR>
AttheSalescreen,selectRegisterOptions>TillOptionstodisplaytheTill
Optionsmenu.
Tender Exchange
2.
SelectTenderExchangefromtheTillOptionsmenu.
3.
Choosetheincomingtendertypefromthetender
exchangelistandselectOk.Usetheupanddown
arrowkeystoscrollthroughthelistifnecessary.
Note: Onlythosetypesoftenderthatareconfiguredtobeavailable
appearinthelist.Afterselectingatendertype,thepromptsthat
displaydependuponthekindoftenderselected.Forexample,
exchangingagiftcardforcashpromptsforthegiftcardnumber.
Intheexample,acheckisexchangedforcashacommontypeof
tenderexchangeandthecheckinformationisenteredmanually
ratherthanreadbyaMICRreader.Ifareaderisused,someofthe
followingpromptsmaynotappearbecausetheinformationispicked
upbytheMICRreader.
Tender Exchange
4.
Whenacheckisexchanged,thesystempromptsfortheMICRnumberthatincludes
thecheckroutingnumber,thebankaccountnumber,andthechecknumber.Enter
theinformationandpress[Enter].
Figure 23-9: Check MICR Number Prompt
5.
Whenprompted,enterthechecknumberandpress[Enter].
Figure 23-10: Check Number Prompt
6.
Whenprompted,enterthestate/provincethatissuedtheIDbeingusedtoverifythe
personrequestingtheexchangeandpress[Enter].Inputforthestatemustbethe
standardtwoletterpostalabbreviation.
7.
Whenprompted,entertheIDnumberbeingusedforidentificationandpress
[Enter].
8.
Whenprompted,enterthebirthdateofthepersonrequestingtheexchange(as
shownontheID)andpress[Enter].Thedatemustbeintheformatmm/dd/yyyy.
9.
Whenprompted,entertheamountoftheincomingtendertobeexchanged.
Figure 23-11: Amount Received From Customer Prompt
10. Thesystemmayprompt:Aretheremoreincomingtenderstoaddtothisexchange?
SelectYestoreturntotheincomingtenderlist
<OR>
SelectNotocontinuewiththenextstepinthetenderexchangeprocess.
Thisfunctionallowsyoutocombineseveralincomingtendertypesforthis
customerratherthancreatingseparatetransactions.
Note: Ifmoretendersmustbeaddedtothecurrentexchange,repeat
step3throughstep10untilyouhaveaddedalltenders.
Tender Exchange
11. Choosetheoutgoingtendertypefromthelistandpress[Enter].
Figure 23-12: Tender (Out) Exchange List
Note: Onlythosetypesoftenderthatareconfiguredtobegivenout
appearinthelist,similartothetendertypesthatappearonthetender
(in)exchangelist.
12. Whenprompted,entertheamountthatisowedtothecustomerandpress[Enter].
Thesystemopensthecashdrawerifapplicableforthetendertype.
Figure 23-13: Amount Given to Customer for Exchange Prompt
Note: Yourstoremayonlyallowoneoutgoingtender.Ifthisisyour
storepolicy,theoutgoingtenderamountmustequaltheincoming
tenderamount.
13. Thesystemprompts:Isthistenderexchangecomplete?
IfyouselectYes,thesystemmaypromptyoutoclosethecashdrawer.The
tenderexchangeisnowcomplete.
<OR>
Change Float
IfyouselectNo,andyoursystemisconfiguredto
allowmultipletendersinanexchange,thesystem
returnsyoutotheoutgoingtenderlistwhereyou
maynowhavetheoptiontoaddanewincoming
tendertorepeattheexchangeprocess.
Youmayalsobeabletomakechangestothe
currenttenderexchange.Repeatstep3through
step13ifconfiguredtoallowmultipletendersin
anexchange.
Whenthetransactioniscomplete,thesystemprintsatenderexchangereceiptshowing
theincomingandoutgoingtendersandamounts.
Figure 23-14: Tender Exchange Receipt - Canada Cash For USD Exchange Example
Change Float
TheFloatisthetotalvalueofcashcountedandremovedfromthetill,butnotincludedin
thebankdeposit.Thiscashremainsincirculationtobeusedthenexttimethetillis
opened.Thisoptioncanbeusedwheneveryouneedtochangetheamountwithheld
fromthebankdeposit,andcanbeadjustedpertill.Forexample,youmaywantto
changethefloatamountduringtheholidayshoppingseasontoplanforincreasedsale
activity.
Note: Thisoptioniscontrolledbysecurityandmaynotbeavailable.
1.
Optionsmenu.
2.
AttheTillOptionsmenu,selecttheChangeFloatoption.
Change Float
3.
Thesystempromptsforthereasonyouarechangingthefloatamount.Selecta
reasonfromthelistandpress[Enter]tocontinue.
Figure 23-15: Change Float Reasons
4.
Dependinguponthereasonyouselected,youmaybepromptedforadditional
information/comments.Entertheinformationasrequiredandpress[Enter].
5.
Ifyourstoreisconfiguredforforeigncashcurrencytenderstobegivenaschange,
selectthetypeoffloattenderfromthelist.
Figure 23-16: Change Float Currency List
Change Float
6.
Thesystemdisplaysalistoftills.Usetheupanddownarrowkeystoselectthetill(s)
youwanttochange.Pressthe[Spacebar]toselectmultipletills.Afteryouselectall
ofthetillsyouwanttochange,press[Enter].
Figure 23-17: Till List - Two Tills Are Selected
7.
Thesystempromptsforthenewfloatamountfortheselectedtills.Enterthenew
floatamountandpress[Enter].
Figure 23-18: New Float Amount
8.
Thesystempromptstoconfirmthenewfloatamount
fortheselectedtills.Press[Y]toacceptthenewfloat
amount.Thesystemupdatesthefloatamounttothe
newvaluefortheselectedtillsandreturnstotheTill
OptionsMenu.
Cash Pickup
Cash Pickup
CashPickupisatillfeaturethatallowsanassociatetotakecashfromatillsothatthe
amountdoesnotexceedaspecifiedthresholdamount.Thesystemmaybeconfiguredto
promptforanassociatetomakeacashpickupwhentheamountinthetillisgreaterthan
thethresholdamount.
Note: Yoursystemsconfigurationmay
specifythemaximumamountthat
shouldbekeptinatill.
Ifthatamountisexceededafter
completingthetenderingprocessfora
transaction,thesystemmaydisplaya
promptindicatingthatacashpickup
shouldbemade.
However,youdonothavetowaitfor
thisprompttomakeacashpickup.
Afteryouhaveassignedacustomertoatransactionoraddeditemsto
asale,youcannotperformacashpickup.
1.
Tillsmenu,thenselectTillMainttodisplaytheTillMaintenanceOptionsmenu.
Optionsmenu.
2.
SelectCashPickupfromthemenu.
3.
selectthetypeoftenderfromthelist.
Figure 23-19: Cash Pickup Currency List
Cash Transfer (From Store Bank To Till)
4.
AttheCashPickupprompt,enterthecashamountthatyouarepickingupandpress
[Enter].
Figure 23-20: Cash Pickup Amount - British Pound
Note: Yoursystemsconfigurationmayspecifytheminimumamount
thatshouldbekeptinatill.Ifyoutrytoremoveanamountthatresults
inthetillamountgoingbelowthislevel,thesystemdisplaysaprompt
indicatingtheamountthatmustremaininthetillafterapickup.Press
[Enter]toreturntotheCashPickupamountprompt.
YoursystemmaybeconfiguredtocounttheCashPickupcurrency.For
examplesofcountscreens,seeTenderCountScreenXstoreBase
Examples.
5.
Removethecashfromthetillandclosethedrawer.
Thesystemprintsareceiptforthiscashpickup
transaction.
6.
Thesystemreturnstothetilloptionsmenu.Selectthe
Backoptiontoreturntothepreviousscreen.

ToperformaCashTransferfromthestorebanktoatill,dothefollowing:
1.
Optionsmenu.
2.
IntheTillMaintenancemenu,selecttheCashTransferoption.
Note: Iftheregisterhasmorethanonecashdrawer,youmaybe
promptedtoselectthetilltobeusedforthisprocess.

3.
selectthetypeoftenderfromthelist.
Figure 23-21: Cash Transfer Currency List
4.
Entertheamountofcashyouwouldliketotransferandthenpress[Enter].
Figure 23-22: Cash Transfer Amount Prompt- Canada Cash
Note: YoursystemmaybeconfiguredtocounttheCashTransfer
currency.Forexamplesofcountscreens,seeTenderCountScreen
XstoreBaseExamples.
5.
AreceiptprintsforthecashtransferandOracleRetailXstorePointofServicereturns
totheTillMaintenancemenu.
Figure 23-23: Cash Transfer Receipt
Mid-Day Deposit
Mid-Day Deposit
MidDayDepositallowsyoutoplacefundsintothestorebank(safe)duringthecourse
ofaworkingsession.Thisactivityisnotnecessarilyrestrictedtoaspecifictime,andmay
beperformedasoftenasnecessary.
1.
Optionsmenu.
2.
SelecttheMidDayDepositoption.Thesystemopensthecashdrawerwhenyou
selectthisoption.
3.
TheCountSummaryscreendisplaysalistoftendergroupsthatmayberemoved
fromthetillanddepositedinthestorebank.Usetheupanddownarrowkeysto
scrollthroughthelistandchooseacountgroup.SelecttheCountSelectedoption.
Figure 23-24: Count Summary Screen - Mid Day Count
4.
perform.Forexamplesofcountscreens,seeTenderCountScreenXstoreBase
Examples.
5.
Ifadditionalfundsaretobeplacedintothestorebank,selecttheNextGroupoption
todisplaytheinputscreenforthenexttendertype.
Till Audit
a.
Enterthecountandamountvaluesforthenexttendergroupthatyouselected.
YoumayselectPriorGrouptoreturntotheprevioustender
groupinthelist.
Tip:
b. SelecttheSummaryoptiontoreturntothelistofalltendergroups.
6.
AttheCountSummaryscreen,selecttheDoneCountingoption.Thesystemprints
areceiptfortheMidDaydeposit.
Figure 23-25: Mid-day Count Summary Screen - Done Counting
Note: ThedifferencebetweentheDeclaredAmount(yourcount)and
theSystemAmountistheamountremaininginthetill.
7.
Closethecashdrawer.ThesystemreturnstotheTillOptionsmenu.
Till Audit
TillAuditprovidesthecapabilitytoselectatendertype,recorditstotalcurrentvalue,
andseeifthatvaluebalanceswiththeamountthatthesystemshowsforthesame
tender.Thesystemcalculatesanddisplaysanydifference(over/short)betweenthetwo
amounts.
AtillauditmaybeperformedanytimeaftertheBeginningCountandbeforetheEnding
Count.Thetilldoesnotneedtoberemovedaftertheauditiscompleted.
1.
Till Audit
<OR>
AttheSalescreen,selectRegisterOptions>TillOptionstodisplaytheTill
Optionsmenu.
2.
SelecttheTillAuditoption.
3.
AttheCountSummaryscreen,selectthetendertypeyouwanttocountandthen
selecttheCountSelectedoption.Usetheupanddownarrowkeystoscrollthrough
thelistifnecessary.
Figure 23-26: Audit Count - Count Summary Screen
4.
perform.Forexamplesofcountscreens,seeTenderCountScreenXstoreBase
Examples.
5.
Afteryoucompletethecountfortheselectedgroup,selecttheNextGroupoption,
andrepeatthisstepforadditionalgroupsthatyouwanttocount.
Till Accountability Mode Functions

6.
Afteryoucountallgroupsthatyouwanttoaudit,selecttheSummaryoptionto
returntotheCountSummaryscreen.ChecktheOver/Shortcolumntoseeifyourtill
isnowbalancedwiththesystemvaluesforeachtendertype.
Figure 23-27: Count Summary Screen - Audit Complete
7.
SelecttheDoneCountingoptionwhenyoucompleteyourauditofthetill.
8.
Thesystemprintsatillauditreceiptforyourrecords.
9.
Closethecashdrawer.ThesystemreturnstotheTillOptionsmenu.

Sometilloptionsareavailableonlyifyoursystemusestillaccountability,inwhich
responsibilityforatillisassignedtoaspecificcashier.ThisalsoallowsOracleRetail
XstorePointofServicetosupportmorethanonecashdraweronasingleregister.Till
assignmentisdonethroughtheBackOfficeMenu.RefertotheOracleRetailXstorePoint
ofServiceManagersGuideformoreinformationaboutallthefunctionsavailableinTill
Accountabilitymode.
Attaching a Till to a Register - Till Accountability Mode

Thisisanautomaticfunctionthatoccursonlyinthetill
accountabilitymodeofoperation.Whenacashierwho
hasbeenassignedtoaspecifictilllogsintothesystem,
apromptdisplaysindicatingthatyoumusthaveatill
attached.SeeBasicTransactionEntry.
Note: Aregistermustbeopenbeforeatillcanbeattachedtoit.
1.
Ifprompted,selectYestoattachthetilltotheregister.TheBeginCountSummary
screendisplays.
Figure 23-28: Begin Count Summary Screen
2.
EnterthecountintheEnterCountsfocusbarfieldandthenpress[Enter].Xstorewill
highlightthenextdenominationinthelist.
Note: Dependingupontheconfigurationofyoursystem,youmaybe
promptedtoenterthetotalopeningamountratherthanpromptedto
countbydenomination.SeeTenderCountScreenXstoreBase
Examples.

3.
SelectSummarytocompletethecount.
4.
SelectDoneCountingafteralldenominationshavebeencounted.
5.
Ifthebegincountmatchestheexpectedcount,select
Yes.Otherwise,selectNotorecountthetill.
6.
Ifthebegincountdoesnotmatchtheexpectedamount,selectYestoacceptthe
differenceorselectNotorecountthetill.
Figure 23-29: Begin Count Does Not Match Expected Amount
7.
Afteracceptingthetillamount,thesalescreendisplays.
Removing a Till from a Register - Till Accountability Mode

Removingatillisperformedonlyinthetillaccountabilitymodeofoperationinwhicha
tillisassignedtoaspecificcashier.Whenacashierwhohasbeenassignedtoaspecific
tilllogsoutoftheregister,thesystemmayprompttoremovethetill.
Thisoptionallowsacashiertophysicallyremoveatillfromaregistersothatitcanbe
temporarilystoredorreconciledatadifferentregister.Whenatillisremoved,
reconciliationisnotrequired.Anothertillmaybeattachedtotheregisterimmediately.
Note: Ifyouwanttocount/reconcilethetillbeforeremovingitfrom
theregister,refertoPerformingaCloseCountTillAccountability
Mode.
1.
SelectManageTillsattheRegisterLoginscreenandlogintothesystem,thenselect
TillMaintfromthemenu.
2.
AttheTillMaintenancemenu,selecttheRemoveTilloption.
Figure 23-30: Till Maintenance Menu Options
3.
Whenprompted,SelectYestoconfirmyouwanttoremovethetill.
4.
Removethetill.
5.
Whenprompted,press[Enter]toconfirmyouhaveremovedthetillfromthe
register.
6.
Closetheregisterdrawer.Thetillmaynowbestoredorreconciledatadifferent
register.
Performing a Close Count - Till Accountability Mode

TheCloseCountfunctionprovidesthecapabilitytodeclarefinalamountsforallthe
tendergroupswhenatillisclosedatanytime.Thesystemdisplaysthevaluesforeach
groupintheSystemAmountcolumnandanyoveragesorshortagesareindicatedinthe
Over/ShortcolumnontheCloseCountscreen(ifyoursystemisconfiguredtodisplay
them).Ifanyofthetendergroupsarenotinbalancewhenanattemptismadetoclosea
till,thesystemdisplaysawarningmessageindicatingwhichgroupsareoutofbalance.
Youmaydecidetoacceptthedifferencesortocorrectthembeforefinalclosing.
1.
Tillsmenu.
2.
SelectTillMaintfromtheManageTillsmenu.
3.
AttheTillMaintenancemenu,selecttheCountTilloption(Figure 2330).The
systemopensthecashdrawer.

TheCountSummaryscreendisplaysalistoftendergroupsandtheircurrentsystem
amounts.Ifconfigured,yoursystemmayalsoshowover/shortamountsforeach
tendertype.
Figure 23-31: Close Count Summary Screen
Note: Whenatendergroupisbalanced,thevalueforthetenderis
zerointheOver/Shortcolumn.
4.
AttheCountSummaryscreen,usetheupanddownarrowkeystoselect(highlight)
acountgroup.SelecttheCountSelectedoptiononthemenu.
Note: TheCountGroupyouselectdeterminestherequirementsfor
doingthecount.Forexample,ifyouselectCash,youmayneedto
countthetotalvalueofeachdenominationinthetill.Butifyouselect
Check,youmayneedtoindicatethenumberofchecksinthetilland
theirtotalvalue.
5.
Entereachvalueasrequiredinthefocusbarandpress[Enter].ThevalueoftheTotal
Amountinthelowerrightcornerofthescreenupdateseachtimeyoumakeor
changeanentry,anditshouldequalthevalueforthesameCountGroupdisplayed
ontheCountSummaryscreen.SeeTenderCountScreenXstoreBaseExamples.
6.
Aftercompletingthecountforagroup,selecttheNextGroupoptiontodisplaythe
countscreenforthenextsequentialtendergroupinthelist.Itisalwaysthegroup
immediatelybelowthecurrentgroupontheCountSummaryscreen.
TheNextGroupthatisdisplayedmaynothaveanyitemsinthe
till.Forexample,theremaynotbeanyEuropeanCashinthetill.You
canselecttheSummaryoptionandusetheupanddownarrowkeysto
chooseanygroupontheCountSummaryscreen.
Tip:
7.
Countalltendergroupsandentertheirvalues.
Note: Thetypeofcount(bydenomination,byitem,totalvalue,etc.)
thatmustbeperformedisconfigurableforeachtendertype.Some
countgroupsmayrequireonlyatotalvaluewhileothergroups
requireacountbydenomination.
8.
Afteryouthinkallgroupsarebalanced,selecttheSummaryoptiontoviewthe
CountSummaryscreenshowingthevaluesyouentered.
9.
AttheCountSummaryscreenselecttheDoneCountingoption.
10. Ifanytendertypesareoutofbalanceinthetill,thesystemdisplaysawarning
message:
Figure 23-32: Tender Out of Balance Prompt
SelectNoifyouwanttoreturntotheCountSummaryscreenandcorrectanout
ofbalancetendergroup.
SelectYesifyouwanttocontinueandfinalizetheclosingcountforthetilland
acceptthedifferencebetweenyourcountandtheexpectedcount.
Note: IfyouselectYesatthispromptyouarepromptedforadditional
informationaboutthediscrepancy.Thisfunctionmayrequirea
Managersecuritylevel.
11. SelectRemoveTilltoremovethetillfromthecashdrawer.SeeRemovingaTillfrom
aRegisterTillAccountabilityMode.
Foreign Currency Maintenance

Whenthetillhasbeenendcountedandremoved,itcanbereturnedtotheCash
Managerwhereitisreconciledandpreparedtobeissuedagain.
Note: RefertotheOracleRetailXstorePointofServiceManagersGuide
formoreinformationaboutallthefunctionsavailableinTill
Accountabilitymode.

Ifpermittedbyyourstorespolicy,youcaneditthecurrencyexchangerateforthe
foreigncurrenciesthatareacceptedastendersforsaletransactions.Sincesomecurrency
ratesfluctuatefrequently,thisfeatureallowsyoutoedittheexchangerateasoftenas
necessary.
Note: YoursystemsconfigurationmaymakeForeignCurrency
Maintenanceavailablefromadifferentlocationthandescribedbelow.
1.
2.
SelecttheForeignCurrencyMaintoption.
Figure 23-33: Till Options - Foreign Currency Maintenance
Note: IfakeysymbolisdisplayedontheForeignCurrency
Maintenanceoption,yoursecuritylevelrequiresyoutoverifyyour
identitybyenteringyourIDandpassword.
3.
Ifprompted,enteryouremployeeIDandpasswordandselectProcess.
4.
Attheforeigncurrencylist,choosetheforeigntenderyouwanttoeditandselect
Ok.
Figure 23-34: List of Foreign Currencies
5.
Thesystemdisplaysthecurrentinformationfor
thecurrencyyouselected.Enterthenewexchange
rateandacomment(optional),thenselectSave
NewRate.

6.
Whenprompted,selectYestoconfirmthatyouwanttocompletetheprocess.
Figure 23-35: Change Exchange Rate Confirmation Prompt
Note: IfyouselectNoatthisprompt,XstorereturnstotheTill
Optionsmenuwithoutmakinganychangestotheexchangerate.
Thenewcurrencyexchangerateisnoweffectiveandthesystemprintsareceiptwiththe
newexchangerate.XstorereturnstotheTillOptionsmenu.
Figure 23-36: Exchange Rate Receipt
Index
A
account
customer,5147
accountsreceivable
payment,19419
activekeys,tableof,36,39
adding
discounttoitem,transaction,7193
newcustomerrecord,5135
airside
itemprice,240
overridetoaddflightinformation,230
searchforflightinformation,231
specialpricecodeicon,317
storereceipts,251
taxexemptindicator,318
authorizedbuyer
houseaccount,4107
awards
redeeming,248
B
balanceinquiry
giftcard,19408
biometricdevice
fingerprintscan,316
blindreturn,369
C
calculator
deposit,21446
cancelling
layaway,10268
sale,8237
Oracle Retail Xstore Point of Service User Guide
cashdrawer
opening,19426
cashpickup,23462
cashtender
quickcashbuttons,250
centralizeddatabase
locateitem,6188
changingtaxes,8219
check(personal),tender,484
clockingin,19404
clockingin&clockingout
overview,19404
clockingout,19405
close
register,21440
closecount,23455
commissionedassociate
changinginsale,8215
componentitems
kit,239
creditcard,487
crosschannelreturns,364
currency
foreign,23474
roundingrules,4129
customeraccount,5147
customerinformation
addresses,5155
comments,5154
customeraccount,5147
groups&personal,5142
customermaintenance
addingnewcustomer,5135
multipleaddresses,5174
overview,5131
searchforname,5131
Index
viewingcustomerrecord,5140
D
dataentryform,324
dealpricingdiscounts,7203
debitcard
PINnumber,491
tender,491
deposit
calculator,21446
discounts
addingtoitemortransaction,7193
dealpricing,7203
transactionlevel,7198
voiding,8212
document
reprintrebate,254
E
employeespassword
casesensitive,19412
enteringitems,238
entryrequiredprompt,322
extendedtransactions
holdaccount,16379
layaway,10248
order,14350
presaleaccount,15367
sendsale,9239
specialorder,11277
voiding,19423
warranty,13336
workorder,12298
F
fingerprintscan
employeeID,316
focusbar,315
foreigntender
giftcertificate,497
storecredit,4104
forms
dataentryform,324
searchform,322
G
giftcard
balanceinquiry,19408
balanceremaining,19408
giftcertificate
tender,497
giftreceipt
printfromsale,256
Groups&PersonalTab
fieldsavailable,5138
H
history
specialorder,11286
workorder,12306
holdaccount,16379
houseaccount
authorizedbuyer,4107
I
informationmessagearea,321
inquiry
giftcardbalance,19408
IRSForm8300
example,484
whenrequired,483
itemprice
changing,8211
itemquantity
changing,8209
items
addingadiscount,7193
entering,238
nonmerchandise,8206
searchingfor,6179
voiding,8212
K
keys
Index
function,37
kit
returning,366
selling,239
kitcomponentitem,239
L
layaway
options,10263
additems,10267
movingtopreviousfield,6181
nosale
opencashdrawer,19426
O
onholdaccount,16379
open
register,21435
opencashdrawer
nosale,19426
autoprompting,10271
cancelaccount,10268
editingitems,10263
giftreceipts,10263
viewhistory,10272
overview,10247
payment,10255
setup,10248
layawaypayment
minimumamount,10257
recommendedamount,10257
lineitems
changingcommissionedassociate,8215
changingitemprice,8211
changingquantity,8209
changingtaxes,8219
modifying,8208
lockingaregister,19427
LoyaltyProgram
disassociatecustomer,238
enrollduringPresale,237
expired,237
Morethanonecard,237
M
menubuttons,39
merchandisecreditcard
tender,4106
multiplecustomeraddresses,5174
N
navigatingforms
P
paidinpaidout,23452
password
changingyourpassword,19410
payment
layaway,10255
pickup
layaway,10255
specialorder,11289
postvoid
frombackoffice,19426
fromregister,19423
overview,19423
prepaidcreditcard,488
printererror
recoveryfrom,254
printing
giftreceipt,8237
priority
messages,314
tasks,312
prompts
entryrequired,322
responserequired,321
selectionrequired,321
systeminformation,324
promptsandforms,321
proratedreturn,368
Q
quickcashbutton,481
Index
R
raincheck
printingaraincheck,6190
redeemingaraincheck,245
rebateoffer
reprint,254
receipt
letterE,8224
letterT,8221,8229
register
closing,21440
locking,19427
opening,21435
unlocking,19428
remotesend
definitionof,254
reportviewing
magnificationlevel,37
reprint
giftreceipt,260
rebatedocument,254
salereceipt,260
responserequiredprompt,321
resumingtransaction,8235
returnpolicy
prorateditemamount,368
returns
blind,369
crosschannel,364
kits,366
overview,361
taxes,377
tenderingrefund,374
unverified,369
withreceipt,361
withoutreceipt,369
nonmerchandise,374
S
sale
cancelling,8237
screenlayout,38
searchform,322
searching
forcustomername,5131
foritems,6179
selectionrequiredprompt,321
sendsale
addingitems,9239
editinginformation,9245
multiplerecipients,9243
serviceplan
definitionof,13331
shiptocustomer
specialorder,11283
shiptostore
specialorder,11279
specialorders
editingitems,11288
changingdate,11288
editingpickupitems,11292
overview,11277
settingup,11277
setupoptions,11285
shiptocustomer,11283
shiptostore,11279
viewinghistory,11286
splittenders,4124
storeclose
suspendedtransactions,22447
storecredit
balanceremaining,19408
tender,4104
StoreGoal
BlackStatus,313
GreenStatus,313
RedStatus,313
style
definitionof,239
supportticket,325
suspendedtransactionsatstoreclose,22447,22
448
suspendingtransaction,8235
systeminformationprompts,324
T
taskmanagement,18393
Index
accessingtheAssociateTasksscreen,18394
addingatask,18397
addingnotes,18399
blackbook,18401
customermaintenancetaskstab,5151
editingatask,18400
filteringtasks,18396
sortingcolumns,18397
viewingcustomerinformation,18397
viewingnotes,18396
taxexempt
item,8221
transaction,8229
transactionreceipt,8232
taxexemptinformation
editing,5144
taxes
changing,8219
changingtransactiontaxes,8226
tender,487
tenderexchange,23455
tendergroupcounts
editing,21446
tenders
editinggroupcounts,21435
multipleinatransaction,4124
quickcashbuttons,250
returntenderlist,4111
saletenderlist,480
selecting,479
split,4124
tenders,changing
changingamount,4127
voidingtender,4128
tenders,return
cash,4112
creditcard,4115
blind,4117
verified,4116
debitcard,4118
issuestorecredit,4120
issue,reloadgiftcard,4122
issue,reloadmerchcreditcard,4121
mailrefund,homeofficecheck,4114
tenders,sale
accountsreceivable,4107
cash,481
coupon,4105
creditcard,487
debitcard,491
foreigncurrency,499
giftcard,4109
giftcertificate,497
personalcheck,484
redeemmerchandisecreditcard,4106
redeemstorecredit,4104
travelerscheck,498
tilloptions
attachingtoregister,23469
cashpickup,23462
closecount,23455
defined,23451
paidin,paidout,23452
tenderexchange,23455
unlockingregister,19428
timecard
viewing,19414
transaction
paidin,23452
paidout,23452
resuming,8235
suspending,8235
transactionleveldiscounts,7198
travelerscheck
tender,498
U
unlockingaregister,19428
unverifiedreturn,369
V
verifiedreturn
definitionof,361
viewport,316
viewingcustomerrecord,5140
voidingatender,4128
voidinganitem,8212
voids
Index
discount,8212
lineitem,8212
transactionpostvoid,19423
W
warranty
changeownerof,13345
definitionof,13331
notpurchasedsymbol,13332
website
returns,364
wishlist
addingwishlistitems,5158
printingawishlist,5161
purchasingwishlistitem(s),241
removingwishlistitems,5160
workorder
addinstruction,12318
additem,12319
addparts,12320
addsupplementaryparts,12320
addtask,12317
changing,12316
convertestimate,12317
creatingfromitemincurrentsale,12302
creatingnew,12298
creatingwithoutreceipt,12305
defined,12297
deleteitem,12319
deleteparts,12320
deletetask,12317
edititemdescription,12319
edititemvalue,12319
estimatedcost,12317,12326
historysearch,12306
itemnotonfile,12307
noticedate,12324
selectcategory,12308
workschedule
viewing,19416
Index
25
Glossary
ASN
AbbreviationforAdvanceShippingNotice.AnIDnumberreceivedduringreceiptofavendorshipment.
back office
AnapplicationthatrunsinOracleRetailXstorePointofServiceandhandlesnonretailtransaction
functionssuchasinventoryandregister/storeopen/close.
bar code
Aprintedcodeconsistingofaseriesofverticalbarsthatvaryinwidth.Barcodesarecapableofbeingread
anddecodedbybarcodescanners.
blind return
Areturntransactionwherethecustomerdoesnotpresenttheoriginalsalereceipt.
blind return threshold
Anamountlimitforblindreturns.Ifthetotalreturnvalueexceedsthesetthresholdvalue,thetransaction
requiresamanagersauthorizationtobecompleted.
business date
Thedateforwhichthestoreisopen.
cash drawer
Acashregistercomponentwherecashfromtransactionsiskept.Itoftencontainsaremovabletill.
credit card authorization
Theprocessinwhichacreditcardisaccepted,readandapprovedforasalestransaction.Pertinentcredit
informationistransmittedviaamodemandtelephonelinetoacreditcardclearinghouse.Theclearing
house(authorizationsource)communicateswiththecreditcardsbankforapprovalandtheappropriate
debitamountofthesale.
credit card reader
Seemagneticswipereader.
CRM
SeeCustomerRelationshipManagement.
cross channel return
Aregistertransactioninwhichacustomerexchangesmerchandisepreviouslypurchasedonthewebsite
forothermerchandise,arefund,orsomeformofcredit.Crosschannelreturnsareperformedasverified
returnsusingthecustomersshippingdocumentinformationtolocatethetransactioninformation.
Glossary
Customer Relationship Management

Themanagementofcustomerswitharetailer.ThismayrefertoamoduleinOracleRetailXstorePointof
Service,aseparatesoftwarepackagesuchasOracleRetailCustomerEngagementCloudServices
(formerlyMICROSRetailRelate),ortheoverallconceptofmanagingcustomerlists.
debit
Tendertypewheretheuserpresentsacard,swipes,andentersaPIN.Fundsarewithdrawnandsettled
instantly.
download
ToimportdataintoOracleRetailXstorePointofServicefromthehostsystem.
electronic journal
Anelectronicallycapturedrecordofallthetransactions,itcontainsaduplicationofthetextprintedon
eachreceipt.Thisfeatureallowsausertoviewtransactionsandoptionallyperformpostvoids.
Euro
ThecurrencyusedbytheEuropeanUnion(EU)countries.
forced SKU
AnitemIDthatmaybeconfiguredforusewhenanitemisnotfoundinthedatabaseofsaleableitems.
UseofaForcedSKUinasaletransactionmaytriggerpromptingforadditionalinformationsuchasan
itemdescriptionanditemamount.
franking
Markingadocumentsuchasacheck,giftcertificate,orstorecredittoindicatethatithasbeenprocessed.
Thisistypicallyperformedbyinsertingthedocumentintoadeviceattheregister.Afterfranking,the
documentmaybereturnedtothecustomer,dependinguponthetypeofdocument.Checks,forexample,
wouldberetainedbythestore.
fulfilling store
Inaremotesendtransaction,thisisthestorethatprocessestherequesteditem.Thefulfillingstorehasthe
optionoffulfillingorcancellingtheorder.Ifitfulfillstheorder,itmayshiptotheoriginatingstoreor
directlytothecustomer.
gross sales
Totalsalesforagiventimeperiod,beforemakingdeductionsforcustomerdiscounts,allowances,or
returns.
GST
AbbreviationforGoodsandServicesTax,whichisusedinCanada.
hand held device
Acomputerthatcanbeusedasastandaloneportableunitforpointofsale,inventory,receivingand
otherapplications.
home office
Physicalbuildingwherearetailerisheadquartered.Whiletheorganizationmayhavestoresworldwide,
thehomeofficecontainsmanagement,ITstaff,marketing,andothercorporateoffices.
IATA
AbbreviationforInternationalAirTransportAssociation.
Glossary
HST
AbbreviationforHarmonizedSalesTax,whichisusedinCanada.
layaway
Atransactionforwhichthemerchandiseisheldasthecustomermakespaymentsforit.Whentheitemis
paidinfull,thecustomermaypickupthemerchandise.
layaway account
Thesystemrecordsrelatedtoitems,payments,andpaymentscheduleforacustomerwhohasmadea
layawaytransaction.Thesystemmaybeconfiguredtoallowsingleormultiplelayawayaccountsper
customer.
lead register
Acashregisterthatactsasthecentralregisterorfileserverinamultipleregisterenvironment.Themaster
registernormallycontrolsslaveregistersthatarenetworkedtoit.
loyalty
Aconceptofacustomergainingbenefitsfromshopping.Whenthecustomerpurchasesitemstheyare
recordedagainstaloyaltyaccountviaCRMsoftware,andthesoftwareatvarioustimesoffersoptional
perkssuchasdiscounts,coupons,orotherspecialoffersthatareonlyavailabletoloyaltycustomers.
loyalty card
Creditcardsizedcardthatidentifiesacustomerasbelongingtoaspecificloyaltyaccount.Thecustomer
presentstheloyaltycardinordertorecordpurchasesagainsttheloyaltyaccountaswellastoredeem
awards.
mag stripe reader
magnetic swipe reader
Hardwaredevicethatreadsmagnetictrackdatafromacredit,debit,orgiftcard.Auserswipesacard
throughthedevice,andthedevicetranslatesthemagneticdataonthestripeintoserializedtrackdata
whichitthensendstothehostapplication.
MICR
AcronymforMagneticInkCharacterRecognition.Acharacterrecognitionsystemthatprintsspecialinkand
charactersonchecksthatcanbemagnetizedandreadautomatically.WithinOracleRetailXstorePointof
Service,MICRtechnologyisusedtoreadcheckdataforcheckauthorization.
MSR
net sales
Totalsalesforagiventimeperiod,afterthedeductionofreturns,allowancesfordamagedormissing
goods,andanydiscountsallowed.
one-step processing
Asendsaleconfigurationinwhichallshippingrelatedfunctionsareperformedatthesametimethat
itemsareaddedtothesalestransaction.Seetwostepprocessingonpage 6.
originating store
Inaremotesendtransaction,thisisthestoreinwhichthecustomerplacestheorder.
Glossary
persistent sale
Asaletransactionthatincludesadditional,relatedtransactionsthatoccuraftertheoriginalregistersale.
Layawaysales,specialorders,andworkordersareexamplesofpersistentsales.Theyincludeadditional
transactionsandrecordkeepingthatarerecordedinthesystemsuchaspayments,shipping,and
receiving.
pickup
Referstothestatusofaniteminalayawayaccountthatiseligibletobecarriedoutofthestore.Alsorefers
tothefunctionperformedinthesystemwhenitrecordsrelatedinformationaboutthelayawayitemsuch
asthepickupdateandotheraccountdata.
PIN
AcronymforPersonalIdentificationNumber.Apasswordcode,usually4digits,enteredbythecustomeron
apinpadwhenusingadebitcardoracreditcardfortendering.
PIN pad
AlsoPINpad,pinpad,pinpad,orPED(PinEntryDevice).Anelectronicdeviceforreadingdebitorcredit
cardsandforenteringpersonalidentificationnumbers(PIN)forauthorization.
point-of-sale
Termusedtodescribecashregistersystemsthatrecordtransactionsortheareaofcheckoutinaretail
store.
POS
Seepointofsale.
postal code
Acodethatidentifiesapostaldeliveryarea.KnownasazipcodeintheUnitedStates.
post void
Theactionofcancellingtheeffectsofatransactionwithinthesystem.Typicallypostvoidsarerestrictedto
beingperformedonthesamebusinessdateastheoriginaltransactionandonlyforcertaintenders.Rules
governingwhetheratransactionmaybepostvoidedornotareconfiguredinthesystem.
PST
AbbreviationforProvincialSalesTax,whichisusedinCanada.
register accountability
Referstothemoneyhandlingprocessesthatarerequiredofacashieruponopeningandclosingaregister
andthatareavailabletothecashierduringasession.Registeraccountabilityprocessesareavailableina
noncashieringmodewhenthetillisnotassignedtoaspecificcashier.
remote send
Atransactionforwhichitemsthatarenotcurrentlyinstockatthestorearesoldatthestorebutare
fulfilledandshippedtothecustomerfromanotherstore/location.Thestoreinwhichthecustomerplaces
theorderistheoriginatingstore:thestorethatprocessestherequesteditemisthefulfillingstore.
return
Aregistertransactioninwhichacustomerexchangespreviouslypurchasedmerchandiseforother
merchandise,arefund,orsomeformofcredit.Returnsmaybeblind(noreceipt),verified(receiptusedto
referenceoriginaltransaction),orunverified(receiptprovidedbutcannotbevalidatedbythedatabase).
sale
Aregistertransactioninwhichtheuserofthesystemisprovidingitemstoacustomerinexchangefor
tenders.Thisisabasictransactionwherethecustomerpurchasesitemsfromastore.
Glossary
send sale
Atransactioninwhichitemsthatareinstockaremailedtoorforthecustomer.Deliveryinformationand
shippingchargesareenteredinOracleRetailXstorePointofService.
ship sale
Seesendsale.
signature capture device
Aperipheraldevicethatelectronicallycapturesanindividualssignatureforcustomeridentificationand
transactionapplications.
SKU
AcronymforStockKeepingUnitwhichisanidentificationnumberassignedtoauniqueitembythe
retailer.TheSKUmaybeaninternalnumberormaybetiedtoanitemsUPCorEAN.
special order
Atransactionforwhichitemsthatarenotcurrentlyinstockatthestoreareordered.Theorderistaken
andtheitemisshippedeithertothestoreordirectlytothecustomer.Oftenusedtopurchaseitemsthat
arenotcommonlystockedinthestore,whichmayalsobeexpensivetoshipviatraditionalmeans.
store bank
Theinstoresafethatholdstendersuntiltheycanbedepositedatabankinginstitution.
tender
Aspecifiedformofpayment(cash,check,creditcard,giftcertificate,etc.)thatacustomergivestothe
storeinreturnforreceivingitemsorservices.Tenderalsoreferstothatpartofthesaletransactionin
whichthesaleiscompletedbyreceivingthepaymentandtheAddTendersfunctionisperformedbythe
cashier.
tender franking
Seefranking.
tender repository
Objectthatcontainstenders.Thismaybesynonymouswithatill,oritmayrepresentthestorebank.
till
Thepapermoneyandcurrencytraythatholdsmoneyinacashdrawer.
till accountability
Referstothemoneyhandlingprocessesthatarerequiredoravailablewhenthetillaccountability
configurationisineffect.Atillisassignedtoaspecificcashierwhohasresponsibilityforthemoneyinthe
tilluntilthetimewhenitisassignedtoadifferentassociate.
till count
Actionperformedwheretheusercountsthetendersinatill.Tillcountstypicallyoccurwhenissuingand
returningtillstoandfromthestorebank.Countsmayalsooccuratarbitrarytimes(auditingatill)or
whenperformingcashpickupsormiddaydeposits.
timecard
TheClockIn/Outentriesforapayperiodforanassociate.Thetimecardcalculatesandshowsthehours
theassociateworked.
Glossary
timecard entry
AClockInorClockOutrecordthatdisplaysonthetimecard.Eachtimecardentryconsistsofanactivity
(ClockInorOut),atimestamp,andaflagthatindicatesiftheentrywasmaintainedthroughTimecard
Maintenance.
timecard record
Seetimecardentry.
transaction
Oneunitofworkperformedbytheuserofthesystem.Atransactionmaybearetailsale,areturn,post
void,inventorymovement,inventorycount,etc.EachtransactionhasitsownIDandisrecordedbythe
system.
two-step processing
Asendsaleconfigurationinwhichshippingrelatedfunctionsareperformedasaseparatestepinthe
BackOfficemoduleafterthesalestransactioniscompletedattheregister.Seeonestepprocessing.
unverified return
Areturntransactionwheretheoriginalreceiptisfoundinthedatabase,butismissingdatarequiredto
processthereturn,orthecustomerhasareceiptbutitcannotbefoundinthedatabase.
UPC
AnabbreviationforUniversalProductCodewhichisanencodedsetoflinesandspacesthatcanbescanned
andinterpretedintonumberstoidentifyaproduct.
upload
ToexportdatafromOracleRetailXstorePointofServicetothehostsystem.
verified return
Areturntransactionusingthecustomersoriginalsalereceipttolocatethetransactioninformationstored
inthedatabase.
VAT
AbbreviationforValueAddedTax,whichisaformofsalestaxusedinCanadaandEurope.
warranty
Nonphysicalitemthatprovidesaservicetoanotheritemwherethecustomermayreceivecompensation
suchasareplacementorrepairiftheitemisdamagedordestroyed.
Glossary

Xstore 150 UserGuide

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Xstore 150 UserGuide

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Oracle Retail Xstore Point-of-Service Software

Access to Oracle Support

Review Patch Documentation

Improved Process for Oracle Retail Documentation Corrections

Oracle Retail Documentation on the Oracle Technology Network

Documentation and Screen Conventions......................................... 1

Basic Transaction Entry................................................................... 27

Processing Tenders ......................................................................... 79

Customer Maintenance .................................................................. 131

Searching for Items ........................................................................ 179

Discounts and Awards ................................................................... 193

Modifying a Sale Transaction ........................................................ 205

Send Sale Transactions ................................................................. 239

10 Layaway Transactions ................................................................... 247

11 Special Order Transactions ........................................................... 277

12 Work Order Transactions............................................................... 297

13 Warranty and Service Plan Transactions ..................................... 331

14 Order Transactions via Order Broker ........................................... 347

15 Pre-Sale Accounts .......................................................................... 367

16 Hold Account Transactions ........................................................... 379

17 Gift Registry .................................................................................... 389

18 Task Management........................................................................... 393

19 Miscellaneous Transactions.......................................................... 403

20 Flash Sales ...................................................................................... 429

21 Register Open and Close ............................................................... 435

22 Store Open/Close............................................................................ 447

23 Manage Till Options........................................................................ 451

Table 1-1: Documentation Conventions in the User Guide

Documentation and Screen Conventions 1

2 Oracle Retail Xstore Point of Service User Guide

Sale Screen Touch-Screen Navigation

Figure 1-1: Sales Screen Touch-Screen Navigation

Documentation and Screen Conventions 3

Customer Maintenance Touch-Screen Navigation

Figure 1-2: Customer Maintenance Touch-Screen Navigation

4 Oracle Retail Xstore Point of Service User Guide

Purchase History Tab Navigation

Figure 1-3: Purchase History Tab Touch-Screen Navigation

Documentation and Screen Conventions 5

Figure 1-4: Virtual Keyboard

6 Oracle Retail Xstore Point of Service User Guide

Table 1-2: Virtual Keyboard Navigation (continued)

Active Keyboard Keys

Documentation and Screen Conventions 7

Register Screen Conventions Overview

Register Screen Conventions Overview

8 Oracle Retail Xstore Point of Service User Guide

Register Screen Conventions Overview

Screen Layout Overview

Figure 1-5: Sale Screen Layout

Documentation and Screen Conventions 9

Register Screen Conventions Overview

Figure 1-6: Menu Buttons

10 Oracle Retail Xstore Point of Service User Guide

Register Screen Conventions Overview

Documentation and Screen Conventions 11

Register Screen Conventions Overview

Figure 1-7: Tasks TabT

12 Oracle Retail Xstore Point of Service User Guide

Register Screen Conventions Overview

Figure 1-8: Store Goals Tab

Documentation and Screen Conventions 13

Register Screen Conventions Overview